]> git.ipfire.org Git - thirdparty/systemd.git/blob - NEWS
update NEWS
[thirdparty/systemd.git] / NEWS
1 systemd System and Service Manager
2
3 CHANGES WITH 246 in spe:
4
5 * The various programs included in systemd can now optionally output
6 their log messages on stderr prefixed with a timestamp, controlled by
7 the $SYSTEMD_LOG_TIME environment variable.
8
9 * A new boolean kernel command line option systemd.swap= has been
10 added, which may be used to turn off automatic activation of swap
11 devices, as listed in /etc/fstab.
12
13 * The CPUAffinity= setting in service unit files now supports a new
14 special value "numa". If used, the NUMA mask is copied into the CPU
15 affinity mask.
16
17 * The man pages for the sd-bus and sd-hwdb APIs have been completed.
18
19 * networkctl gained the new "forcerenew" command for forcing all DHCP
20 server clients to renew their lease. The interface "status" output
21 will now show numerous additional fields of information about an
22 interface. There are new "up" and "down" commands to bring specific
23 interfaces up or down.
24
25 * systemd-networkd's [IPv6Prefix] section in .network files gained a
26 new boolean setting Assign=. If enabled an address from the prefix is
27 automatically assigned to the interface.
28
29 * systemd-networkd's [Network] section gained a new setting
30 IPv6PDSubnetId= that allows explicit configuration of the preferred
31 subnet that networkd's Prefix Delegation logic assigns to an
32 interfaces.
33
34 * systemd-networkd gained support for configuring the HTB queuing
35 discipline in the [HierarchyTokenBucket] and
36 [HierarchyTokenBucketClass] sections. Similar the "pfifo" qdisc may
37 be configured in the [PFIFO] section, "GRED" in
38 [GenericRandomEarlyDetection], "SFB" in [StochasticFairBlue], "cake"
39 in [CAKE], "PIE" in [PIE], "DRR" in [DeficitRoundRobinScheduler] and
40 [DeficitRoundRobinSchedulerClass], "BFIFO" in [BFIFO],
41 "PFIFOHeadDrop" in [PFIFOHeadDrop], "PFIFOFast" in [PFIFOFast] and
42 "HHF" in [HeavyHitterFilter].
43
44 * systemd-networkd gained support for a new Termination= setting in the
45 [CAN] section for configuring the termination resistor. It also
46 gained a new ListenOnly= setting for controlling whether to only
47 listen on CAN interfaces, without interfering with traffic otherwise
48 (which is useful for debugging/monitoring CAN network
49 traffic). DataBitRate=, DataSamplePoint=, FDMode=, FDNonISO= have
50 been added to configure various CAN-FD aspects.
51
52 * .link files managed by systemd-udevd gained options RxFlowControl=,
53 TxFlowControl=, AutoNegotiationFlowControl= in the [Link] section, in
54 order to configure various flow control parameters. They also gained
55 RxMiniBufferSize= and RxJumboBufferSize= in order to configure jumbo
56 frame ring buffer sizes.
57
58 * systemd-networkd's [DHCPv6] section gained a new WithoutRA= boolean
59 setting. If enabled, DHCPv6 will be attempted right-away without
60 requiring an Router Advertisement packet suggesting it
61 first. Conversely, the [IPv6AcceptRA] gained a boolean option
62 DHCPv6Client= that may be used to turn off the DHCPv6 client even if
63 the RA packets suggest it.
64
65 * systemd-networkd's [DHCPv4] section gained a new setting UseGateway=
66 which may be used to turn off use of the gateway information provided
67 by the DHCP lease. A new FallbackLeaseLifetimeSec= setting may be
68 used to configure how to process leases that lack a lifetime option.
69
70 * systemd-networkd's [DHCPv4] and [DHCPServer] sections gained a new
71 setting SendVendorOption= allowing configuration of additional vendor
72 options to send in the DHCP requests/responses. The [DHCPv6] section
73 gained a new SendOption= setting for sending arbitrary DHCP
74 options. RequestOptions= has been added to request arbitrary options
75 from the server. UserClass= has been added to set the DHCP user class
76 field.
77
78 * systemd-networkd's [DHCPServer] section gained a new set of options
79 POP3Servers=, SMTPServers=, LPRServers= for including server
80 information about these three protocols in the DHCP lease. It also
81 gained support for including "MUD" URLs ("Manufacturer Usage
82 Description"). Support for "MUD" URLs was also added to the LLDP
83 stack, configurable in the [LLDP] section in .network files.
84
85 * systemd-resolved's DNS= configuration option now optionally accepts
86 DNS server addresses suffixed by "#" followed by a host name. If
87 used, the DNS-over-TLS certificate is validated to match the
88 specified hostname.
89
90 * The fs.suid_dumpable sysctl is set to 2 / "suidsafe". This allows
91 systemd-coredump to save core files for suid processes. When saving
92 the core file, systemd-coredump will use the effective uid and gid of
93 the process that faulted.
94
95 * "systemctl list-units" and "systemctl list-machines" no longer hide
96 their first output column with --no-legend. To hide the first column,
97 use --plain.
98
99 * The service manager gained basic support for cgroup v2 freezer. Units
100 can now be suspended or resumed either using new systemctl verbs,
101 freeze and thaw respectively, or via D-Bus.
102
103 * A new sd-path.h API has been added to libsystemd. It provides a
104 simple API for retrieving various search paths and primary
105 directories for various resources.
106
107 * The sd-bus API gained a number of convenience functions that take
108 va_list arguments rather than "...". For example, there's now
109 sd_bus_call_methodv() to match sd_bus_call_method(). Previously,
110 these were missing since the calls are convenience calls only and
111 could be put together from the more low-level functions they build
112 on.
113
114 * sd-bus vtable entries learnt a new flag SD_BUS_VTABLE_ABSOLUTE_OFFSET
115 which alters how the userdata pointer to pass to the callbacks is
116 determined. If the flag is set the offset field is converted as-is
117 into a pointer, without adding it to the object pointer the vtable is
118 associated with.
119
120 * sd-bus now exposed four new functions:
121 sd_bus_interface_name_is_valid() + sd_bus_service_name_is_valid() +
122 sd_bus_member_name_is_valid() + sd_bus_object_path_is_valid() will
123 validate strings to check if they qualify as various D-Bus concepts.
124
125 * systemctl gained a new "-P" switch that is a shortcut for "--value
126 --property=…".
127
128 * The expectations on user/group name syntax are now documented in
129 detail; documentation how classic home directories may be converted
130 into home directories managed by homed has been added; documentation
131 regarding integration of homed/userdb functionality in desktops has
132 been added:
133
134 https://systemd.io/USER_NAMES
135 https://systemd.io/CONVERTING_TO_HOMED
136 https://systemd.io/USERDB_AND_DESKTOPS
137
138 * systemd-run gained a new switch --slice-inherit. If specified the
139 unit it generates is placed in the same slice as the systemd-run
140 process itself.
141
142 * service unit files now accept a new setting CoredumpFilter= which
143 allows configuration of the memory sections coredumps of the
144 service's processes shall include.
145
146 * coredumpctl gained a new --file= switch, matching the same one in
147 journalctl: a specific journal file may be specified to read the
148 coredump data from.
149
150 * Various D-Bus APIs of systemd daemons now have man pages that
151 document the methods, signals and properties.
152
153 * journald.conf gained a new boolean setting Audit= that may be used to
154 control whether systemd-journald will enable audit during
155 initialization.
156
157 * A new default .network file is now shipped that matches TUN/TAP
158 devices that begin with "vt-" in their name. Such interfaces will
159 have IP routing onto the host links set up automatically. This is
160 supposed to be used by VM managers to trivially acquire a network
161 interface which is fully set up for host communication, simply by
162 carefully picking an interface name to use.
163
164 * All D-Bus services shipped in systemd now implement the generic
165 LogControl1 D-Bus API which allows clients to change log level +
166 target of the service during runtime.
167
168 * systemd-nspawn's --resolv-conf= switch gained a number of new
169 supported values. Specifically, options starting with "replace-" are
170 like those prefixed "copy-" but replace any existing resolv.conf
171 file. And options ending in "-uplink" and "-stub" can now be used to
172 propagate other flavours of resolv.conf into the container (as
173 defined by systemd-resolved).
174
175 * systemd-binfmt gained a new switch --unregister for unregistering all
176 registered entries at once. This is now invoked automatically at
177 shutdown, so that binary formats registered with the "F" flag will
178 not block clean file system unmounting.
179
180 * Unit files, tmpfiles.d/ snippets, sysusers.d/ snippets and other
181 configuration files that support specifier expansion learnt six new
182 specifiers: %a resolves to the current architecture, %o/%w/%B/%W
183 resolve to the various ID fields from /etc/os-release, %l resolves to
184 the "short" hostname of the system, i.e. the kernel configured
185 hostname, truncated at the first dot.
186
187 * systemd-notify's --pid= switch gained new values: "parent", "self",
188 "auto" for controlling which PID to send to the service managing: the
189 systemd-notify process' PID, or the one of the process invoking it.
190
191 * When sending a file descriptor (fd) to the service manager to keep
192 track of, using the sd_notify() mechanism, a new parameter FDPOLL=0
193 may be specified. If passed the service manager will refrain from
194 poll()ing on the file descriptor. Traditionally (and when the
195 parameter is not specified), the service manager will poll it for
196 POLLHUP or POLLERR events, and immediately close the fds in that
197 case.
198
199 * A new call sd_notify_barrier() has been added to the sd-daemon.h
200 API. The call will block until all previously sent sd_notify()
201 messages have been processed by the service manager. This is useful
202 to remove races caused by a process already having disappeared at the
203 time a notification message is processed by the service manager,
204 making correct attribution impossible. The systemd-notify tool will
205 now make use of this call implicitly, but this can be turned off again
206 via the new --no-block switch.
207
208 * systemd-logind's Session bus object learnt a new method call
209 SetType() for temporarily updating the session type of an already
210 allocated session. This is useful for upgrading tty sessions to
211 graphical ones once a compositor is invoked.
212
213 * .mount units gained a new ReadWriteOnly= boolean option. If set the
214 it will not be attempted to mount a file system read-only if mounting
215 it read-write mode doesn't succeed. An option x-systemd.rw-only is
216 available in /etc/fstab to control the same.
217
218 * coredumps collected by systemd-coredump may now be compressed using
219 the zstd algorithm.
220
221 * journalctl's "-o cat" output mode will now show one or more journal
222 fields specified with --output-fields= instead of unconditionally
223 MESSAGE=. This is useful to retrieve a very specific set of fields
224 without any decoration.
225
226 * systemd-socket-proxy gained a new switch --exit-idle-time= for
227 configuring an exit-on-idle time.
228
229 * systemd-homed's LUKS backend gained the ability to discard empty file
230 system blocks automatically when the user logs out. This is enabled
231 by default to ensure that home directories take minimal space when
232 logged out but get full size guarantees when logged in. This may be
233 controlled with the new --luks-offline-discard= switch to homectl.
234
235 * If systemd-homed detects that /home/ is encrypted as a whole it will
236 now default to the directory or subvolume backends instead of the
237 LUKS backend, in order to avoid double encryption. The default
238 storage and file system may now be configured explicitly, too, via
239 the new /etc/systemd/homed.conf configuration file.
240
241 * when systemd-journald's log stream is broken up into multiple lines
242 because the PID of the sender changed this is indicated in the
243 generated log records via the _LINE_BREAK=pid-change field.
244
245 * systemd-networkd's .netdev files now support a new setting
246 VLANProtocol= in the [Bridge] section that allows configuration of
247 the VLAN protocol to use.
248
249 * systemd-repart's --empty= setting gained a new value "create". If
250 specified a new empty regular disk image file is created under the
251 specified name. It's size may be specified with the new --size=
252 option. The latter is also supported without the "create" mode, in
253 order to grow existing disk image files to the specified size. These
254 two new options make are useful when creating or manipulating
255 disk images instead of operating on actual block devices.
256
257 * systemd-repart drop-ins now support a new UUID= setting to control
258 the UUID to assign to a newly created partition.
259
260 * StandardError= and StandardOutput= in unit files no longer support
261 the "syslog" and "syslog-console" switches. They were long removed
262 from the documentation, but will now result in warnings when used,
263 and be converted to "journal" and "journal+console" automatically.
264
265 * systemd-networkd supports a new Group= setting in the [Link] section
266 of the .network files, to control the link group.
267
268 * Two new unit file settings
269 ConditionPathIsEncrypted=/AssertPathIsEncrypted= have been
270 added. They may be used to check whether a specific file system path
271 resides on a block device that is encrypted on the block level
272 (i.e. using dm-crypt/LUKS).
273
274 * Another pair of new settings ConditionEnvironment=/AssertEnvironment=
275 has been added that may be used for simple environment checks. This
276 is particularly useful when passing in environment variables from a
277 container manager (or from PAM in case of the systemd --user
278 instance).
279
280 * The /sys/module/kernel/parameters/crash_kexec_post_notifiers file is
281 not automatically set to "Y" at boot, in order to enable pstore
282 generation for collection with systemd-pstore.
283
284 * New kernel command line options systemd.condition-needs-update= and
285 systemd.condition-first-boot= have been added, which override the
286 result of the ConditionNeedsUpdate= and ConditionFirstBoot=
287 conditions.
288
289 * A new kernel command line option systemd.clock-usec= has been added
290 that allows setting the system clock to the specified time in µs
291 since Jan 1st, 1970 early during boot. This is in particular useful
292 in order to make test cases more reliable.
293
294 * A new kernel command line option systemd.hostname= has been added
295 that allows controlling the hostname that is initialized early during
296 boot.
297
298 * The /etc/crypttab tmp option now optionally takes an argument
299 selecting the file system to use. Moreover, the default is now
300 changed from ext2 to ext4.
301
302 * There's a new /etc/crypttab option "keyfile-erase". If specified the
303 key file listed in the same line is removed after use, regardless if
304 volume activation was successful or not. This is useful if the key
305 file is only acquired transiently at runtime and shall be erased
306 before the system continues to boot.
307
308 * There's also a new /etc/crypttab option "try-empty-password". If
309 specified, before asking the user for a password it is attempted to
310 unlock the volume with an empty password. This is useful for
311 installing encrypted images whose password shall be set on first boot
312 instead of at installation time.
313
314 * systemd-cryptsetup will now attempt to load the keys to unlock
315 volumes with automatically from files in
316 /etc/cryptsetup-keys.d/<volume>.key and
317 /run/cryptsetup-keys.d/<volume>.key, if any of these files exist.
318
319 * logind.conf gained a new RuntimeDirectoryInodesMax= setting to
320 control the inode limit for the per-user $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR tmpfs
321 instance.
322
323 * systemd-firstboot gained a new --root-password-hashed= parameter for
324 setting the root user's password as UNIX password hash. There's a new
325 --delete-root-password switch which instead of setting a password for
326 the root user, removes it so that log-in without a password is
327 permitted. There's now --force which if specified means any existing
328 configuration is overwritten by the specified settings. It also
329 gained a new --kernel-command-line= parameter which may be used to
330 set the /etc/kernel/cmdline file of an OS image.
331
332 * A new generator systemd-xdg-autostart-generator has been added. It
333 automatically generates systemd unit files from XDG autostart
334 .desktop files, and is useful for allowing systemd to manage services
335 defined that way safely and automatically.
336
337 * systemd will now log about all left-over processes remaining in a
338 unit when the unit is stopped. It will now warn about services using
339 KillMode=none, as this is generally an unsafe thing to make use of.
340
341 * .socket units gained a new boolean setting PassPacketInfo=. If
342 enabled, the kernel will attach additional per-packet metadata to all
343 packets read from the socket, as ancillary message. This controls the
344 IP_PKTINFO, IPV6_RECVPKTINFO, NETLINK_PKTINFO socket options,
345 depending on socket type.
346
347 * A new boolean option AssignAcquiredDelegatedPrefixAddress= has been
348 added to the [DHCPv6] section of .network files. If enabled (which is
349 the default) an address from any acquire delegated prefix is
350 automatically chosen and assigned to the interface.
351
352 CHANGES WITH 245:
353
354 * A new tool "systemd-repart" has been added, that operates as an
355 idempotent declarative repartitioner for GPT partition tables.
356 Specifically, a set of partitions that must or may exist can be
357 configured via drop-in files, and during every boot the partition
358 table on disk is compared with these files, creating missing
359 partitions or growing existing ones based on configurable relative
360 and absolute size constraints. The tool is strictly incremental,
361 i.e. does not delete, shrink or move partitions, but only adds and
362 grows them. The primary use-case is OS images that ship in minimized
363 form, that on first boot are grown to the size of the underlying
364 block device or augmented with additional partitions. For example,
365 the root partition could be extended to cover the whole disk, or a
366 swap or /home partitions could be added on first boot. It can also be
367 used for systems that use an A/B update scheme but ship images with
368 just the A partition, with B added on first boot. The tool is
369 primarily intended to be run in the initrd, shortly before
370 transitioning into the host OS, but can also be run after the
371 transition took place. It automatically discovers the disk backing
372 the root file system, and should hence not require any additional
373 configuration besides the partition definition drop-ins. If no
374 configuration drop-ins are present, no action is taken.
375
376 * A new component "userdb" has been added, along with a small daemon
377 "systemd-userdb.service" and a client tool "userdbctl". The framework
378 allows defining rich user and group records in a JSON format,
379 extending on the classic "struct passwd" and "struct group"
380 structures. Various components in systemd have been updated to
381 process records in this format, including systemd-logind and
382 pam-systemd. The user records are intended to be extensible, and
383 allow setting various resource management, security and runtime
384 parameters that shall be applied to processes and sessions of the
385 user as they log in. This facility is intended to allow associating
386 such metadata directly with user/group records so that they can be
387 produced, extended and consumed in unified form. We hope that
388 eventually frameworks such as sssd will generate records this way, so
389 that for the first time resource management and various other
390 per-user settings can be configured in LDAP directories and then
391 provided to systemd (specifically to systemd-logind and pam-system)
392 to apply on login. For further details see:
393
394 https://systemd.io/USER_RECORD
395 https://systemd.io/GROUP_RECORD
396 https://systemd.io/USER_GROUP_API
397
398 * A small new service systemd-homed.service has been added, that may be
399 used to securely manage home directories with built-in encryption.
400 The complete user record data is unified with the home directory,
401 thus making home directories naturally migratable. Its primary
402 back-end is based on LUKS volumes, but fscrypt, plain directories,
403 and other storage schemes are also supported. This solves a couple of
404 problems we saw with traditional ways to manage home directories, in
405 particular when it comes to encryption. For further discussion of
406 this, see the video of Lennart's talk at AllSystemsGo! 2019:
407
408 https://media.ccc.de/v/ASG2019-164-reinventing-home-directories
409
410 For further details about the format and expectations on home
411 directories this new daemon makes, see:
412
413 https://systemd.io/HOME_DIRECTORY
414
415 * systemd-journald is now multi-instantiable. In addition to the main
416 instance systemd-journald.service there's now a template unit
417 systemd-journald@.service, with each instance defining a new named
418 log 'namespace' (whose name is specified via the instance part of the
419 unit name). A new unit file setting LogNamespace= has been added,
420 taking such a namespace name, that assigns services to the specified
421 log namespaces. As each log namespace is serviced by its own
422 independent journal daemon, this functionality may be used to improve
423 performance and increase isolation of applications, at the price of
424 losing global message ordering. Each instance of journald has a
425 separate set of configuration files, with possibly different disk
426 usage limitations and other settings.
427
428 journalctl now takes a new option --namespace= to show logs from a
429 specific log namespace. The sd-journal.h API gained
430 sd_journal_open_namespace() for opening the log stream of a specific
431 log namespace. systemd-journald also gained the ability to exit on
432 idle, which is useful in the context of log namespaces, as this means
433 log daemons for log namespaces can be activated automatically on
434 demand and will stop automatically when no longer used, minimizing
435 resource usage.
436
437 * When systemd-tmpfiles copies a file tree using the 'C' line type it
438 will now label every copied file according to the SELinux database.
439
440 * When systemd/PID 1 detects it is used in the initrd it will now boot
441 into initrd.target rather than default.target by default. This should
442 make it simpler to build initrds with systemd as for many cases the
443 only difference between a host OS image and an initrd image now is
444 the presence of the /etc/initrd-release file.
445
446 * A new kernel command line option systemd.cpu_affinity= is now
447 understood. It's equivalent to the CPUAffinity= option in
448 /etc/systemd/system.conf and allows setting the CPU mask for PID 1
449 itself and the default for all other processes.
450
451 * When systemd/PID 1 is reloaded (with systemctl daemon-reload or
452 equivalent), the SELinux database is now reloaded, ensuring that
453 sockets and other file system objects are generated taking the new
454 database into account.
455
456 * systemd/PID 1 accepts a new "systemd.show-status=error" setting, and
457 "quiet" has been changed to imply that instead of
458 "systemd.show-status=auto". In this mode, only messages about errors
459 and significant delays in boot are shown on the console.
460
461 * The sd-event.h API gained native support for the new Linux "pidfd"
462 concept. This permits watching processes using file descriptors
463 instead of PID numbers, which fixes a number of races and makes
464 process supervision more robust and efficient. All of systemd's
465 components will now use pidfds if the kernel supports it for process
466 watching, with the exception of PID 1 itself, unfortunately. We hope
467 to move PID 1 to exclusively using pidfds too eventually, but this
468 requires some more kernel work first. (Background: PID 1 watches
469 processes using waitid() with the P_ALL flag, and that does not play
470 together nicely with pidfds yet.)
471
472 * Closely related to this, the sd-event.h API gained two new calls
473 sd_event_source_send_child_signal() (for sending a signal to a
474 watched process) and sd_event_source_get_child_process_own() (for
475 marking a process so that it is killed automatically whenever the
476 event source watching it is freed).
477
478 * systemd-networkd gained support for configuring Token Bucket Filter
479 (TBF) parameters in its qdisc configuration support. Similarly,
480 support for Stochastic Fairness Queuing (SFQ), Controlled-Delay
481 Active Queue Management (CoDel), and Fair Queue (FQ) has been added.
482
483 * systemd-networkd gained support for Intermediate Functional Block
484 (IFB) network devices.
485
486 * systemd-networkd gained support for configuring multi-path IP routes,
487 using the new MultiPathRoute= setting in the [Route] section.
488
489 * systemd-networkd's DHCPv4 client has been updated to support a new
490 SendDecline= option. If enabled, duplicate address detection is done
491 after a DHCP offer is received from the server. If a conflict is
492 detected, the address is declined. The DHCPv4 client also gained
493 support for a new RouteMTUBytes= setting that allows to configure the
494 MTU size to be used for routes generated from DHCPv4 leases.
495
496 * The PrefixRoute= setting in systemd-networkd's [Address] section of
497 .network files has been deprecated, and replaced by AddPrefixRoute=,
498 with its sense inverted.
499
500 * The Gateway= setting of [Route] sections of .network files gained
501 support for a special new value "_dhcp". If set, the configured
502 static route uses the gateway host configured via DHCP.
503
504 * New User= and SuppressPrefixLength= settings have been implemented
505 for the [RoutingPolicyRule] section of .network files to configure
506 source routing based on UID ranges and prefix length, respectively.
507
508 * sd-bus gained a new API call sd_bus_message_sensitive() that marks a
509 D-Bus message object as "sensitive". Those objects are erased from
510 memory when they are freed. This concept is intended to be used for
511 messages that contain security sensitive data. A new flag
512 SD_BUS_VTABLE_SENSITIVE has been introduced as well to mark methods
513 in sd-bus vtables, causing any incoming and outgoing messages of
514 those methods to be implicitly marked as "sensitive".
515
516 * sd-bus gained a new API call sd_bus_message_dump() for dumping the
517 contents of a message (or parts thereof) to standard output for
518 debugging purposes.
519
520 * systemd-sysusers gained support for creating users with the primary
521 group named differently than the user.
522
523 * systemd-resolved's DNS-over-TLS support gained SNI validation.
524
525 * systemd-growfs (i.e. the x-systemd.growfs mount option in /etc/fstab)
526 gained support for growing XFS partitions. Previously it supported
527 only ext4 and btrfs partitions.
528
529 * The support for /etc/crypttab gained a new x-initrd.attach option. If
530 set, the specified encrypted volume is unlocked already in the
531 initrd. This concept corresponds to the x-initrd.mount option in
532 /etc/fstab.
533
534 * systemd-cryptsetup gained native support for unlocking encrypted
535 volumes utilizing PKCS#11 smartcards, i.e. for example to bind
536 encryption of volumes to YubiKeys. This is exposed in the new
537 pkcs11-uri= option in /etc/crypttab.
538
539 * The /etc/fstab support in systemd now supports two new mount options
540 x-systemd.{required,wanted}-by=, for explicitly configuring the units
541 that the specified mount shall be pulled in by, in place of
542 the usual local-fs.target/remote-fs.target.
543
544 * The https://systemd.io/ web site has been relaunched, directly
545 populated with most of the documentation included in the systemd
546 repository. systemd also acquired a new logo, thanks to Tobias
547 Bernard.
548
549 * systemd-udevd gained support for managing "alternative" network
550 interface names, as supported by new Linux kernels. For the first
551 time this permits assigning multiple (and longer!) names to a network
552 interface. systemd-udevd will now by default assign the names
553 generated via all supported naming schemes to each interface. This
554 may be further tweaked with .link files and the AlternativeName= and
555 AlternativeNamesPolicy= settings. Other components of systemd have
556 been updated to support the new alternative names wherever
557 appropriate. For example, systemd-nspawn will now generate
558 alternative interface names for the host-facing side of container
559 veth links based on the full container name without truncation.
560
561 * systemd-nspawn interface naming logic has been updated in another way
562 too: if the main interface name (i.e. as opposed to new-style
563 "alternative" names) based on the container name is truncated, a
564 simple hashing scheme is used to give different interface names to
565 multiple containers whose names all begin with the same prefix. Since
566 this changes the primary interface names pointing to containers if
567 truncation happens, the old scheme may still be requested by
568 selecting an older naming scheme, via the net.naming-scheme= kernel
569 command line option.
570
571 * PrivateUsers= in service files now works in services run by the
572 systemd --user per-user instance of the service manager.
573
574 * A new per-service sandboxing option ProtectClock= has been added that
575 locks down write access to the system clock. It takes away device
576 node access to /dev/rtc as well as the system calls that set the
577 system clock and the CAP_SYS_TIME and CAP_WAKE_ALARM capabilities.
578 Note that this option does not affect access to auxiliary services
579 that allow changing the clock, for example access to
580 systemd-timedated.
581
582 * The systemd-id128 tool gained a new "show" verb for listing or
583 resolving a number of well-known UUIDs/128bit IDs, currently mostly
584 GPT partition table types.
585
586 * The Discoverable Partitions Specification has been updated to support
587 /var and /var/tmp partition discovery. Support for this has been
588 added to systemd-gpt-auto-generator. For details see:
589
590 https://systemd.io/DISCOVERABLE_PARTITIONS
591
592 * "systemctl list-unit-files" has been updated to show a new column
593 with the suggested enablement state based on the vendor preset files
594 for the respective units.
595
596 * "systemctl" gained a new option "--with-dependencies". If specified
597 commands such as "systemctl status" or "systemctl cat" will now show
598 all specified units along with all units they depend on.
599
600 * networkctl gained support for showing per-interface logs in its
601 "status" output.
602
603 * systemd-networkd-wait-online gained support for specifying the maximum
604 operational state to wait for, and to wait for interfaces to
605 disappear.
606
607 * The [Match] section of .link and .network files now supports a new
608 option PermanentMACAddress= which may be used to check against the
609 permanent MAC address of a network device even if a randomized MAC
610 address is used.
611
612 * The [TrafficControlQueueingDiscipline] section in .network files has
613 been renamed to [NetworkEmulator] with the "NetworkEmulator" prefix
614 dropped from the individual setting names.
615
616 * Any .link and .network files that have an empty [Match] section (this
617 also includes empty and commented-out files) will now be
618 rejected. systemd-udev and systemd-networkd started warning about
619 such files in version 243.
620
621 * systemd-logind will now validate access to the operation of changing
622 the virtual terminal via a polkit action. By default, only users
623 with at least one session on a local VT are granted permission.
624
625 * When systemd sets up PAM sessions that invoked service processes
626 shall run in, the pam_setcred() API is now invoked, thus permitting
627 PAM modules to set additional credentials for the processes.
628
629 * portablectl attach/detach verbs now accept --now and --enable options
630 to combine attachment with enablement and invocation, or detachment
631 with stopping and disablement.
632
633 * UPGRADE ISSUE: a bug where some jobs were trimmed as redundant was
634 fixed, which in turn exposed bugs in unit configuration of services
635 which have Type=oneshot and should only run once, but do not have
636 RemainAfterExit=yes set. Without RemainAfterExit=yes, a one-shot
637 service may be started again after exiting successfully, for example
638 as a dependency in another transaction. Affected services included
639 some internal systemd services (most notably
640 systemd-vconsole-setup.service, which was updated to have
641 RemainAfterExit=yes), and plymouth-start.service. Please ensure that
642 plymouth has been suitably updated or patched before upgrading to
643 this systemd release. See
644 https://bugzilla.redhat.com/show_bug.cgi?id=1807771 for some
645 additional discussion.
646
647 Contributions from: AJ Bagwell, Alin Popa, Andreas Rammhold, Anita
648 Zhang, Ansgar Burchardt, Antonio Russo, Arian van Putten, Ashley Davis,
649 Balint Reczey, Bart Willems, Bastien Nocera, Benjamin Dahlhoff, Charles
650 (Chas) Williams, cheese1, Chris Down, Chris Murphy, Christian Ehrhardt,
651 Christian Göttsche, cvoinf, Daan De Meyer, Daniele Medri, Daniel Rusek,
652 Daniel Shahaf, Dann Frazier, Dan Streetman, Dariusz Gadomski, David
653 Michael, Dimitri John Ledkov, Emmanuel Bourg, Evgeny Vereshchagin,
654 ezst036, Felipe Sateler, Filipe Brandenburger, Florian Klink, Franck
655 Bui, Fran Dieguez, Frantisek Sumsal, Greg "GothAck" Miell, Guilhem
656 Lettron, Guillaume Douézan-Grard, Hans de Goede, HATAYAMA Daisuke, Iain
657 Lane, James Buren, Jan Alexander Steffens (heftig), Jérémy Rosen, Jin
658 Park, Jun'ichi Nomura, Kai Krakow, Kevin Kuehler, Kevin P. Fleming,
659 Lennart Poettering, Leonid Bloch, Leonid Evdokimov, lothrond, Luca
660 Boccassi, Lukas K, Lynn Kirby, Mario Limonciello, Mark Deneen, Matthew
661 Leeds, Michael Biebl, Michal Koutný, Michal Sekletár, Mike Auty, Mike
662 Gilbert, mtron, nabijaczleweli, Naïm Favier, Nate Jones, Norbert Lange,
663 Oliver Giles, Paul Davey, Paul Menzel, Peter Hutterer, Piotr Drąg, Rafa
664 Couto, Raphael, rhn, Robert Scheck, Rocka, Romain Naour, Ryan Attard,
665 Sascha Dewald, Shengjing Zhu, Slava Kardakov, Spencer Michaels, Sylvain
666 Plantefeve, Stanislav Angelovič, Susant Sahani, Thomas Haller, Thomas
667 Schmitt, Timo Schlüßler, Timo Wilken, Tobias Bernard, Tobias Klauser,
668 Tobias Stoeckmann, Topi Miettinen, tsia, WataruMatsuoka, Wieland
669 Hoffmann, Wilhelm Schuster, Will Fleming, xduugu, Yong Cong Sin, Yuri
670 Chornoivan, Yu Watanabe, Zach Smith, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Zeyu
671 DONG
672
673 – Warsaw, 2020-03-06
674
675 CHANGES WITH 244:
676
677 * Support for the cpuset cgroups v2 controller has been added.
678 Processes may be restricted to specific CPUs using the new
679 AllowedCPUs= setting, and to specific memory NUMA nodes using the new
680 AllowedMemoryNodes= setting.
681
682 * The signal used in restart jobs (as opposed to e.g. stop jobs) may
683 now be configured using a new RestartKillSignal= setting. This
684 allows units which signals to request termination to implement
685 different behaviour when stopping in preparation for a restart.
686
687 * "systemctl clean" may now be used also for socket, mount, and swap
688 units.
689
690 * systemd will also read configuration options from the EFI variable
691 SystemdOptions. This may be used to configure systemd behaviour when
692 modifying the kernel command line is inconvenient, but configuration
693 on disk is read too late, for example for the options related to
694 cgroup hierarchy setup. 'bootctl systemd-efi-options' may be used to
695 set the EFI variable.
696
697 * systemd will now disable printk ratelimits in early boot. This should
698 allow us to capture more logs from the early boot phase where normal
699 storage is not available and the kernel ring buffer is used for
700 logging. Configuration on the kernel command line has higher priority
701 and overrides the systemd setting.
702
703 systemd programs which log to /dev/kmsg directly use internal
704 ratelimits to prevent runaway logging. (Normally this is only used
705 during early boot, so in practice this change has very little
706 effect.)
707
708 * Unit files now support top level dropin directories of the form
709 <unit_type>.d/ (e.g. service.d/) that may be used to add configuration
710 that affects all corresponding unit files.
711
712 * systemctl gained support for 'stop --job-mode=triggering' which will
713 stop the specified unit and any units which could trigger it.
714
715 * Unit status display now includes units triggering and triggered by
716 the unit being shown.
717
718 * The RuntimeMaxSec= setting is now supported by scopes, not just
719 .service units. This is particularly useful for PAM sessions which
720 create a scope unit for the user login. systemd.runtime_max_sec=
721 setting may used with the pam_systemd module to limit the duration
722 of the PAM session, for example for time-limited logins.
723
724 * A new @pkey system call group is now defined to make it easier to
725 whitelist memory protection syscalls for containers and services
726 which need to use them.
727
728 * systemd-udevd: removed the 30s timeout for killing stale workers on
729 exit. systemd-udevd now waits for workers to finish. The hard-coded
730 exit timeout of 30s was too short for some large installations, where
731 driver initialization could be prematurely interrupted during initrd
732 processing if the root file system had been mounted and init was
733 preparing to switch root. If udevd is run without systemd and workers
734 are hanging while udevd receives an exit signal, udevd will now exit
735 when udev.event_timeout is reached for the last hanging worker. With
736 systemd, the exit timeout can additionally be configured using
737 TimeoutStopSec= in systemd-udevd.service.
738
739 * udev now provides a program (fido_id) that identifies FIDO CTAP1
740 ("U2F")/CTAP2 security tokens based on the usage declared in their
741 report and descriptor and outputs suitable environment variables.
742 This replaces the externally maintained whitelists of all known
743 security tokens that were used previously.
744
745 * Automatically generated autosuspend udev rules for whitelisted
746 devices have been imported from the Chromium OS project. This should
747 improve power saving with many more devices.
748
749 * udev gained a new "CONST{key}=value" setting that allows matching
750 against system-wide constants without forking a helper binary.
751 Currently "arch" and "virt" keys are supported.
752
753 * udev now opens CDROMs in non-exclusive mode when querying their
754 capabilities. This should fix issues where other programs trying to
755 use the CDROM cannot gain access to it, but carries a risk of
756 interfering with programs writing to the disk, if they did not open
757 the device in exclusive mode as they should.
758
759 * systemd-networkd does not create a default route for IPv4 link local
760 addressing anymore. The creation of the route was unexpected and was
761 breaking routing in various cases, but people who rely on it being
762 created implicitly will need to adjust. Such a route may be requested
763 with DefaultRouteOnDevice=yes.
764
765 Similarly, systemd-networkd will not assign a link-local IPv6 address
766 when IPv6 link-local routing is not enabled.
767
768 * Receive and transmit buffers may now be configured on links with
769 the new RxBufferSize= and TxBufferSize= settings.
770
771 * systemd-networkd may now advertise additional IPv6 routes. A new
772 [IPv6RoutePrefix] section with Route= and LifetimeSec= options is
773 now supported.
774
775 * systemd-networkd may now configure "next hop" routes using the
776 [NextHop] section and Gateway= and Id= settings.
777
778 * systemd-networkd will now retain DHCP config on restarts by default
779 (but this may be overridden using the KeepConfiguration= setting).
780 The default for SendRelease= has been changed to true.
781
782 * The DHCPv4 client now uses the OPTION_INFORMATION_REFRESH_TIME option
783 received from the server.
784
785 The client will use the received SIP server list if UseSIP=yes is
786 set.
787
788 The client may be configured to request specific options from the
789 server using a new RequestOptions= setting.
790
791 The client may be configured to send arbitrary options to the server
792 using a new SendOption= setting.
793
794 A new IPServiceType= setting has been added to configure the "IP
795 service type" value used by the client.
796
797 * The DHCPv6 client learnt a new PrefixDelegationHint= option to
798 request prefix hints in the DHCPv6 solicitation.
799
800 * The DHCPv4 server may be configured to send arbitrary options using
801 a new SendOption= setting.
802
803 * The DHCPv4 server may now be configured to emit SIP server list using
804 the new EmitSIP= and SIP= settings.
805
806 * systemd-networkd and networkctl may now renew DHCP leases on demand.
807 networkctl has a new 'networkctl renew' verb.
808
809 * systemd-networkd may now reconfigure links on demand. networkctl
810 gained two new verbs: "reload" will reload the configuration, and
811 "reconfigure DEVICE…" will reconfigure one or more devices.
812
813 * .network files may now match on SSID and BSSID of a wireless network,
814 i.e. the access point name and hardware address using the new SSID=
815 and BSSID= options. networkctl will display the current SSID and
816 BSSID for wireless links.
817
818 .network files may also match on the wireless network type using the
819 new WLANInterfaceType= option.
820
821 * systemd-networkd now includes default configuration that enables
822 link-local addressing when connected to an ad-hoc wireless network.
823
824 * systemd-networkd may configure the Traffic Control queueing
825 disciplines in the kernel using the new
826 [TrafficControlQueueingDiscipline] section and Parent=,
827 NetworkEmulatorDelaySec=, NetworkEmulatorDelayJitterSec=,
828 NetworkEmulatorPacketLimit=, NetworkEmulatorLossRate=,
829 NetworkEmulatorDuplicateRate= settings.
830
831 * systemd-tmpfiles gained a new w+ setting to append to files.
832
833 * systemd-analyze dump will now report when the memory configuration in
834 the kernel does not match what systemd has configured (usually,
835 because some external program has modified the kernel configuration
836 on its own).
837
838 * systemd-analyze gained a new --base-time= switch instructs the
839 'calendar' verb to resolve times relative to that timestamp instead
840 of the present time.
841
842 * journalctl --update-catalog now produces deterministic output (making
843 reproducible image builds easier).
844
845 * A new devicetree-overlay setting is now documented in the Boot Loader
846 Specification.
847
848 * The default value of the WatchdogSec= setting used in systemd
849 services (the ones bundled with the project itself) may be set at
850 configuration time using the -Dservice-watchdog= setting. If set to
851 empty, the watchdogs will be disabled.
852
853 * systemd-resolved validates IP addresses in certificates now when GnuTLS
854 is being used.
855
856 * libcryptsetup >= 2.0.1 is now required.
857
858 * A configuration option -Duser-path= may be used to override the $PATH
859 used by the user service manager. The default is again to use the same
860 path as the system manager.
861
862 * The systemd-id128 tool gained a new switch "-u" (or "--uuid") for
863 outputting the 128bit IDs in UUID format (i.e. in the "canonical
864 representation").
865
866 * Service units gained a new sandboxing option ProtectKernelLogs= which
867 makes sure the program cannot get direct access to the kernel log
868 buffer anymore, i.e. the syslog() system call (not to be confused
869 with the API of the same name in libc, which is not affected), the
870 /proc/kmsg and /dev/kmsg nodes and the CAP_SYSLOG capability are made
871 inaccessible to the service. It's recommended to enable this setting
872 for all services that should not be able to read from or write to the
873 kernel log buffer, which are probably almost all.
874
875 Contributions from: Aaron Plattner, Alcaro, Anita Zhang, Balint Reczey,
876 Bastien Nocera, Baybal Ni, Benjamin Bouvier, Benjamin Gilbert, Carlo
877 Teubner, cbzxt, Chen Qi, Chris Down, Christian Rebischke, Claudio
878 Zumbo, ClydeByrdIII, crashfistfight, Cyprien Laplace, Daniel Edgecumbe,
879 Daniel Gorbea, Daniel Rusek, Daniel Stuart, Dan Streetman, David
880 Pedersen, David Tardon, Dimitri John Ledkov, Dominique Martinet, Donald
881 A. Cupp Jr, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Fabian Henneke, Filipe Brandenburger,
882 Franck Bui, Frantisek Sumsal, Georg Müller, Hans de Goede, Haochen
883 Tong, HATAYAMA Daisuke, Iwan Timmer, Jan Janssen, Jan Kundrát, Jan
884 Synacek, Jan Tojnar, Jay Strict, Jérémy Rosen, Jóhann B. Guðmundsson,
885 Jonas Jelten, Jonas Thelemann, Justin Trudell, J. Xing, Kai-Heng Feng,
886 Kenneth D'souza, Kevin Becker, Kevin Kuehler, Lennart Poettering,
887 Léonard Gérard, Lorenz Bauer, Luca Boccassi, Maciej Stanczew, Mario
888 Limonciello, Marko Myllynen, Mark Stosberg, Martin Wilck, matthiasroos,
889 Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich, Michael Tretter, Michal Sekletar,
890 Michal Sekletár, Michal Suchanek, Mike Gilbert, Mike Kazantsev, Nicolas
891 Douma, nikolas, Norbert Lange, pan93412, Pascal de Bruijn, Paul Menzel,
892 Pavel Hrdina, Peter Wu, Philip Withnall, Piotr Drąg, Rafael Fontenelle,
893 Renaud Métrich, Riccardo Schirone, RoadrunnerWMC, Ronan Pigott, Ryan
894 Attard, Sebastian Wick, Serge, Siddharth Chandrasekara, Steve Ramage,
895 Steve Traylen, Susant Sahani, Thibault Nélis, Tim Teichmann, Tom
896 Fitzhenry, Tommy J, Torsten Hilbrich, Vito Caputo, ypf791, Yu Watanabe,
897 Zach Smith, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
898
899 – Warsaw, 2019-11-29
900
901 CHANGES WITH 243:
902
903 * This release enables unprivileged programs (i.e. requiring neither
904 setuid nor file capabilities) to send ICMP Echo (i.e. ping) requests
905 by turning on the "net.ipv4.ping_group_range" sysctl of the Linux
906 kernel for the whole UNIX group range, i.e. all processes. This
907 change should be reasonably safe, as the kernel support for it was
908 specifically implemented to allow safe access to ICMP Echo for
909 processes lacking any privileges. If this is not desirable, it can be
910 disabled again by setting the parameter to "1 0".
911
912 * Previously, filters defined with SystemCallFilter= would have the
913 effect that any calling of an offending system call would terminate
914 the calling thread. This behaviour never made much sense, since
915 killing individual threads of unsuspecting processes is likely to
916 create more problems than it solves. With this release the default
917 action changed from killing the thread to killing the whole
918 process. For this to work correctly both a kernel version (>= 4.14)
919 and a libseccomp version (>= 2.4.0) supporting this new seccomp
920 action is required. If an older kernel or libseccomp is used the old
921 behaviour continues to be used. This change does not affect any
922 services that have no system call filters defined, or that use
923 SystemCallErrorNumber= (and thus see EPERM or another error instead
924 of being killed when calling an offending system call). Note that
925 systemd documentation always claimed that the whole process is
926 killed. With this change behaviour is thus adjusted to match the
927 documentation.
928
929 * On 64 bit systems, the "kernel.pid_max" sysctl is now bumped to
930 4194304 by default, i.e. the full 22bit range the kernel allows, up
931 from the old 16bit range. This should improve security and
932 robustness, as PID collisions are made less likely (though certainly
933 still possible). There are rumours this might create compatibility
934 problems, though at this moment no practical ones are known to
935 us. Downstream distributions are hence advised to undo this change in
936 their builds if they are concerned about maximum compatibility, but
937 for everybody else we recommend leaving the value bumped. Besides
938 improving security and robustness this should also simplify things as
939 the maximum number of allowed concurrent tasks was previously bounded
940 by both "kernel.pid_max" and "kernel.threads-max" and now effectively
941 only a single knob is left ("kernel.threads-max"). There have been
942 concerns that usability is affected by this change because larger PID
943 numbers are harder to type, but we believe the change from 5 digits
944 to 7 digits doesn't hamper usability.
945
946 * MemoryLow= and MemoryMin= gained hierarchy-aware counterparts,
947 DefaultMemoryLow= and DefaultMemoryMin=, which can be used to
948 hierarchically set default memory protection values for a particular
949 subtree of the unit hierarchy.
950
951 * Memory protection directives can now take a value of zero, allowing
952 explicit opting out of a default value propagated by an ancestor.
953
954 * systemd now defaults to the "unified" cgroup hierarchy setup during
955 build-time, i.e. -Ddefault-hierarchy=unified is now the build-time
956 default. Previously, -Ddefault-hierarchy=hybrid was the default. This
957 change reflects the fact that cgroupsv2 support has matured
958 substantially in both systemd and in the kernel, and is clearly the
959 way forward. Downstream production distributions might want to
960 continue to use -Ddefault-hierarchy=hybrid (or even =legacy) for
961 their builds as unfortunately the popular container managers have not
962 caught up with the kernel API changes.
963
964 * Man pages are not built by default anymore (html pages were already
965 disabled by default), to make development builds quicker. When
966 building systemd for a full installation with documentation, meson
967 should be called with -Dman=true and/or -Dhtml=true as appropriate.
968 The default was changed based on the assumption that quick one-off or
969 repeated development builds are much more common than full optimized
970 builds for installation, and people need to pass various other
971 options to when doing "proper" builds anyway, so the gain from making
972 development builds quicker is bigger than the one time disruption for
973 packagers.
974
975 Two scripts are created in the *build* directory to generate and
976 preview man and html pages on demand, e.g.:
977
978 build/man/man systemctl
979 build/man/html systemd.index
980
981 * libidn2 is used by default if both libidn2 and libidn are installed.
982 Please use -Dlibidn=true if libidn is preferred.
983
984 * The D-Bus "wire format" of the CPUAffinity= attribute is changed on
985 big-endian machines. Before, bytes were written and read in native
986 machine order as exposed by the native libc __cpu_mask interface.
987 Now, little-endian order is always used (CPUs 0–7 are described by
988 bits 0–7 in byte 0, CPUs 8–15 are described by byte 1, and so on).
989 This change fixes D-Bus calls that cross endianness boundary.
990
991 The presentation format used for CPUAffinity= by "systemctl show" and
992 "systemd-analyze dump" is changed to present CPU indices instead of
993 the raw __cpu_mask bitmask. For example, CPUAffinity=0-1 would be
994 shown as CPUAffinity=03000000000000000000000000000… (on
995 little-endian) or CPUAffinity=00000000000000300000000000000… (on
996 64-bit big-endian), and is now shown as CPUAffinity=0-1, matching the
997 input format. The maximum integer that will be printed in the new
998 format is 8191 (four digits), while the old format always used a very
999 long number (with the length varying by architecture), so they can be
1000 unambiguously distinguished.
1001
1002 * /usr/sbin/halt.local is no longer supported. Implementation in
1003 distributions was inconsistent and it seems this functionality was
1004 very rarely used.
1005
1006 To replace this functionality, users should:
1007 - either define a new unit and make it a dependency of final.target
1008 (systemctl add-wants final.target my-halt-local.service)
1009 - or move the shutdown script to /usr/lib/systemd/system-shutdown/
1010 and ensure that it accepts "halt", "poweroff", "reboot", and
1011 "kexec" as an argument, see the description in systemd-shutdown(8).
1012
1013 * When a [Match] section in .link or .network file is empty (contains
1014 no match patterns), a warning will be emitted. Please add any "match
1015 all" pattern instead, e.g. OriginalName=* or Name=* in case all
1016 interfaces should really be matched.
1017
1018 * A new setting NUMAPolicy= may be used to set process memory
1019 allocation policy. This setting can be specified in
1020 /etc/systemd/system.conf and hence will set the default policy for
1021 PID1. The default policy can be overridden on a per-service
1022 basis. The related setting NUMAMask= is used to specify NUMA node
1023 mask that should be associated with the selected policy.
1024
1025 * PID 1 will now listen to Out-Of-Memory (OOM) events the kernel
1026 generates when processes it manages are reaching their memory limits,
1027 and will place their units in a special state, and optionally kill or
1028 stop the whole unit.
1029
1030 * The service manager will now expose bus properties for the IO
1031 resources used by units. This information is also shown in "systemctl
1032 status" now (for services that have IOAccounting=yes set). Moreover,
1033 the IO accounting data is included in the resource log message
1034 generated whenever a unit stops.
1035
1036 * Units may now configure an explicit timeout to wait for when killed
1037 with SIGABRT, for example when a service watchdog is hit. Previously,
1038 the regular TimeoutStopSec= timeout was applied in this case too —
1039 now a separate timeout may be set using TimeoutAbortSec=.
1040
1041 * Services may now send a special WATCHDOG=trigger message with
1042 sd_notify() to trigger an immediate "watchdog missed" event, and thus
1043 trigger service termination. This is useful both for testing watchdog
1044 handling, but also for defining error paths in services, that shall
1045 be handled the same way as watchdog events.
1046
1047 * There are two new per-unit settings IPIngressFilterPath= and
1048 IPEgressFilterPath= which allow configuration of a BPF program
1049 (usually by specifying a path to a program uploaded to /sys/fs/bpf/)
1050 to apply to the IP packet ingress/egress path of all processes of a
1051 unit. This is useful to allow running systemd services with BPF
1052 programs set up externally.
1053
1054 * systemctl gained a new "clean" verb for removing the state, cache,
1055 runtime or logs directories of a service while it is terminated. The
1056 new verb may also be used to remove the state maintained on disk for
1057 timer units that have Persistent= configured.
1058
1059 * During the last phase of shutdown systemd will now automatically
1060 increase the log level configured in the "kernel.printk" sysctl so
1061 that any relevant loggable events happening during late shutdown are
1062 made visible. Previously, loggable events happening so late during
1063 shutdown were generally lost if the "kernel.printk" sysctl was set to
1064 high thresholds, as regular logging daemons are terminated at that
1065 time and thus nothing is written to disk.
1066
1067 * If processes terminated during the last phase of shutdown do not exit
1068 quickly systemd will now show their names after a short time, to make
1069 debugging easier. After a longer timeout they are forcibly killed,
1070 as before.
1071
1072 * journalctl (and the other tools that display logs) will now highlight
1073 warnings in yellow (previously, both LOG_NOTICE and LOG_WARNING where
1074 shown in bright bold, now only LOG_NOTICE is). Moreover, audit logs
1075 are now shown in blue color, to separate them visually from regular
1076 logs. References to configuration files are now turned into clickable
1077 links on terminals that support that.
1078
1079 * systemd-journald will now stop logging to /var/log/journal during
1080 shutdown when /var/ is on a separate mount, so that it can be
1081 unmounted safely during shutdown.
1082
1083 * systemd-resolved gained support for a new 'strict' DNS-over-TLS mode.
1084
1085 * systemd-resolved "Cache=" configuration option in resolved.conf has
1086 been extended to also accept the 'no-negative' value. Previously,
1087 only a boolean option was allowed (yes/no), having yes as the
1088 default. If this option is set to 'no-negative', negative answers are
1089 not cached while the old cache heuristics are used positive answers.
1090 The default remains unchanged.
1091
1092 * The predictable naming scheme for network devices now supports
1093 generating predictable names for "netdevsim" devices.
1094
1095 Moreover, the "en" prefix was dropped from the ID_NET_NAME_ONBOARD
1096 udev property.
1097
1098 Those two changes form a new net.naming-policy-scheme= entry.
1099 Distributions which want to preserve naming stability may want to set
1100 the -Ddefault-net-naming-scheme= configuration option.
1101
1102 * systemd-networkd now supports MACsec, nlmon, IPVTAP and Xfrm
1103 interfaces natively.
1104
1105 * systemd-networkd's bridge FDB support now allows configuration of a
1106 destination address for each entry (Destination=), as well as the
1107 VXLAN VNI (VNI=), as well as an option to declare what an entry is
1108 associated with (AssociatedWith=).
1109
1110 * systemd-networkd's DHCPv4 support now understands a new MaxAttempts=
1111 option for configuring the maximum number of DHCP lease requests. It
1112 also learnt a new BlackList= option for blacklisting DHCP servers (a
1113 similar setting has also been added to the IPv6 RA client), as well
1114 as a SendRelease= option for configuring whether to send a DHCP
1115 RELEASE message when terminating.
1116
1117 * systemd-networkd's DHCPv4 and DHCPv6 stacks can now be configured
1118 separately in the [DHCPv4] and [DHCPv6] sections.
1119
1120 * systemd-networkd's DHCP support will now optionally create an
1121 implicit host route to the DNS server specified in the DHCP lease, in
1122 addition to the routes listed explicitly in the lease. This should
1123 ensure that in multi-homed systems DNS traffic leaves the systems on
1124 the interface that acquired the DNS server information even if other
1125 routes such as default routes exist. This behaviour may be turned on
1126 with the new RoutesToDNS= option.
1127
1128 * systemd-networkd's VXLAN support gained a new option
1129 GenericProtocolExtension= for enabling VXLAN Generic Protocol
1130 Extension support, as well as IPDoNotFragment= for setting the IP
1131 "Don't fragment" bit on outgoing packets. A similar option has been
1132 added to the GENEVE support.
1133
1134 * In systemd-networkd's [Route] section you may now configure
1135 FastOpenNoCookie= for configuring per-route TCP fast-open support, as
1136 well as TTLPropagate= for configuring Label Switched Path (LSP) TTL
1137 propagation. The Type= setting now supports local, broadcast,
1138 anycast, multicast, any, xresolve routes, too.
1139
1140 * systemd-networkd's [Network] section learnt a new option
1141 DefaultRouteOnDevice= for automatically configuring a default route
1142 onto the network device.
1143
1144 * systemd-networkd's bridging support gained two new options ProxyARP=
1145 and ProxyARPWifi= for configuring proxy ARP behaviour as well as
1146 MulticastRouter= for configuring multicast routing behaviour. A new
1147 option MulticastIGMPVersion= may be used to change bridge's multicast
1148 Internet Group Management Protocol (IGMP) version.
1149
1150 * systemd-networkd's FooOverUDP support gained the ability to configure
1151 local and peer IP addresses via Local= and Peer=. A new option
1152 PeerPort= may be used to configure the peer's IP port.
1153
1154 * systemd-networkd's TUN support gained a new setting VnetHeader= for
1155 tweaking Generic Segment Offload support.
1156
1157 * The address family for policy rules may be specified using the new
1158 Family= option in the [RoutingPolicyRule] section.
1159
1160 * networkctl gained a new "delete" command for removing virtual network
1161 devices, as well as a new "--stats" switch for showing device
1162 statistics.
1163
1164 * networkd.conf gained a new setting SpeedMeter= and
1165 SpeedMeterIntervalSec=, to measure bitrate of network interfaces. The
1166 measured speed may be shown by 'networkctl status'.
1167
1168 * "networkctl status" now displays MTU and queue lengths, and more
1169 detailed information about VXLAN and bridge devices.
1170
1171 * systemd-networkd's .network and .link files gained a new Property=
1172 setting in the [Match] section, to match against devices with
1173 specific udev properties.
1174
1175 * systemd-networkd's tunnel support gained a new option
1176 AssignToLoopback= for selecting whether to use the loopback device
1177 "lo" as underlying device.
1178
1179 * systemd-networkd's MACAddress= setting in the [Neighbor] section has
1180 been renamed to LinkLayerAddress=, and it now allows configuration of
1181 IP addresses, too.
1182
1183 * systemd-networkd's handling of the kernel's disable_ipv6 sysctl is
1184 simplified: systemd-networkd will disable the sysctl (enable IPv6) if
1185 IPv6 configuration (static or DHCPv6) was found for a given
1186 interface. It will not touch the sysctl otherwise.
1187
1188 * The order of entries is $PATH used by the user manager instance was
1189 changed to put bin/ entries before the corresponding sbin/ entries.
1190 It is recommended to not rely on this order, and only ever have one
1191 binary with a given name in the system paths under /usr.
1192
1193 * A new tool systemd-network-generator has been added that may generate
1194 .network, .netdev and .link files from IP configuration specified on
1195 the kernel command line in the format used by Dracut.
1196
1197 * The CriticalConnection= setting in .network files is now deprecated,
1198 and replaced by a new KeepConfiguration= setting which allows more
1199 detailed configuration of the IP configuration to keep in place.
1200
1201 * systemd-analyze gained a few new verbs:
1202
1203 - "systemd-analyze timestamp" parses and converts timestamps. This is
1204 similar to the existing "systemd-analyze calendar" command which
1205 does the same for recurring calendar events.
1206
1207 - "systemd-analyze timespan" parses and converts timespans (i.e.
1208 durations as opposed to points in time).
1209
1210 - "systemd-analyze condition" will parse and test ConditionXYZ=
1211 expressions.
1212
1213 - "systemd-analyze exit-status" will parse and convert exit status
1214 codes to their names and back.
1215
1216 - "systemd-analyze unit-files" will print a list of all unit
1217 file paths and unit aliases.
1218
1219 * SuccessExitStatus=, RestartPreventExitStatus=, and
1220 RestartForceExitStatus= now accept exit status names (e.g. "DATAERR"
1221 is equivalent to "65"). Those exit status name mappings may be
1222 displayed with the systemd-analyze exit-status verb describe above.
1223
1224 * systemd-logind now exposes a per-session SetBrightness() bus call,
1225 which may be used to securely change the brightness of a kernel
1226 brightness device, if it belongs to the session's seat. By using this
1227 call unprivileged clients can make changes to "backlight" and "leds"
1228 devices securely with strict requirements on session membership.
1229 Desktop environments may use this to generically make brightness
1230 changes to such devices without shipping private SUID binaries or
1231 udev rules for that purpose.
1232
1233 * "udevadm info" gained a --wait-for-initialization switch to wait for
1234 a device to be initialized.
1235
1236 * systemd-hibernate-resume-generator will now look for resumeflags= on
1237 the kernel command line, which is similar to rootflags= and may be
1238 used to configure device timeout for the hibernation device.
1239
1240 * sd-event learnt a new API call sd_event_source_disable_unref() for
1241 disabling and unref'ing an event source in a single function. A
1242 related call sd_event_source_disable_unrefp() has been added for use
1243 with gcc's cleanup extension.
1244
1245 * The sd-id128.h public API gained a new definition
1246 SD_ID128_UUID_FORMAT_STR for formatting a 128bit ID in UUID format
1247 with printf().
1248
1249 * "busctl introspect" gained a new switch --xml-interface for dumping
1250 XML introspection data unmodified.
1251
1252 * PID 1 may now show the unit name instead of the unit description
1253 string in its status output during boot. This may be configured in
1254 the StatusUnitFormat= setting in /etc/systemd/system.conf or the
1255 kernel command line option systemd.status_unit_format=.
1256
1257 * PID 1 now understands a new option KExecWatchdogSec= in
1258 /etc/systemd/system.conf to set a watchdog timeout for kexec reboots.
1259 Previously watchdog functionality was only available for regular
1260 reboots. The new setting defaults to off, because we don't know in
1261 the general case if the watchdog will be reset after kexec (some
1262 drivers do reset it, but not all), and the new userspace might not be
1263 configured to handle the watchdog.
1264
1265 Moreover, the old ShutdownWatchdogSec= setting has been renamed to
1266 RebootWatchdogSec= to more clearly communicate what it is about. The
1267 old name is still accepted for compatibility.
1268
1269 * The systemd.debug_shell kernel command line option now optionally
1270 takes a tty name to spawn the debug shell on, which allows a
1271 different tty to be selected than the built-in default.
1272
1273 * Service units gained a new ExecCondition= setting which will run
1274 before ExecStartPre= and either continue execution of the unit (for
1275 clean exit codes), stop execution without marking the unit failed
1276 (for exit codes 1 through 254), or stop execution and fail the unit
1277 (for exit code 255 or abnormal termination).
1278
1279 * A new service systemd-pstore.service has been added that pulls data
1280 from /sys/fs/pstore/ and saves it to /var/lib/pstore for later
1281 review.
1282
1283 * timedatectl gained new verbs for configuring per-interface NTP
1284 service configuration for systemd-timesyncd.
1285
1286 * "localectl list-locales" won't list non-UTF-8 locales anymore. It's
1287 2019. (You can set non-UTF-8 locales though, if you know their name.)
1288
1289 * If variable assignments in sysctl.d/ files are prefixed with "-" any
1290 failures to apply them are now ignored.
1291
1292 * systemd-random-seed.service now optionally credits entropy when
1293 applying the seed to the system. Set $SYSTEMD_RANDOM_SEED_CREDIT to
1294 true for the service to enable this behaviour, but please consult the
1295 documentation first, since this comes with a couple of caveats.
1296
1297 * systemd-random-seed.service is now a synchronization point for full
1298 initialization of the kernel's entropy pool. Services that require
1299 /dev/urandom to be correctly initialized should be ordered after this
1300 service.
1301
1302 * The systemd-boot boot loader has been updated to optionally maintain
1303 a random seed file in the EFI System Partition (ESP). During the boot
1304 phase, this random seed is read and updated with a new seed
1305 cryptographically derived from it. Another derived seed is passed to
1306 the OS. The latter seed is then credited to the kernel's entropy pool
1307 very early during userspace initialization (from PID 1). This allows
1308 systems to boot up with a fully initialized kernel entropy pool from
1309 earliest boot on, and thus entirely removes all entropy pool
1310 initialization delays from systems using systemd-boot. Special care
1311 is taken to ensure different seeds are derived on system images
1312 replicated to multiple systems. "bootctl status" will show whether
1313 a seed was received from the boot loader.
1314
1315 * bootctl gained two new verbs:
1316
1317 - "bootctl random-seed" will generate the file in ESP and an EFI
1318 variable to allow a random seed to be passed to the OS as described
1319 above.
1320
1321 - "bootctl is-installed" checks whether systemd-boot is currently
1322 installed.
1323
1324 * bootctl will warn if it detects that boot entries are misconfigured
1325 (for example if the kernel image was removed without purging the
1326 bootloader entry).
1327
1328 * A new document has been added describing systemd's use and support
1329 for the kernel's entropy pool subsystem:
1330
1331 https://systemd.io/RANDOM_SEEDS
1332
1333 * When the system is hibernated the swap device to write the
1334 hibernation image to is now automatically picked from all available
1335 swap devices, preferring the swap device with the highest configured
1336 priority over all others, and picking the device with the most free
1337 space if there are multiple devices with the highest priority.
1338
1339 * /etc/crypttab support has learnt a new keyfile-timeout= per-device
1340 option that permits selecting the timeout how long to wait for a
1341 device with an encryption key before asking for the password.
1342
1343 * IOWeight= has learnt to properly set the IO weight when using the
1344 BFQ scheduler officially found in kernels 5.0+.
1345
1346 * A new mailing list has been created for reporting of security issues:
1347 systemd-security@redhat.com. For mode details, see
1348 https://systemd.io/CONTRIBUTING#security-vulnerability-reports.
1349
1350 Contributions from: Aaron Barany, Adrian Bunk, Alan Jenkins, Albrecht
1351 Lohofener, Andrej Valek, Anita Zhang, Arian van Putten, Balint Reczey,
1352 Bastien Nocera, Ben Boeckel, Benjamin Robin, camoz, Chen Qi, Chris
1353 Chiu, Chris Down, Christian Göttsche, Christian Kellner, Clinton Roy,
1354 Connor Reeder, Daniel Black, Daniel Lublin, Daniele Medri, Dan
1355 Streetman, Dave Reisner, Dave Ross, David Art, David Tardon, Debarshi
1356 Ray, Dimitri John Ledkov, Dominick Grift, Donald Buczek, Douglas
1357 Christman, Eric DeVolder, EtherGraf, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Feldwor,
1358 Felix Riemann, Florian Dollinger, Francesco Pennica, Franck Bui,
1359 Frantisek Sumsal, Franz Pletz, frederik, Hans de Goede, Iago López
1360 Galeiras, Insun Pyo, Ivan Shapovalov, Iwan Timmer, Jack, Jakob
1361 Unterwurzacher, Jan Chren, Jan Klötzke, Jan Losinski, Jan Pokorný, Jan
1362 Synacek, Jan-Michael Brummer, Jeka Pats, Jeremy Soller, Jérémy Rosen,
1363 Jiri Pirko, Joe Lin, Joerg Behrmann, Joe Richey, Jóhann B. Guðmundsson,
1364 Johannes Christ, Johannes Schmitz, Jonathan Rouleau, Jorge Niedbalski,
1365 Jörg Thalheim, Kai Krakow, Kai Lüke, Karel Zak, Kashyap Chamarthy,
1366 Krayushkin Konstantin, Lennart Poettering, Lubomir Rintel, Luca
1367 Boccassi, Luís Ferreira, Marc-André Lureau, Markus Felten, Martin Pitt,
1368 Matthew Leeds, Mattias Jernberg, Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich,
1369 Michael Prokop, Michael Stapelberg, Michael Zhivich, Michal Koutný,
1370 Michal Sekletar, Mike Gilbert, Milan Broz, Miroslav Lichvar, mpe85,
1371 Mr-Foo, Network Silence, Oliver Harley, pan93412, Paul Menzel, pEJipE,
1372 Peter A. Bigot, Philip Withnall, Piotr Drąg, Rafael Fontenelle, Robert
1373 Scheck, Roberto Santalla, Ronan Pigott, root, RussianNeuroMancer,
1374 Sebastian Jennen, shinygold, Shreyas Behera, Simon Schricker, Susant
1375 Sahani, Thadeu Lima de Souza Cascardo, Theo Ouzhinski, Thiebaud
1376 Weksteen, Thomas Haller, Thomas Weißschuh, Tomas Mraz, Tommi Rantala,
1377 Topi Miettinen, VD-Lycos, ven, Vladimir Yerilov, Wieland Hoffmann,
1378 William A. Kennington III, William Wold, Xi Ruoyao, Yuri Chornoivan,
1379 Yu Watanabe, Zach Smith, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Zhang Xianwei
1380
1381 – Camerino, 2019-09-03
1382
1383 CHANGES WITH 242:
1384
1385 * In .link files, MACAddressPolicy=persistent (the default) is changed
1386 to cover more devices. For devices like bridges, tun, tap, bond, and
1387 similar interfaces that do not have other identifying information,
1388 the interface name is used as the basis for persistent seed for MAC
1389 and IPv4LL addresses. The way that devices that were handled
1390 previously is not changed, and this change is about covering more
1391 devices then previously by the "persistent" policy.
1392
1393 MACAddressPolicy=random may be used to force randomized MACs and
1394 IPv4LL addresses for a device if desired.
1395
1396 Hint: the log output from udev (at debug level) was enhanced to
1397 clarify what policy is followed and which attributes are used.
1398 `SYSTEMD_LOG_LEVEL=debug udevadm test-builtin net_setup_link /sys/class/net/<name>`
1399 may be used to view this.
1400
1401 Hint: if a bridge interface is created without any slaves, and gains
1402 a slave later, then now the bridge does not inherit slave's MAC.
1403 To inherit slave's MAC, for example, create the following file:
1404 ```
1405 # /etc/systemd/network/98-bridge-inherit-mac.link
1406 [Match]
1407 Type=bridge
1408
1409 [Link]
1410 MACAddressPolicy=none
1411 ```
1412
1413 * The .device units generated by systemd-fstab-generator and other
1414 generators do not automatically pull in the corresponding .mount unit
1415 as a Wants= dependency. This means that simply plugging in the device
1416 will not cause the mount unit to be started automatically. But please
1417 note that the mount unit may be started for other reasons, in
1418 particular if it is part of local-fs.target, and any unit which
1419 (transitively) depends on local-fs.target is started.
1420
1421 * networkctl list/status/lldp now accept globbing wildcards for network
1422 interface names to match against all existing interfaces.
1423
1424 * The $PIDFILE environment variable is set to point the absolute path
1425 configured with PIDFile= for processes of that service.
1426
1427 * The fallback DNS server list was augmented with Cloudflare public DNS
1428 servers. Use `-Ddns-servers=` to set a different fallback.
1429
1430 * A new special target usb-gadget.target will be started automatically
1431 when a USB Device Controller is detected (which means that the system
1432 is a USB peripheral).
1433
1434 * A new unit setting CPUQuotaPeriodSec= assigns the time period
1435 relatively to which the CPU time quota specified by CPUQuota= is
1436 measured.
1437
1438 * A new unit setting ProtectHostname= may be used to prevent services
1439 from modifying hostname information (even if they otherwise would
1440 have privileges to do so).
1441
1442 * A new unit setting NetworkNamespacePath= may be used to specify a
1443 namespace for service or socket units through a path referring to a
1444 Linux network namespace pseudo-file.
1445
1446 * The PrivateNetwork= setting and JoinsNamespaceOf= dependencies now
1447 have an effect on .socket units: when used the listening socket is
1448 created within the configured network namespace instead of the host
1449 namespace.
1450
1451 * ExecStart= command lines in unit files may now be prefixed with ':'
1452 in which case environment variable substitution is
1453 disabled. (Supported for the other ExecXYZ= settings, too.)
1454
1455 * .timer units gained two new boolean settings OnClockChange= and
1456 OnTimezoneChange= which may be used to also trigger a unit when the
1457 system clock is changed or the local timezone is
1458 modified. systemd-run has been updated to make these options easily
1459 accessible from the command line for transient timers.
1460
1461 * Two new conditions for units have been added: ConditionMemory= may be
1462 used to conditionalize a unit based on installed system
1463 RAM. ConditionCPUs= may be used to conditionalize a unit based on
1464 installed CPU cores.
1465
1466 * The @default system call filter group understood by SystemCallFilter=
1467 has been updated to include the new rseq() system call introduced in
1468 kernel 4.15.
1469
1470 * A new time-set.target has been added that indicates that the system
1471 time has been set from a local source (possibly imprecise). The
1472 existing time-sync.target is stronger and indicates that the time has
1473 been synchronized with a precise external source. Services where
1474 approximate time is sufficient should use the new target.
1475
1476 * "systemctl start" (and related commands) learnt a new
1477 --show-transaction option. If specified brief information about all
1478 jobs queued because of the requested operation is shown.
1479
1480 * systemd-networkd recognizes a new operation state 'enslaved', used
1481 (instead of 'degraded' or 'carrier') for interfaces which form a
1482 bridge, bond, or similar, and an new 'degraded-carrier' operational
1483 state used for the bond or bridge master interface when one of the
1484 enslaved devices is not operational.
1485
1486 * .network files learnt the new IgnoreCarrierLoss= option for leaving
1487 networks configured even if the carrier is lost.
1488
1489 * The RequiredForOnline= setting in .network files may now specify a
1490 minimum operational state required for the interface to be considered
1491 "online" by systemd-networkd-wait-online. Related to this
1492 systemd-networkd-wait-online gained a new option --operational-state=
1493 to configure the same, and its --interface= option was updated to
1494 optionally also take an operational state specific for an interface.
1495
1496 * systemd-networkd-wait-online gained a new setting --any for waiting
1497 for only one of the requested interfaces instead of all of them.
1498
1499 * systemd-networkd now implements L2TP tunnels.
1500
1501 * Two new .network settings UseAutonomousPrefix= and UseOnLinkPrefix=
1502 may be used to cause autonomous and onlink prefixes received in IPv6
1503 Router Advertisements to be ignored.
1504
1505 * New MulticastFlood=, NeighborSuppression=, and Learning= .network
1506 file settings may be used to tweak bridge behaviour.
1507
1508 * The new TripleSampling= option in .network files may be used to
1509 configure CAN triple sampling.
1510
1511 * A new .netdev settings PrivateKeyFile= and PresharedKeyFile= may be
1512 used to point to private or preshared key for a WireGuard interface.
1513
1514 * /etc/crypttab now supports the same-cpu-crypt and
1515 submit-from-crypt-cpus options to tweak encryption work scheduling
1516 details.
1517
1518 * systemd-tmpfiles will now take a BSD file lock before operating on a
1519 contents of directory. This may be used to temporarily exclude
1520 directories from aging by taking the same lock (useful for example
1521 when extracting a tarball into /tmp or /var/tmp as a privileged user,
1522 which might create files with really old timestamps, which
1523 nevertheless should not be deleted). For further details, see:
1524
1525 https://systemd.io/TEMPORARY_DIRECTORIES
1526
1527 * systemd-tmpfiles' h line type gained support for the
1528 FS_PROJINHERIT_FL ('P') file attribute (introduced in kernel 4.5),
1529 controlling project quota inheritance.
1530
1531 * sd-boot and bootctl now implement support for an Extended Boot Loader
1532 (XBOOTLDR) partition, that is intended to be mounted to /boot, in
1533 addition to the ESP partition mounted to /efi or /boot/efi.
1534 Configuration file fragments, kernels, initrds and other EFI images
1535 to boot will be loaded from both the ESP and XBOOTLDR partitions.
1536 The XBOOTLDR partition was previously described by the Boot Loader
1537 Specification, but implementation was missing in sd-boot. Support for
1538 this concept allows using the sd-boot boot loader in more
1539 conservative scenarios where the boot loader itself is placed in the
1540 ESP but the kernels to boot (and their metadata) in a separate
1541 partition.
1542
1543 * A system may now be booted with systemd.volatile=overlay on the
1544 kernel command line, which causes the root file system to be set up
1545 an overlayfs mount combining the root-only root directory with a
1546 writable tmpfs. In this setup, the underlying root device is not
1547 modified, and any changes are lost at reboot.
1548
1549 * Similar, systemd-nspawn can now boot containers with a volatile
1550 overlayfs root with the new --volatile=overlay switch.
1551
1552 * systemd-nspawn can now consume OCI runtime bundles using a new
1553 --oci-bundle= option. This implementation is fully usable, with most
1554 features in the specification implemented, but since this a lot of
1555 new code and functionality, this feature should most likely not
1556 be used in production yet.
1557
1558 * systemd-nspawn now supports various options described by the OCI
1559 runtime specification on the command-line and in .nspawn files:
1560 --inaccessible=/Inaccessible= may be used to mask parts of the file
1561 system tree, --console=/--pipe may be used to configure how standard
1562 input, output, and error are set up.
1563
1564 * busctl learned the `emit` verb to generate D-Bus signals.
1565
1566 * systemd-analyze cat-config may be used to gather and display
1567 configuration spread over multiple files, for example system and user
1568 presets, tmpfiles.d, sysusers.d, udev rules, etc.
1569
1570 * systemd-analyze calendar now takes an optional new parameter
1571 --iterations= which may be used to show a maximum number of iterations
1572 the specified expression will elapse next.
1573
1574 * The sd-bus C API gained support for naming method parameters in the
1575 introspection data.
1576
1577 * systemd-logind gained D-Bus APIs to specify the "reboot parameter"
1578 the reboot() system call expects.
1579
1580 * journalctl learnt a new --cursor-file= option that points to a file
1581 from which a cursor should be loaded in the beginning and to which
1582 the updated cursor should be stored at the end.
1583
1584 * ACRN hypervisor and Windows Subsystem for Linux (WSL) are now
1585 detected by systemd-detect-virt (and may also be used in
1586 ConditionVirtualization=).
1587
1588 * The behaviour of systemd-logind may now be modified with environment
1589 variables $SYSTEMD_REBOOT_TO_FIRMWARE_SETUP,
1590 $SYSTEMD_REBOOT_TO_BOOT_LOADER_MENU, and
1591 $SYSTEMD_REBOOT_TO_BOOT_LOADER_ENTRY. They cause logind to either
1592 skip the relevant operation completely (when set to false), or to
1593 create a flag file in /run/systemd (when set to true), instead of
1594 actually commencing the real operation when requested. The presence
1595 of /run/systemd/reboot-to-firmware-setup,
1596 /run/systemd/reboot-to-boot-loader-menu, and
1597 /run/systemd/reboot-to-boot-loader-entry, may be used by alternative
1598 boot loader implementations to replace some steps logind performs
1599 during reboot with their own operations.
1600
1601 * systemctl can be used to request a reboot into the boot loader menu
1602 or a specific boot loader entry with the new --boot-load-menu= and
1603 --boot-loader-entry= options to a reboot command. (This requires a
1604 boot loader that supports this, for example sd-boot.)
1605
1606 * kernel-install will no longer unconditionally create the output
1607 directory (e.g. /efi/<machine-id>/<kernel-version>) for boot loader
1608 snippets, but will do only if the machine-specific parent directory
1609 (i.e. /efi/<machine-id>/) already exists. bootctl has been modified
1610 to create this parent directory during sd-boot installation.
1611
1612 This makes it easier to use kernel-install with plugins which support
1613 a different layout of the bootloader partitions (for example grub2).
1614
1615 * During package installation (with `ninja install`), we would create
1616 symlinks for getty@tty1.service, systemd-networkd.service,
1617 systemd-networkd.socket, systemd-resolved.service,
1618 remote-cryptsetup.target, remote-fs.target,
1619 systemd-networkd-wait-online.service, and systemd-timesyncd.service
1620 in /etc, as if `systemctl enable` was called for those units, to make
1621 the system usable immediately after installation. Now this is not
1622 done anymore, and instead calling `systemctl preset-all` is
1623 recommended after the first installation of systemd.
1624
1625 * A new boolean sandboxing option RestrictSUIDSGID= has been added that
1626 is built on seccomp. When turned on creation of SUID/SGID files is
1627 prohibited.
1628
1629 * The NoNewPrivileges= and the new RestrictSUIDSGID= options are now
1630 implied if DynamicUser= is turned on for a service. This hardens
1631 these services, so that they neither can benefit from nor create
1632 SUID/SGID executables. This is a minor compatibility breakage, given
1633 that when DynamicUser= was first introduced SUID/SGID behaviour was
1634 unaffected. However, the security benefit of these two options is
1635 substantial, and the setting is still relatively new, hence we opted
1636 to make it mandatory for services with dynamic users.
1637
1638 Contributions from: Adam Jackson, Alexander Tsoy, Andrey Yashkin,
1639 Andrzej Pietrasiewicz, Anita Zhang, Balint Reczey, Beniamino Galvani,
1640 Ben Iofel, Benjamin Berg, Benjamin Dahlhoff, Chris, Chris Morin,
1641 Christopher Wong, Claudius Ellsel, Clemens Gruber, dana, Daniel Black,
1642 Davide Cavalca, David Michael, David Rheinsberg, emersion, Evgeny
1643 Vereshchagin, Filipe Brandenburger, Franck Bui, Frantisek Sumsal,
1644 Giacinto Cifelli, Hans de Goede, Hugo Kindel, Ignat Korchagin, Insun
1645 Pyo, Jan Engelhardt, Jonas Dorel, Jonathan Lebon, Jonathon Kowalski,
1646 Jörg Sommer, Jörg Thalheim, Jussi Pakkanen, Kai-Heng Feng, Lennart
1647 Poettering, Lubomir Rintel, Luís Ferreira, Martin Pitt, Matthias
1648 Klumpp, Michael Biebl, Michael Niewöhner, Michael Olbrich, Michal
1649 Sekletar, Mike Lothian, Paul Menzel, Piotr Drąg, Riccardo Schirone,
1650 Robin Elvedi, Roman Kulikov, Ronald Tschalär, Ross Burton, Ryan
1651 Gonzalez, Sebastian Krzyszkowiak, Stephane Chazelas, StKob, Susant
1652 Sahani, Sylvain Plantefève, Szabolcs Fruhwald, Taro Yamada, Theo
1653 Ouzhinski, Thomas Haller, Tobias Jungel, Tom Yan, Tony Asleson, Topi
1654 Miettinen, unixsysadmin, Van Laser, Vesa Jääskeläinen, Yu, Li-Yu,
1655 Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
1656
1657 — Warsaw, 2019-04-11
1658
1659 CHANGES WITH 241:
1660
1661 * The default locale can now be configured at compile time. Otherwise,
1662 a suitable default will be selected automatically (one of C.UTF-8,
1663 en_US.UTF-8, and C).
1664
1665 * The version string shown by systemd and other tools now includes the
1666 git commit hash when built from git. An override may be specified
1667 during compilation, which is intended to be used by distributions to
1668 include the package release information.
1669
1670 * systemd-cat can now filter standard input and standard error streams
1671 for different syslog priorities using the new --stderr-priority=
1672 option.
1673
1674 * systemd-journald and systemd-journal-remote reject entries which
1675 contain too many fields (CVE-2018-16865) and set limits on the
1676 process' command line length (CVE-2018-16864).
1677
1678 * $DBUS_SESSION_BUS_ADDRESS environment variable is set by pam_systemd
1679 again.
1680
1681 * A new network device NamePolicy "keep" is implemented for link files,
1682 and used by default in 99-default.link (the fallback configuration
1683 provided by systemd). With this policy, if the network device name
1684 was already set by userspace, the device will not be renamed again.
1685 This matches the naming scheme that was implemented before
1686 systemd-240. If naming-scheme < 240 is specified, the "keep" policy
1687 is also enabled by default, even if not specified. Effectively, this
1688 means that if naming-scheme >= 240 is specified, network devices will
1689 be renamed according to the configuration, even if they have been
1690 renamed already, if "keep" is not specified as the naming policy in
1691 the .link file. The 99-default.link file provided by systemd includes
1692 "keep" for backwards compatibility, but it is recommended for user
1693 installed .link files to *not* include it.
1694
1695 The "kernel" policy, which keeps kernel names declared to be
1696 "persistent", now works again as documented.
1697
1698 * kernel-install script now optionally takes the paths to one or more
1699 initrd files, and passes them to all plugins.
1700
1701 * The mincore() system call has been dropped from the @system-service
1702 system call filter group, as it is pretty exotic and may potentially
1703 used for side-channel attacks.
1704
1705 * -fPIE is dropped from compiler and linker options. Please specify
1706 -Db_pie=true option to meson to build position-independent
1707 executables. Note that the meson option is supported since meson-0.49.
1708
1709 * The fs.protected_regular and fs.protected_fifos sysctls, which were
1710 added in Linux 4.19 to make some data spoofing attacks harder, are
1711 now enabled by default. While this will hopefully improve the
1712 security of most installations, it is technically a backwards
1713 incompatible change; to disable these sysctls again, place the
1714 following lines in /etc/sysctl.d/60-protected.conf or a similar file:
1715
1716 fs.protected_regular = 0
1717 fs.protected_fifos = 0
1718
1719 Note that the similar hardlink and symlink protection has been
1720 enabled since v199, and may be disabled likewise.
1721
1722 * The files read from the EnvironmentFile= setting in unit files now
1723 parse backslashes inside quotes literally, matching the behaviour of
1724 POSIX shells.
1725
1726 * udevadm trigger, udevadm control, udevadm settle and udevadm monitor
1727 now automatically become NOPs when run in a chroot() environment.
1728
1729 * The tmpfiles.d/ "C" line type will now copy directory trees not only
1730 when the destination is so far missing, but also if it already exists
1731 as a directory and is empty. This is useful to cater for systems
1732 where directory trees are put together from multiple separate mount
1733 points but otherwise empty.
1734
1735 * A new function sd_bus_close_unref() (and the associated
1736 sd_bus_close_unrefp()) has been added to libsystemd, that combines
1737 sd_bus_close() and sd_bus_unref() in one.
1738
1739 * udevadm control learnt a new option for --ping for testing whether a
1740 systemd-udevd instance is running and reacting.
1741
1742 * udevadm trigger learnt a new option for --wait-daemon for waiting
1743 systemd-udevd daemon to be initialized.
1744
1745 Contributions from: Aaron Plattner, Alberts Muktupāvels, Alex Mayer,
1746 Ayman Bagabas, Beniamino Galvani, Burt P, Chris Down, Chris Lamb, Chris
1747 Morin, Christian Hesse, Claudius Ellsel, dana, Daniel Axtens, Daniele
1748 Medri, Dave Reisner, David Santamaría Rogado, Diego Canuhe, Dimitri
1749 John Ledkov, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Fabrice Fontaine, Filipe
1750 Brandenburger, Franck Bui, Frantisek Sumsal, govwin, Hans de Goede,
1751 James Hilliard, Jan Engelhardt, Jani Uusitalo, Jan Janssen, Jan
1752 Synacek, Jonathan McDowell, Jonathan Roemer, Jonathon Kowalski, Joost
1753 Heitbrink, Jörg Thalheim, Lance, Lennart Poettering, Louis Taylor,
1754 Lucas Werkmeister, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marc-Antoine Perennou,
1755 marvelousblack, Michael Biebl, Michael Sloan, Michal Sekletar, Mike
1756 Auty, Mike Gilbert, Mikhail Kasimov, Neil Brown, Niklas Hambüchen,
1757 Patrick Williams, Paul Seyfert, Peter Hutterer, Philip Withnall, Roger
1758 James, Ronnie P. Thomas, Ryan Gonzalez, Sam Morris, Stephan Edel,
1759 Stephan Gerhold, Susant Sahani, Taro Yamada, Thomas Haller, Topi
1760 Miettinen, YiFei Zhu, YmrDtnJu, YunQiang Su, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew
1761 Jędrzejewski-Szmek, zsergeant77, Дамјан Георгиевски
1762
1763 — Berlin, 2019-02-14
1764
1765 CHANGES WITH 240:
1766
1767 * NoNewPrivileges=yes has been set for all long-running services
1768 implemented by systemd. Previously, this was problematic due to
1769 SELinux (as this would also prohibit the transition from PID1's label
1770 to the service's label). This restriction has since been lifted, but
1771 an SELinux policy update is required.
1772 (See e.g. https://github.com/fedora-selinux/selinux-policy/pull/234.)
1773
1774 * DynamicUser=yes is dropped from systemd-networkd.service,
1775 systemd-resolved.service and systemd-timesyncd.service, which was
1776 enabled in v239 for systemd-networkd.service and systemd-resolved.service,
1777 and since v236 for systemd-timesyncd.service. The users and groups
1778 systemd-network, systemd-resolve and systemd-timesync are created
1779 by systemd-sysusers again. Distributors or system administrators
1780 may need to create these users and groups if they not exist (or need
1781 to re-enable DynamicUser= for those units) while upgrading systemd.
1782 Also, the clock file for systemd-timesyncd may need to move from
1783 /var/lib/private/systemd/timesync/clock to /var/lib/systemd/timesync/clock.
1784
1785 * When unit files are loaded from disk, previously systemd would
1786 sometimes (depending on the unit loading order) load units from the
1787 target path of symlinks in .wants/ or .requires/ directories of other
1788 units. This meant that unit could be loaded from different paths
1789 depending on whether the unit was requested explicitly or as a
1790 dependency of another unit, not honouring the priority of directories
1791 in search path. It also meant that it was possible to successfully
1792 load and start units which are not found in the unit search path, as
1793 long as they were requested as a dependency and linked to from
1794 .wants/ or .requires/. The target paths of those symlinks are not
1795 used for loading units anymore and the unit file must be found in
1796 the search path.
1797
1798 * A new service type has been added: Type=exec. It's very similar to
1799 Type=simple but ensures the service manager will wait for both fork()
1800 and execve() of the main service binary to complete before proceeding
1801 with follow-up units. This is primarily useful so that the manager
1802 propagates any errors in the preparation phase of service execution
1803 back to the job that requested the unit to be started. For example,
1804 consider a service that has ExecStart= set to a file system binary
1805 that doesn't exist. With Type=simple starting the unit would be
1806 considered instantly successful, as only fork() has to complete
1807 successfully and the manager does not wait for execve(), and hence
1808 its failure is seen "too late". With the new Type=exec service type
1809 starting the unit will fail, as the manager will wait for the
1810 execve() and notice its failure, which is then propagated back to the
1811 start job.
1812
1813 NOTE: with the next release 241 of systemd we intend to change the
1814 systemd-run tool to default to Type=exec for transient services
1815 started by it. This should be mostly safe, but in specific corner
1816 cases might result in problems, as the systemd-run tool will then
1817 block on NSS calls (such as user name look-ups due to User=) done
1818 between the fork() and execve(), which under specific circumstances
1819 might cause problems. It is recommended to specify "-p Type=simple"
1820 explicitly in the few cases where this applies. For regular,
1821 non-transient services (i.e. those defined with unit files on disk)
1822 we will continue to default to Type=simple.
1823
1824 * The Linux kernel's current default RLIMIT_NOFILE resource limit for
1825 userspace processes is set to 1024 (soft) and 4096
1826 (hard). Previously, systemd passed this on unmodified to all
1827 processes it forked off. With this systemd release the hard limit
1828 systemd passes on is increased to 512K, overriding the kernel's
1829 defaults and substantially increasing the number of simultaneous file
1830 descriptors unprivileged userspace processes can allocate. Note that
1831 the soft limit remains at 1024 for compatibility reasons: the
1832 traditional UNIX select() call cannot deal with file descriptors >=
1833 1024 and increasing the soft limit globally might thus result in
1834 programs unexpectedly allocating a high file descriptor and thus
1835 failing abnormally when attempting to use it with select() (of
1836 course, programs shouldn't use select() anymore, and prefer
1837 poll()/epoll, but the call unfortunately remains undeservedly popular
1838 at this time). This change reflects the fact that file descriptor
1839 handling in the Linux kernel has been optimized in more recent
1840 kernels and allocating large numbers of them should be much cheaper
1841 both in memory and in performance than it used to be. Programs that
1842 want to take benefit of the increased limit have to "opt-in" into
1843 high file descriptors explicitly by raising their soft limit. Of
1844 course, when they do that they must acknowledge that they cannot use
1845 select() anymore (and neither can any shared library they use — or
1846 any shared library used by any shared library they use and so on).
1847 Which default hard limit is most appropriate is of course hard to
1848 decide. However, given reports that ~300K file descriptors are used
1849 in real-life applications we believe 512K is sufficiently high as new
1850 default for now. Note that there are also reports that using very
1851 high hard limits (e.g. 1G) is problematic: some software allocates
1852 large arrays with one element for each potential file descriptor
1853 (Java, …) — a high hard limit thus triggers excessively large memory
1854 allocations in these applications. Hopefully, the new default of 512K
1855 is a good middle ground: higher than what real-life applications
1856 currently need, and low enough for avoid triggering excessively large
1857 allocations in problematic software. (And yes, somebody should fix
1858 Java.)
1859
1860 * The fs.nr_open and fs.file-max sysctls are now automatically bumped
1861 to the highest possible values, as separate accounting of file
1862 descriptors is no longer necessary, as memcg tracks them correctly as
1863 part of the memory accounting anyway. Thus, from the four limits on
1864 file descriptors currently enforced (fs.file-max, fs.nr_open,
1865 RLIMIT_NOFILE hard, RLIMIT_NOFILE soft) we turn off the first two,
1866 and keep only the latter two. A set of build-time options
1867 (-Dbump-proc-sys-fs-file-max=false and -Dbump-proc-sys-fs-nr-open=false)
1868 has been added to revert this change in behaviour, which might be
1869 an option for systems that turn off memcg in the kernel.
1870
1871 * When no /etc/locale.conf file exists (and hence no locale settings
1872 are in place), systemd will now use the "C.UTF-8" locale by default,
1873 and set LANG= to it. This locale is supported by various
1874 distributions including Fedora, with clear indications that upstream
1875 glibc is going to make it available too. This locale enables UTF-8
1876 mode by default, which appears appropriate for 2018.
1877
1878 * The "net.ipv4.conf.all.rp_filter" sysctl will now be set to 2 by
1879 default. This effectively switches the RFC3704 Reverse Path filtering
1880 from Strict mode to Loose mode. This is more appropriate for hosts
1881 that have multiple links with routes to the same networks (e.g.
1882 a client with a Wi-Fi and Ethernet both connected to the internet).
1883
1884 Consult the kernel documentation for details on this sysctl:
1885 https://www.kernel.org/doc/Documentation/networking/ip-sysctl.txt
1886
1887 * CPUAccounting=yes no longer enables the CPU controller when using
1888 kernel 4.15+ and the unified cgroup hierarchy, as required accounting
1889 statistics are now provided independently from the CPU controller.
1890
1891 * Support for disabling a particular cgroup controller within a sub-tree
1892 has been added through the DisableControllers= directive.
1893
1894 * cgroup_no_v1=all on the kernel command line now also implies
1895 using the unified cgroup hierarchy, unless one explicitly passes
1896 systemd.unified_cgroup_hierarchy=0 on the kernel command line.
1897
1898 * The new "MemoryMin=" unit file property may now be used to set the
1899 memory usage protection limit of processes invoked by the unit. This
1900 controls the cgroup v2 memory.min attribute. Similarly, the new
1901 "IODeviceLatencyTargetSec=" property has been added, wrapping the new
1902 cgroup v2 io.latency cgroup property for configuring per-service I/O
1903 latency.
1904
1905 * systemd now supports the cgroup v2 devices BPF logic, as counterpart
1906 to the cgroup v1 "devices" cgroup controller.
1907
1908 * systemd-escape now is able to combine --unescape with --template. It
1909 also learnt a new option --instance for extracting and unescaping the
1910 instance part of a unit name.
1911
1912 * sd-bus now provides the sd_bus_message_readv() which is similar to
1913 sd_bus_message_read() but takes a va_list object. The pair
1914 sd_bus_set_method_call_timeout() and sd_bus_get_method_call_timeout()
1915 has been added for configuring the default method call timeout to
1916 use. sd_bus_error_move() may be used to efficiently move the contents
1917 from one sd_bus_error structure to another, invalidating the
1918 source. sd_bus_set_close_on_exit() and sd_bus_get_close_on_exit() may
1919 be used to control whether a bus connection object is automatically
1920 flushed when an sd-event loop is exited.
1921
1922 * When processing classic BSD syslog log messages, journald will now
1923 save the original time-stamp string supplied in the new
1924 SYSLOG_TIMESTAMP= journal field. This permits consumers to
1925 reconstruct the original BSD syslog message more correctly.
1926
1927 * StandardOutput=/StandardError= in service files gained support for
1928 new "append:…" parameters, for connecting STDOUT/STDERR of a service
1929 to a file, and appending to it.
1930
1931 * The signal to use as last step of killing of unit processes is now
1932 configurable. Previously it was hard-coded to SIGKILL, which may now
1933 be overridden with the new KillSignal= setting. Note that this is the
1934 signal used when regular termination (i.e. SIGTERM) does not suffice.
1935 Similarly, the signal used when aborting a program in case of a
1936 watchdog timeout may now be configured too (WatchdogSignal=).
1937
1938 * The XDG_SESSION_DESKTOP environment variable may now be configured in
1939 the pam_systemd argument line, using the new desktop= switch. This is
1940 useful to initialize it properly from a display manager without
1941 having to touch C code.
1942
1943 * Most configuration options that previously accepted percentage values
1944 now also accept permille values with the '‰' suffix (instead of '%').
1945
1946 * systemd-resolved may now optionally use OpenSSL instead of GnuTLS for
1947 DNS-over-TLS.
1948
1949 * systemd-resolved's configuration file resolved.conf gained a new
1950 option ReadEtcHosts= which may be used to turn off processing and
1951 honoring /etc/hosts entries.
1952
1953 * The "--wait" switch may now be passed to "systemctl
1954 is-system-running", in which case the tool will synchronously wait
1955 until the system finished start-up.
1956
1957 * hostnamed gained a new bus call to determine the DMI product UUID.
1958
1959 * On x86-64 systemd will now prefer using the RDRAND processor
1960 instruction over /dev/urandom whenever it requires randomness that
1961 neither has to be crypto-grade nor should be reproducible. This
1962 should substantially reduce the amount of entropy systemd requests
1963 from the kernel during initialization on such systems, though not
1964 reduce it to zero. (Why not zero? systemd still needs to allocate
1965 UUIDs and such uniquely, which require high-quality randomness.)
1966
1967 * networkd gained support for Foo-Over-UDP, ERSPAN and ISATAP
1968 tunnels. It also gained a new option ForceDHCPv6PDOtherInformation=
1969 for forcing the "Other Information" bit in IPv6 RA messages. The
1970 bonding logic gained four new options AdActorSystemPriority=,
1971 AdUserPortKey=, AdActorSystem= for configuring various 802.3ad
1972 aspects, and DynamicTransmitLoadBalancing= for enabling dynamic
1973 shuffling of flows. The tunnel logic gained a new
1974 IPv6RapidDeploymentPrefix= option for configuring IPv6 Rapid
1975 Deployment. The policy rule logic gained four new options IPProtocol=,
1976 SourcePort= and DestinationPort=, InvertRule=. The bridge logic gained
1977 support for the MulticastToUnicast= option. networkd also gained
1978 support for configuring static IPv4 ARP or IPv6 neighbor entries.
1979
1980 * .preset files (as read by 'systemctl preset') may now be used to
1981 instantiate services.
1982
1983 * /etc/crypttab now understands the sector-size= option to configure
1984 the sector size for an encrypted partition.
1985
1986 * Key material for encrypted disks may now be placed on a formatted
1987 medium, and referenced from /etc/crypttab by the UUID of the file
1988 system, followed by "=" suffixed by the path to the key file.
1989
1990 * The "collect" udev component has been removed without replacement, as
1991 it is neither used nor maintained.
1992
1993 * When the RuntimeDirectory=, StateDirectory=, CacheDirectory=,
1994 LogsDirectory=, ConfigurationDirectory= settings are used in a
1995 service the executed processes will now receive a set of environment
1996 variables containing the full paths of these directories.
1997 Specifically, RUNTIME_DIRECTORY=, STATE_DIRECTORY, CACHE_DIRECTORY,
1998 LOGS_DIRECTORY, CONFIGURATION_DIRECTORY are now set if these options
1999 are used. Note that these options may be used multiple times per
2000 service in which case the resulting paths will be concatenated and
2001 separated by colons.
2002
2003 * Predictable interface naming has been extended to cover InfiniBand
2004 NICs. They will be exposed with an "ib" prefix.
2005
2006 * tmpfiles.d/ line types may now be suffixed with a '-' character, in
2007 which case the respective line failing is ignored.
2008
2009 * .link files may now be used to configure the equivalent to the
2010 "ethtool advertise" commands.
2011
2012 * The sd-device.h and sd-hwdb.h APIs are now exported, as an
2013 alternative to libudev.h. Previously, the latter was just an internal
2014 wrapper around the former, but now these two APIs are exposed
2015 directly.
2016
2017 * sd-id128.h gained a new function sd_id128_get_boot_app_specific()
2018 which calculates an app-specific boot ID similar to how
2019 sd_id128_get_machine_app_specific() generates an app-specific machine
2020 ID.
2021
2022 * A new tool systemd-id128 has been added that can be used to determine
2023 and generate various 128bit IDs.
2024
2025 * /etc/os-release gained two new standardized fields DOCUMENTATION_URL=
2026 and LOGO=.
2027
2028 * systemd-hibernate-resume-generator will now honor the "noresume"
2029 kernel command line option, in which case it will bypass resuming
2030 from any hibernated image.
2031
2032 * The systemd-sleep.conf configuration file gained new options
2033 AllowSuspend=, AllowHibernation=, AllowSuspendThenHibernate=,
2034 AllowHybridSleep= for prohibiting specific sleep modes even if the
2035 kernel exports them.
2036
2037 * portablectl is now officially supported and has thus moved to
2038 /usr/bin/.
2039
2040 * bootctl learnt the two new commands "set-default" and "set-oneshot"
2041 for setting the default boot loader item to boot to (either
2042 persistently or only for the next boot). This is currently only
2043 compatible with sd-boot, but may be implemented on other boot loaders
2044 too, that follow the boot loader interface. The updated interface is
2045 now documented here:
2046
2047 https://systemd.io/BOOT_LOADER_INTERFACE
2048
2049 * A new kernel command line option systemd.early_core_pattern= is now
2050 understood which may be used to influence the core_pattern PID 1
2051 installs during early boot.
2052
2053 * busctl learnt two new options -j and --json= for outputting method
2054 call replies, properties and monitoring output in JSON.
2055
2056 * journalctl's JSON output now supports simple ANSI coloring as well as
2057 a new "json-seq" mode for generating RFC7464 output.
2058
2059 * Unit files now support the %g/%G specifiers that resolve to the UNIX
2060 group/GID of the service manager runs as, similar to the existing
2061 %u/%U specifiers that resolve to the UNIX user/UID.
2062
2063 * systemd-logind learnt a new global configuration option
2064 UserStopDelaySec= that may be set in logind.conf. It specifies how
2065 long the systemd --user instance shall remain started after a user
2066 logs out. This is useful to speed up repetitive re-connections of the
2067 same user, as it means the user's service manager doesn't have to be
2068 stopped/restarted on each iteration, but can be reused between
2069 subsequent options. This setting defaults to 10s. systemd-logind also
2070 exports two new properties on its Manager D-Bus objects indicating
2071 whether the system's lid is currently closed, and whether the system
2072 is on AC power.
2073
2074 * systemd gained support for a generic boot counting logic, which
2075 generically permits automatic reverting to older boot loader entries
2076 if newer updated ones don't work. The boot loader side is implemented
2077 in sd-boot, but is kept open for other boot loaders too. For details
2078 see:
2079
2080 https://systemd.io/AUTOMATIC_BOOT_ASSESSMENT
2081
2082 * The SuccessAction=/FailureAction= unit file settings now learnt two
2083 new parameters: "exit" and "exit-force", which result in immediate
2084 exiting of the service manager, and are only useful in systemd --user
2085 and container environments.
2086
2087 * Unit files gained support for a pair of options
2088 FailureActionExitStatus=/SuccessActionExitStatus= for configuring the
2089 exit status to use as service manager exit status when
2090 SuccessAction=/FailureAction= is set to exit or exit-force.
2091
2092 * A pair of LogRateLimitIntervalSec=/LogRateLimitBurst= per-service
2093 options may now be used to configure the log rate limiting applied by
2094 journald per-service.
2095
2096 * systemd-analyze gained a new verb "timespan" for parsing and
2097 normalizing time span values (i.e. strings like "5min 7s 8us").
2098
2099 * systemd-analyze also gained a new verb "security" for analyzing the
2100 security and sand-boxing settings of services in order to determine an
2101 "exposure level" for them, indicating whether a service would benefit
2102 from more sand-boxing options turned on for them.
2103
2104 * "systemd-analyze syscall-filter" will now also show system calls
2105 supported by the local kernel but not included in any of the defined
2106 groups.
2107
2108 * .nspawn files now understand the Ephemeral= setting, matching the
2109 --ephemeral command line switch.
2110
2111 * sd-event gained the new APIs sd_event_source_get_floating() and
2112 sd_event_source_set_floating() for controlling whether a specific
2113 event source is "floating", i.e. destroyed along with the even loop
2114 object itself.
2115
2116 * Unit objects on D-Bus gained a new "Refs" property that lists all
2117 clients that currently have a reference on the unit (to ensure it is
2118 not unloaded).
2119
2120 * The JoinControllers= option in system.conf is no longer supported, as
2121 it didn't work correctly, is hard to support properly, is legacy (as
2122 the concept only exists on cgroup v1) and apparently wasn't used.
2123
2124 * Journal messages that are generated whenever a unit enters the failed
2125 state are now tagged with a unique MESSAGE_ID. Similarly, messages
2126 generated whenever a service process exits are now made recognizable,
2127 too. A tagged message is also emitted whenever a unit enters the
2128 "dead" state on success.
2129
2130 * systemd-run gained a new switch --working-directory= for configuring
2131 the working directory of the service to start. A shortcut -d is
2132 equivalent, setting the working directory of the service to the
2133 current working directory of the invoking program. The new --shell
2134 (or just -S) option has been added for invoking the $SHELL of the
2135 caller as a service, and implies --pty --same-dir --wait --collect
2136 --service-type=exec. Or in other words, "systemd-run -S" is now the
2137 quickest way to quickly get an interactive in a fully clean and
2138 well-defined system service context.
2139
2140 * machinectl gained a new verb "import-fs" for importing an OS tree
2141 from a directory. Moreover, when a directory or tarball is imported
2142 and single top-level directory found with the OS itself below the OS
2143 tree is automatically mangled and moved one level up.
2144
2145 * systemd-importd will no longer set up an implicit btrfs loop-back
2146 file system on /var/lib/machines. If one is already set up, it will
2147 continue to be used.
2148
2149 * A new generator "systemd-run-generator" has been added. It will
2150 synthesize a unit from one or more program command lines included in
2151 the kernel command line. This is very useful in container managers
2152 for example:
2153
2154 # systemd-nspawn -i someimage.raw -b systemd.run='"some command line"'
2155
2156 This will run "systemd-nspawn" on an image, invoke the specified
2157 command line and immediately shut down the container again, returning
2158 the command line's exit code.
2159
2160 * The block device locking logic is now documented:
2161
2162 https://systemd.io/BLOCK_DEVICE_LOCKING
2163
2164 * loginctl and machinectl now optionally output the various tables in
2165 JSON using the --output= switch. It is our intention to add similar
2166 support to systemctl and all other commands.
2167
2168 * udevadm's query and trigger verb now optionally take a .device unit
2169 name as argument.
2170
2171 * systemd-udevd's network naming logic now understands a new
2172 net.naming-scheme= kernel command line switch, which may be used to
2173 pick a specific version of the naming scheme. This helps stabilizing
2174 interface names even as systemd/udev are updated and the naming logic
2175 is improved.
2176
2177 * sd-id128.h learnt two new auxiliary helpers: sd_id128_is_allf() and
2178 SD_ID128_ALLF to test if a 128bit ID is set to all 0xFF bytes, and to
2179 initialize one to all 0xFF.
2180
2181 * After loading the SELinux policy systemd will now recursively relabel
2182 all files and directories listed in
2183 /run/systemd/relabel-extra.d/*.relabel (which should be simple
2184 newline separated lists of paths) in addition to the ones it already
2185 implicitly relabels in /run, /dev and /sys. After the relabelling is
2186 completed the *.relabel files (and /run/systemd/relabel-extra.d/) are
2187 removed. This is useful to permit initrds (i.e. code running before
2188 the SELinux policy is in effect) to generate files in the host
2189 filesystem safely and ensure that the correct label is applied during
2190 the transition to the host OS.
2191
2192 * KERNEL API BREAKAGE: Linux kernel 4.18 changed behaviour regarding
2193 mknod() handling in user namespaces. Previously mknod() would always
2194 fail with EPERM in user namespaces. Since 4.18 mknod() will succeed
2195 but device nodes generated that way cannot be opened, and attempts to
2196 open them result in EPERM. This breaks the "graceful fallback" logic
2197 in systemd's PrivateDevices= sand-boxing option. This option is
2198 implemented defensively, so that when systemd detects it runs in a
2199 restricted environment (such as a user namespace, or an environment
2200 where mknod() is blocked through seccomp or absence of CAP_SYS_MKNOD)
2201 where device nodes cannot be created the effect of PrivateDevices= is
2202 bypassed (following the logic that 2nd-level sand-boxing is not
2203 essential if the system systemd runs in is itself already sand-boxed
2204 as a whole). This logic breaks with 4.18 in container managers where
2205 user namespacing is used: suddenly PrivateDevices= succeeds setting
2206 up a private /dev/ file system containing devices nodes — but when
2207 these are opened they don't work.
2208
2209 At this point it is recommended that container managers utilizing
2210 user namespaces that intend to run systemd in the payload explicitly
2211 block mknod() with seccomp or similar, so that the graceful fallback
2212 logic works again.
2213
2214 We are very sorry for the breakage and the requirement to change
2215 container configurations for newer kernels. It's purely caused by an
2216 incompatible kernel change. The relevant kernel developers have been
2217 notified about this userspace breakage quickly, but they chose to
2218 ignore it.
2219
2220 * PermissionsStartOnly= setting is deprecated (but is still supported
2221 for backwards compatibility). The same functionality is provided by
2222 the more flexible "+", "!", and "!!" prefixes to ExecStart= and other
2223 commands.
2224
2225 * $DBUS_SESSION_BUS_ADDRESS environment variable is not set by
2226 pam_systemd anymore.
2227
2228 * The naming scheme for network devices was changed to always rename
2229 devices, even if they were already renamed by userspace. The "kernel"
2230 policy was changed to only apply as a fallback, if no other naming
2231 policy took effect.
2232
2233 * The requirements to build systemd is bumped to meson-0.46 and
2234 python-3.5.
2235
2236 Contributions from: afg, Alan Jenkins, Aleksei Timofeyev, Alexander
2237 Filippov, Alexander Kurtz, Alexey Bogdanenko, Andreas Henriksson,
2238 Andrew Jorgensen, Anita Zhang, apnix-uk, Arkan49, Arseny Maslennikov,
2239 asavah, Asbjørn Apeland, aszlig, Bastien Nocera, Ben Boeckel, Benedikt
2240 Morbach, Benjamin Berg, Bruce Zhang, Carlo Caione, Cedric Viou, Chen
2241 Qi, Chris Chiu, Chris Down, Chris Morin, Christian Rebischke, Claudius
2242 Ellsel, Colin Guthrie, dana, Daniel, Daniele Medri, Daniel Kahn
2243 Gillmor, Daniel Rusek, Daniel van Vugt, Dariusz Gadomski, Dave Reisner,
2244 David Anderson, Davide Cavalca, David Leeds, David Malcolm, David
2245 Strauss, David Tardon, Dimitri John Ledkov, Dmitry Torokhov, dj-kaktus,
2246 Dongsu Park, Elias Probst, Emil Soleyman, Erik Kooistra, Ervin Peters,
2247 Evgeni Golov, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Fabrice Fontaine, Faheel Ahmad,
2248 Faizal Luthfi, Felix Yan, Filipe Brandenburger, Franck Bui, Frank
2249 Schaefer, Frantisek Sumsal, Gautier Husson, Gianluca Boiano, Giuseppe
2250 Scrivano, glitsj16, Hans de Goede, Harald Hoyer, Harry Mallon, Harshit
2251 Jain, Helmut Grohne, Henry Tung, Hui Yiqun, imayoda, Insun Pyo, Iwan
2252 Timmer, Jan Janssen, Jan Pokorný, Jan Synacek, Jason A. Donenfeld,
2253 javitoom, Jérémy Nouhaud, Jeremy Su, Jiuyang Liu, João Paulo Rechi
2254 Vita, Joe Hershberger, Joe Rayhawk, Joerg Behrmann, Joerg Steffens,
2255 Jonas Dorel, Jon Ringle, Josh Soref, Julian Andres Klode, Jun Bo Bi,
2256 Jürg Billeter, Keith Busch, Khem Raj, Kirill Marinushkin, Larry
2257 Bernstone, Lennart Poettering, Lion Yang, Li Song, Lorenz
2258 Hübschle-Schneider, Lubomir Rintel, Lucas Werkmeister, Ludwin Janvier,
2259 Lukáš Nykrýn, Luke Shumaker, mal, Marc-Antoine Perennou, Marcin
2260 Skarbek, Marco Trevisan (Treviño), Marian Cepok, Mario Hros, Marko
2261 Myllynen, Markus Grimm, Martin Pitt, Martin Sobotka, Martin Wilck,
2262 Mathieu Trudel-Lapierre, Matthew Leeds, Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich,
2263 Michael 'pbone' Pobega, Michael Scherer, Michal Koutný, Michal
2264 Sekletar, Michal Soltys, Mike Gilbert, Mike Palmer, Muhammet Kara, Neal
2265 Gompa, Neil Brown, Network Silence, Niklas Tibbling, Nikolas Nyby,
2266 Nogisaka Sadata, Oliver Smith, Patrik Flykt, Pavel Hrdina, Paweł
2267 Szewczyk, Peter Hutterer, Piotr Drąg, Ray Strode, Reinhold Mueller,
2268 Renaud Métrich, Roman Gushchin, Ronny Chevalier, Rubén Suárez Alvarez,
2269 Ruixin Bao, RussianNeuroMancer, Ryutaroh Matsumoto, Saleem Rashid, Sam
2270 Morris, Samuel Morris, Sandy Carter, scootergrisen, Sébastien Bacher,
2271 Sergey Ptashnick, Shawn Landden, Shengyao Xue, Shih-Yuan Lee
2272 (FourDollars), Silvio Knizek, Sjoerd Simons, Stasiek Michalski, Stephen
2273 Gallagher, Steven Allen, Steve Ramage, Susant Sahani, Sven Joachim,
2274 Sylvain Plantefève, Tanu Kaskinen, Tejun Heo, Thiago Macieira, Thomas
2275 Blume, Thomas Haller, Thomas H. P. Andersen, Tim Ruffing, TJ, Tobias
2276 Jungel, Todd Walton, Tommi Rantala, Tomsod M, Tony Novak, Tore
2277 Anderson, Trevonn, Victor Laskurain, Victor Tapia, Violet Halo, Vojtech
2278 Trefny, welaq, William A. Kennington III, William Douglas, Wyatt Ward,
2279 Xiang Fan, Xi Ruoyao, Xuanwo, Yann E. Morin, YmrDtnJu, Yu Watanabe,
2280 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Zhang Xianwei, Zsolt Dollenstein
2281
2282 — Warsaw, 2018-12-21
2283
2284 CHANGES WITH 239:
2285
2286 * NETWORK INTERFACE DEVICE NAMING CHANGES: systemd-udevd's "net_id"
2287 builtin will name network interfaces differently than in previous
2288 versions for virtual network interfaces created with SR-IOV and NPAR
2289 and for devices where the PCI network controller device does not have
2290 a slot number associated.
2291
2292 SR-IOV virtual devices are now named based on the name of the parent
2293 interface, with a suffix of "v<N>", where <N> is the virtual device
2294 number. Previously those virtual devices were named as if completely
2295 independent.
2296
2297 The ninth and later NPAR virtual devices will be named following the
2298 scheme used for the first eight NPAR partitions. Previously those
2299 devices were not renamed and the kernel default (eth<n>) was used.
2300
2301 "net_id" will also generate names for PCI devices where the PCI
2302 network controller device does not have an associated slot number
2303 itself, but one of its parents does. Previously those devices were
2304 not renamed and the kernel default (eth<n>) was used.
2305
2306 * AF_INET and AF_INET6 are dropped from RestrictAddressFamilies= in
2307 systemd-logind.service. Since v235, IPAddressDeny=any has been set to
2308 the unit. So, it is expected that the default behavior of
2309 systemd-logind is not changed. However, if distribution packagers or
2310 administrators disabled or modified IPAddressDeny= setting by a
2311 drop-in config file, then it may be necessary to update the file to
2312 re-enable AF_INET and AF_INET6 to support network user name services,
2313 e.g. NIS.
2314
2315 * When the RestrictNamespaces= unit property is specified multiple
2316 times, then the specified types are merged now. Previously, only the
2317 last assignment was used. So, if distribution packagers or
2318 administrators modified the setting by a drop-in config file, then it
2319 may be necessary to update the file.
2320
2321 * When OnFailure= is used in combination with Restart= on a service
2322 unit, then the specified units will no longer be triggered on
2323 failures that result in restarting. Previously, the specified units
2324 would be activated each time the unit failed, even when the unit was
2325 going to be restarted automatically. This behaviour contradicted the
2326 documentation. With this release the code is adjusted to match the
2327 documentation.
2328
2329 * systemd-tmpfiles will now print a notice whenever it encounters
2330 tmpfiles.d/ lines referencing the /var/run/ directory. It will
2331 recommend reworking them to use the /run/ directory instead (for
2332 which /var/run/ is simply a symlinked compatibility alias). This way
2333 systemd-tmpfiles can properly detect line conflicts and merge lines
2334 referencing the same file by two paths, without having to access
2335 them.
2336
2337 * systemctl disable/unmask/preset/preset-all cannot be used with
2338 --runtime. Previously this was allowed, but resulted in unintuitive
2339 behaviour that wasn't useful. systemctl disable/unmask will now undo
2340 both runtime and persistent enablement/masking, i.e. it will remove
2341 any relevant symlinks both in /run and /etc.
2342
2343 * Note that all long-running system services shipped with systemd will
2344 now default to a system call whitelist (rather than a blacklist, as
2345 before). In particular, systemd-udevd will now enforce one too. For
2346 most cases this should be safe, however downstream distributions
2347 which disabled sandboxing of systemd-udevd (specifically the
2348 MountFlags= setting), might want to disable this security feature
2349 too, as the default whitelisting will prohibit all mount, swap,
2350 reboot and clock changing operations from udev rules.
2351
2352 * sd-boot acquired new loader configuration settings to optionally turn
2353 off Windows and MacOS boot partition discovery as well as
2354 reboot-into-firmware menu items. It is also able to pick a better
2355 screen resolution for HiDPI systems, and now provides loader
2356 configuration settings to change the resolution explicitly.
2357
2358 * systemd-resolved now supports DNS-over-TLS. It's still
2359 turned off by default, use DNSOverTLS=opportunistic to turn it on in
2360 resolved.conf. We intend to make this the default as soon as couple
2361 of additional techniques for optimizing the initial latency caused by
2362 establishing a TLS/TCP connection are implemented.
2363
2364 * systemd-resolved.service and systemd-networkd.service now set
2365 DynamicUser=yes. The users systemd-resolve and systemd-network are
2366 not created by systemd-sysusers anymore.
2367
2368 NOTE: This has a chance of breaking nss-ldap and similar NSS modules
2369 that embed a network facing module into any process using getpwuid()
2370 or related call: the dynamic allocation of the user ID for
2371 systemd-resolved.service means the service manager has to check NSS
2372 if the user name is already taken when forking off the service. Since
2373 the user in the common case won't be defined in /etc/passwd the
2374 lookup is likely to trigger nss-ldap which in turn might use NSS to
2375 ask systemd-resolved for hostname lookups. This will hence result in
2376 a deadlock: a user name lookup in order to start
2377 systemd-resolved.service will result in a hostname lookup for which
2378 systemd-resolved.service needs to be started already. There are
2379 multiple ways to work around this problem: pre-allocate the
2380 "systemd-resolve" user on such systems, so that nss-ldap won't be
2381 triggered; or use a different NSS package that doesn't do networking
2382 in-process but provides a local asynchronous name cache; or configure
2383 the NSS package to avoid lookups for UIDs in the range `pkg-config
2384 systemd --variable=dynamicuidmin` … `pkg-config systemd
2385 --variable=dynamicuidmax`, so that it does not consider itself
2386 authoritative for the same UID range systemd allocates dynamic users
2387 from.
2388
2389 * The systemd-resolve tool has been renamed to resolvectl (it also
2390 remains available under the old name, for compatibility), and its
2391 interface is now verb-based, similar in style to the other <xyz>ctl
2392 tools, such as systemctl or loginctl.
2393
2394 * The resolvectl/systemd-resolve tool also provides 'resolvconf'
2395 compatibility. It may be symlinked under the 'resolvconf' name, in
2396 which case it will take arguments and input compatible with the
2397 Debian and FreeBSD resolvconf tool.
2398
2399 * Support for suspend-then-hibernate has been added, i.e. a sleep mode
2400 where the system initially suspends, and after a timeout resumes and
2401 hibernates again.
2402
2403 * networkd's ClientIdentifier= now accepts a new option "duid-only". If
2404 set the client will only send a DUID as client identifier.
2405
2406 * The nss-systemd glibc NSS module will now enumerate dynamic users and
2407 groups in effect. Previously, it could resolve UIDs/GIDs to user
2408 names/groups and vice versa, but did not support enumeration.
2409
2410 * journald's Compress= configuration setting now optionally accepts a
2411 byte threshold value. All journal objects larger than this threshold
2412 will be compressed, smaller ones will not. Previously this threshold
2413 was not configurable and set to 512.
2414
2415 * A new system.conf setting NoNewPrivileges= is now available which may
2416 be used to turn off acquisition of new privileges system-wide
2417 (i.e. set Linux' PR_SET_NO_NEW_PRIVS for PID 1 itself, and thus also
2418 for all its children). Note that turning this option on means setuid
2419 binaries and file system capabilities lose their special powers.
2420 While turning on this option is a big step towards a more secure
2421 system, doing so is likely to break numerous pre-existing UNIX tools,
2422 in particular su and sudo.
2423
2424 * A new service systemd-time-sync-wait.service has been added. If
2425 enabled it will delay the time-sync.target unit at boot until time
2426 synchronization has been received from the network. This
2427 functionality is useful on systems lacking a local RTC or where it is
2428 acceptable that the boot process shall be delayed by external network
2429 services.
2430
2431 * When hibernating, systemd will now inform the kernel of the image
2432 write offset, on kernels new enough to support this. This means swap
2433 files should work for hibernation now.
2434
2435 * When loading unit files, systemd will now look for drop-in unit files
2436 extensions in additional places. Previously, for a unit file name
2437 "foo-bar-baz.service" it would look for dropin files in
2438 "foo-bar-baz.service.d/*.conf". Now, it will also look in
2439 "foo-bar-.service.d/*.conf" and "foo-.service.d/", i.e. at the
2440 service name truncated after all inner dashes. This scheme allows
2441 writing drop-ins easily that apply to a whole set of unit files at
2442 once. It's particularly useful for mount and slice units (as their
2443 naming is prefix based), but is also useful for service and other
2444 units, for packages that install multiple unit files at once,
2445 following a strict naming regime of beginning the unit file name with
2446 the package's name. Two new specifiers are now supported in unit
2447 files to match this: %j and %J are replaced by the part of the unit
2448 name following the last dash.
2449
2450 * Unit files and other configuration files that support specifier
2451 expansion now understand another three new specifiers: %T and %V will
2452 resolve to /tmp and /var/tmp respectively, or whatever temporary
2453 directory has been set for the calling user. %E will expand to either
2454 /etc (for system units) or $XDG_CONFIG_HOME (for user units).
2455
2456 * The ExecStart= lines of unit files are no longer required to
2457 reference absolute paths. If non-absolute paths are specified the
2458 specified binary name is searched within the service manager's
2459 built-in $PATH, which may be queried with 'systemd-path
2460 search-binaries-default'. It's generally recommended to continue to
2461 use absolute paths for all binaries specified in unit files.
2462
2463 * Units gained a new load state "bad-setting", which is used when a
2464 unit file was loaded, but contained fatal errors which prevent it
2465 from being started (for example, a service unit has been defined
2466 lacking both ExecStart= and ExecStop= lines).
2467
2468 * coredumpctl's "gdb" verb has been renamed to "debug", in order to
2469 support alternative debuggers, for example lldb. The old name
2470 continues to be available however, for compatibility reasons. Use the
2471 new --debugger= switch or the $SYSTEMD_DEBUGGER environment variable
2472 to pick an alternative debugger instead of the default gdb.
2473
2474 * systemctl and the other tools will now output escape sequences that
2475 generate proper clickable hyperlinks in various terminal emulators
2476 where useful (for example, in the "systemctl status" output you can
2477 now click on the unit file name to quickly open it in the
2478 editor/viewer of your choice). Note that not all terminal emulators
2479 support this functionality yet, but many do. Unfortunately, the
2480 "less" pager doesn't support this yet, hence this functionality is
2481 currently automatically turned off when a pager is started (which
2482 happens quite often due to auto-paging). We hope to remove this
2483 limitation as soon as "less" learns these escape sequences. This new
2484 behaviour may also be turned off explicitly with the $SYSTEMD_URLIFY
2485 environment variable. For details on these escape sequences see:
2486 https://gist.github.com/egmontkob/eb114294efbcd5adb1944c9f3cb5feda
2487
2488 * networkd's .network files now support a new IPv6MTUBytes= option for
2489 setting the MTU used by IPv6 explicitly as well as a new MTUBytes=
2490 option in the [Route] section to configure the MTU to use for
2491 specific routes. It also gained support for configuration of the DHCP
2492 "UserClass" option through the new UserClass= setting. It gained
2493 three new options in the new [CAN] section for configuring CAN
2494 networks. The MULTICAST and ALLMULTI interface flags may now be
2495 controlled explicitly with the new Multicast= and AllMulticast=
2496 settings.
2497
2498 * networkd will now automatically make use of the kernel's route
2499 expiration feature, if it is available.
2500
2501 * udevd's .link files now support setting the number of receive and
2502 transmit channels, using the RxChannels=, TxChannels=,
2503 OtherChannels=, CombinedChannels= settings.
2504
2505 * Support for UDPSegmentationOffload= has been removed, given its
2506 limited support in hardware, and waning software support.
2507
2508 * networkd's .netdev files now support creating "netdevsim" interfaces.
2509
2510 * PID 1 learnt a new bus call GetUnitByControlGroup() which may be used
2511 to query the unit belonging to a specific kernel control group.
2512
2513 * systemd-analyze gained a new verb "cat-config", which may be used to
2514 dump the contents of any configuration file, with all its matching
2515 drop-in files added in, and honouring the usual search and masking
2516 logic applied to systemd configuration files. For example use
2517 "systemd-analyze cat-config systemd/system.conf" to get the complete
2518 system configuration file of systemd how it would be loaded by PID 1
2519 itself. Similar to this, various tools such as systemd-tmpfiles or
2520 systemd-sysusers, gained a new option "--cat-config", which does the
2521 corresponding operation for their own configuration settings. For
2522 example, "systemd-tmpfiles --cat-config" will now output the full
2523 list of tmpfiles.d/ lines in place.
2524
2525 * timedatectl gained three new verbs: "show" shows bus properties of
2526 systemd-timedated, "timesync-status" shows the current NTP
2527 synchronization state of systemd-timesyncd, and "show-timesync"
2528 shows bus properties of systemd-timesyncd.
2529
2530 * systemd-timesyncd gained a bus interface on which it exposes details
2531 about its state.
2532
2533 * A new environment variable $SYSTEMD_TIMEDATED_NTP_SERVICES is now
2534 understood by systemd-timedated. It takes a colon-separated list of
2535 unit names of NTP client services. The list is used by
2536 "timedatectl set-ntp".
2537
2538 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --rlimit= switch for setting initial
2539 resource limits for the container payload. There's a new switch
2540 --hostname= to explicitly override the container's hostname. A new
2541 --no-new-privileges= switch may be used to control the
2542 PR_SET_NO_NEW_PRIVS flag for the container payload. A new
2543 --oom-score-adjust= switch controls the OOM scoring adjustment value
2544 for the payload. The new --cpu-affinity= switch controls the CPU
2545 affinity of the container payload. The new --resolv-conf= switch
2546 allows more detailed control of /etc/resolv.conf handling of the
2547 container. Similarly, the new --timezone= switch allows more detailed
2548 control of /etc/localtime handling of the container.
2549
2550 * systemd-detect-virt gained a new --list switch, which will print a
2551 list of all currently known VM and container environments.
2552
2553 * Support for "Portable Services" has been added, see
2554 doc/PORTABLE_SERVICES.md for details. Currently, the support is still
2555 experimental, but this is expected to change soon. Reflecting this
2556 experimental state, the "portablectl" binary is not installed into
2557 /usr/bin yet. The binary has to be called with the full path
2558 /usr/lib/systemd/portablectl instead.
2559
2560 * journalctl's and systemctl's -o switch now knows a new log output
2561 mode "with-unit". The output it generates is very similar to the
2562 regular "short" mode, but displays the unit name instead of the
2563 syslog tag for each log line. Also, the date is shown with timezone
2564 information. This mode is probably more useful than the classic
2565 "short" output mode for most purposes, except where pixel-perfect
2566 compatibility with classic /var/log/messages formatting is required.
2567
2568 * A new --dump-bus-properties switch has been added to the systemd
2569 binary, which may be used to dump all supported D-Bus properties.
2570 (Options which are still supported, but are deprecated, are *not*
2571 shown.)
2572
2573 * sd-bus gained a set of new calls:
2574 sd_bus_slot_set_floating()/sd_bus_slot_get_floating() may be used to
2575 enable/disable the "floating" state of a bus slot object,
2576 i.e. whether the slot object pins the bus it is allocated for into
2577 memory or if the bus slot object gets disconnected when the bus goes
2578 away. sd_bus_open_with_description(),
2579 sd_bus_open_user_with_description(),
2580 sd_bus_open_system_with_description() may be used to allocate bus
2581 objects and set their description string already during allocation.
2582
2583 * sd-event gained support for watching inotify events from the event
2584 loop, in an efficient way, sharing inotify handles between multiple
2585 users. For this a new function sd_event_add_inotify() has been added.
2586
2587 * sd-event and sd-bus gained support for calling special user-supplied
2588 destructor functions for userdata pointers associated with
2589 sd_event_source, sd_bus_slot, and sd_bus_track objects. For this new
2590 functions sd_bus_slot_set_destroy_callback,
2591 sd_bus_slot_get_destroy_callback, sd_bus_track_set_destroy_callback,
2592 sd_bus_track_get_destroy_callback,
2593 sd_event_source_set_destroy_callback,
2594 sd_event_source_get_destroy_callback have been added.
2595
2596 * The "net.ipv4.tcp_ecn" sysctl will now be turned on by default.
2597
2598 * PID 1 will now automatically reschedule .timer units whenever the
2599 local timezone changes. (They previously got rescheduled
2600 automatically when the system clock changed.)
2601
2602 * New documentation has been added to document cgroups delegation,
2603 portable services and the various code quality tools we have set up:
2604
2605 https://github.com/systemd/systemd/blob/master/docs/CGROUP_DELEGATION.md
2606 https://github.com/systemd/systemd/blob/master/docs/PORTABLE_SERVICES.md
2607 https://github.com/systemd/systemd/blob/master/docs/CODE_QUALITY.md
2608
2609 * The Boot Loader Specification has been added to the source tree.
2610
2611 https://github.com/systemd/systemd/blob/master/docs/BOOT_LOADER_SPECIFICATION.md
2612
2613 While moving it into our source tree we have updated it and further
2614 changes are now accepted through the usual github PR workflow.
2615
2616 * pam_systemd will now look for PAM userdata fields systemd.memory_max,
2617 systemd.tasks_max, systemd.cpu_weight, systemd.io_weight set by
2618 earlier PAM modules. The data in these fields is used to initialize
2619 the session scope's resource properties. Thus external PAM modules
2620 may now configure per-session limits, for example sourced from
2621 external user databases.
2622
2623 * socket units with Accept=yes will now maintain a "refused" counter in
2624 addition to the existing "accepted" counter, counting connections
2625 refused due to the enforced limits.
2626
2627 * The "systemd-path search-binaries-default" command may now be use to
2628 query the default, built-in $PATH PID 1 will pass to the services it
2629 manages.
2630
2631 * A new unit file setting PrivateMounts= has been added. It's a boolean
2632 option. If enabled the unit's processes are invoked in their own file
2633 system namespace. Note that this behaviour is also implied if any
2634 other file system namespacing options (such as PrivateTmp=,
2635 PrivateDevices=, ProtectSystem=, …) are used. This option is hence
2636 primarily useful for services that do not use any of the other file
2637 system namespacing options. One such service is systemd-udevd.service
2638 where this is now used by default.
2639
2640 * ConditionSecurity= gained a new value "uefi-secureboot" that is true
2641 when the system is booted in UEFI "secure mode".
2642
2643 * A new unit "system-update-pre.target" is added, which defines an
2644 optional synchronization point for offline system updates, as
2645 implemented by the pre-existing "system-update.target" unit. It
2646 allows ordering services before the service that executes the actual
2647 update process in a generic way.
2648
2649 * Systemd now emits warnings whenever .include syntax is used.
2650
2651 Contributions from: Adam Duskett, Alan Jenkins, Alessandro Casale,
2652 Alexander Kurtz, Alex Gartrell, Anssi Hannula, Arnaud Rebillout, Brian
2653 J. Murrell, Bruno Vernay, Chris Lamb, Chris Lesiak, Christian Brauner,
2654 Christian Hesse, Christian Rebischke, Colin Guthrie, Daniel Dao, Daniel
2655 Lin, Danylo Korostil, Davide Cavalca, David Tardon, Dimitri John
2656 Ledkov, Dmitriy Geels, Douglas Christman, Elia Geretto, emelenas, Emil
2657 Velikov, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Felipe Sateler, Feng Sun, Filipe
2658 Brandenburger, Franck Bui, futpib, Giuseppe Scrivano, Guillem Jover,
2659 guixxx, Hannes Reinecke, Hans de Goede, Harald Hoyer, Henrique Dante de
2660 Almeida, Hiram van Paassen, Ian Miell, Igor Gnatenko, Ivan Shapovalov,
2661 Iwan Timmer, James Cowgill, Jan Janssen, Jan Synacek, Jared Kazimir,
2662 Jérémy Rosen, João Paulo Rechi Vita, Joost Heitbrink, Jui-Chi Ricky
2663 Liang, Jürg Billeter, Kai-Heng Feng, Karol Augustin, Kay Sievers,
2664 Krzysztof Nowicki, Lauri Tirkkonen, Lennart Poettering, Leonard König,
2665 Long Li, Luca Boccassi, Lucas Werkmeister, Marcel Hoppe, Marc
2666 Kleine-Budde, Mario Limonciello, Martin Jansa, Martin Wilck, Mathieu
2667 Malaterre, Matteo F. Vescovi, Matthew McGinn, Matthias-Christian Ott,
2668 Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich, Michael Prokop, Michal Koutný, Michal
2669 Sekletar, Mike Gilbert, Mikhail Kasimov, Milan Broz, Milan Pässler,
2670 Mladen Pejaković, Muhammet Kara, Nicolas Boichat, Omer Katz, Paride
2671 Legovini, Paul Menzel, Paul Milliken, Pavel Hrdina, Peter A. Bigot,
2672 Peter D'Hoye, Peter Hutterer, Peter Jones, Philip Sequeira, Philip
2673 Withnall, Piotr Drąg, Radostin Stoyanov, Ricardo Salveti de Araujo,
2674 Ronny Chevalier, Rosen Penev, Rubén Suárez Alvarez, Ryan Gonzalez,
2675 Salvo Tomaselli, Sebastian Reichel, Sergey Ptashnick, Sergio Lindo
2676 Mansilla, Stefan Schweter, Stephen Hemminger, Stuart Hayes, Susant
2677 Sahani, Sylvain Plantefève, Thomas H. P. Andersen, Tobias Jungel,
2678 Tomasz Torcz, Vito Caputo, Will Dietz, Will Thompson, Wim van Mourik,
2679 Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
2680
2681 — Berlin, 2018-06-22
2682
2683 CHANGES WITH 238:
2684
2685 * The MemoryAccounting= unit property now defaults to on. After
2686 discussions with the upstream control group maintainers we learnt
2687 that the negative impact of cgroup memory accounting on current
2688 kernels is finally relatively minimal, so that it should be safe to
2689 enable this by default without affecting system performance. Besides
2690 memory accounting only task accounting is turned on by default, all
2691 other forms of resource accounting (CPU, IO, IP) remain off for now,
2692 because it's not clear yet that their impact is small enough to move
2693 from opt-in to opt-out. We recommend downstreams to leave memory
2694 accounting on by default if kernel 4.14 or higher is primarily
2695 used. On very resource constrained systems or when support for old
2696 kernels is a necessity, -Dmemory-accounting-default=false can be used
2697 to revert this change.
2698
2699 * rpm scriptlets to update the udev hwdb and rules (%udev_hwdb_update,
2700 %udev_rules_update) and the journal catalog (%journal_catalog_update)
2701 from the upgrade scriptlets of individual packages now do nothing.
2702 Transfiletriggers have been added which will perform those updates
2703 once at the end of the transaction.
2704
2705 Similar transfiletriggers have been added to execute any sysctl.d
2706 and binfmt.d rules. Thus, it should be unnecessary to provide any
2707 scriptlets to execute this configuration from package installation
2708 scripts.
2709
2710 * systemd-sysusers gained a mode where the configuration to execute is
2711 specified on the command line, but this configuration is not executed
2712 directly, but instead it is merged with the configuration on disk,
2713 and the result is executed. This is useful for package installation
2714 scripts which want to create the user before installing any files on
2715 disk (in case some of those files are owned by that user), while
2716 still allowing local admin overrides.
2717
2718 This functionality is exposed to rpm scriptlets through a new
2719 %sysusers_create_package macro. Old %sysusers_create and
2720 %sysusers_create_inline macros are deprecated.
2721
2722 A transfiletrigger for sysusers.d configuration is now installed,
2723 which means that it should be unnecessary to call systemd-sysusers from
2724 package installation scripts, unless the package installs any files
2725 owned by those newly-created users, in which case
2726 %sysusers_create_package should be used.
2727
2728 * Analogous change has been done for systemd-tmpfiles: it gained a mode
2729 where the command-line configuration is merged with the configuration
2730 on disk. This is exposed as the new %tmpfiles_create_package macro,
2731 and %tmpfiles_create is deprecated. A transfiletrigger is installed
2732 for tmpfiles.d, hence it should be unnecessary to call systemd-tmpfiles
2733 from package installation scripts.
2734
2735 * sysusers.d configuration for a user may now also specify the group
2736 number, in addition to the user number ("u username 123:456"), or
2737 without the user number ("u username -:456").
2738
2739 * Configution items for systemd-sysusers can now be specified as
2740 positional arguments when the new --inline switch is used.
2741
2742 * The login shell of users created through sysusers.d may now be
2743 specified (previously, it was always /bin/sh for root and
2744 /sbin/nologin for other users).
2745
2746 * systemd-analyze gained a new --global switch to look at global user
2747 configuration. It also gained a unit-paths verb to list the unit load
2748 paths that are compiled into systemd (which can be used with
2749 --systemd, --user, or --global).
2750
2751 * udevadm trigger gained a new --settle/-w option to wait for any
2752 triggered events to finish (but just those, and not any other events
2753 which are triggered meanwhile).
2754
2755 * The action that systemd-logind takes when the lid is closed and the
2756 machine is connected to external power can now be configured using
2757 HandleLidSwitchExternalPower= in logind.conf. Previously, this action
2758 was determined by HandleLidSwitch=, and, for backwards compatibility,
2759 is still is, if HandleLidSwitchExternalPower= is not explicitly set.
2760
2761 * journalctl will periodically call sd_journal_process() to make it
2762 resilient against inotify queue overruns when journal files are
2763 rotated very quickly.
2764
2765 * Two new functions in libsystemd — sd_bus_get_n_queued_read and
2766 sd_bus_get_n_queued_write — may be used to check the number of
2767 pending bus messages.
2768
2769 * systemd gained a new
2770 org.freedesktop.systemd1.Manager.AttachProcessesToUnit dbus call
2771 which can be used to migrate foreign processes to scope and service
2772 units. The primary user for this new API is systemd itself: the
2773 systemd --user instance uses this call of the systemd --system
2774 instance to migrate processes if it itself gets the request to
2775 migrate processes and the kernel refuses this due to access
2776 restrictions. Thanks to this "systemd-run --scope --user …" works
2777 again in pure cgroup v2 environments when invoked from the user
2778 session scope.
2779
2780 * A new TemporaryFileSystem= setting can be used to mask out part of
2781 the real file system tree with tmpfs mounts. This may be combined
2782 with BindPaths= and BindReadOnlyPaths= to hide files or directories
2783 not relevant to the unit, while still allowing some paths lower in
2784 the tree to be accessed.
2785
2786 ProtectHome=tmpfs may now be used to hide user home and runtime
2787 directories from units, in a way that is mostly equivalent to
2788 "TemporaryFileSystem=/home /run/user /root".
2789
2790 * Non-service units are now started with KeyringMode=shared by default.
2791 This means that mount and swapon and other mount tools have access
2792 to keys in the main keyring.
2793
2794 * /sys/fs/bpf is now mounted automatically.
2795
2796 * QNX virtualization is now detected by systemd-detect-virt and may
2797 be used in ConditionVirtualization=.
2798
2799 * IPAccounting= may now be enabled also for slice units.
2800
2801 * A new -Dsplit-bin= build configuration switch may be used to specify
2802 whether bin and sbin directories are merged, or if they should be
2803 included separately in $PATH and various listings of executable
2804 directories. The build configuration scripts will try to autodetect
2805 the proper values of -Dsplit-usr= and -Dsplit-bin= based on build
2806 system, but distributions are encouraged to configure this
2807 explicitly.
2808
2809 * A new -Dok-color= build configuration switch may be used to change
2810 the colour of "OK" status messages.
2811
2812 * UPGRADE ISSUE: serialization of units using JoinsNamespaceOf= with
2813 PrivateNetwork=yes was buggy in previous versions of systemd. This
2814 means that after the upgrade and daemon-reexec, any such units must
2815 be restarted.
2816
2817 * INCOMPATIBILITY: as announced in the NEWS for 237, systemd-tmpfiles
2818 will not exclude read-only files owned by root from cleanup.
2819
2820 Contributions from: Alan Jenkins, Alexander F Rødseth, Alexis Jeandet,
2821 Andika Triwidada, Andrei Gherzan, Ansgar Burchardt, antizealot1337,
2822 Batuhan Osman Taşkaya, Beniamino Galvani, Bill Yodlowsky, Caio Marcelo
2823 de Oliveira Filho, CuBiC, Daniele Medri, Daniel Mouritzen, Daniel
2824 Rusek, Davide Cavalca, Dimitri John Ledkov, Douglas Christman, Evgeny
2825 Vereshchagin, Faalagorn, Filipe Brandenburger, Franck Bui, futpib,
2826 Giacomo Longo, Gunnar Hjalmarsson, Hans de Goede, Hermann Gausterer,
2827 Iago López Galeiras, Jakub Filak, Jan Synacek, Jason A. Donenfeld,
2828 Javier Martinez Canillas, Jérémy Rosen, Lennart Poettering, Lucas
2829 Werkmeister, Mao Huang, Marco Gulino, Michael Biebl, Michael Vogt,
2830 MilhouseVH, Neal Gompa (ニール・ゴンパ), Oleander Reis, Olof Mogren,
2831 Patrick Uiterwijk, Peter Hutterer, Peter Portante, Piotr Drąg, Robert
2832 Antoni Buj Gelonch, Sergey Ptashnick, Shawn Landden, Shuang Liu, Simon
2833 Fowler, SjonHortensius, snorreflorre, Susant Sahani, Sylvain
2834 Plantefève, Thomas Blume, Thomas Haller, Vito Caputo, Yu Watanabe,
2835 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Марко М. Костић (Marko M. Kostić)
2836
2837 — Warsaw, 2018-03-05
2838
2839 CHANGES WITH 237:
2840
2841 * Some keyboards come with a zoom see-saw or rocker which until now got
2842 mapped to the Linux "zoomin/out" keys in hwdb. However, these
2843 keycodes are not recognized by any major desktop. They now produce
2844 Up/Down key events so that they can be used for scrolling.
2845
2846 * INCOMPATIBILITY: systemd-tmpfiles' "f" lines changed behaviour
2847 slightly: previously, if an argument was specified for lines of this
2848 type (i.e. the right-most column was set) this string was appended to
2849 existing files each time systemd-tmpfiles was run. This behaviour was
2850 different from what the documentation said, and not particularly
2851 useful, as repeated systemd-tmpfiles invocations would not be
2852 idempotent and grow such files without bounds. With this release
2853 behaviour has been altered to match what the documentation says:
2854 lines of this type only have an effect if the indicated files don't
2855 exist yet, and only then the argument string is written to the file.
2856
2857 * FUTURE INCOMPATIBILITY: In systemd v238 we intend to slightly change
2858 systemd-tmpfiles behaviour: previously, read-only files owned by root
2859 were always excluded from the file "aging" algorithm (i.e. the
2860 automatic clean-up of directories like /tmp based on
2861 atime/mtime/ctime). We intend to drop this restriction, and age files
2862 by default even when owned by root and read-only. This behaviour was
2863 inherited from older tools, but there have been requests to remove
2864 it, and it's not obvious why this restriction was made in the first
2865 place. Please speak up now, if you are aware of software that reqires
2866 this behaviour, otherwise we'll remove the restriction in v238.
2867
2868 * A new environment variable $SYSTEMD_OFFLINE is now understood by
2869 systemctl. It takes a boolean argument. If on, systemctl assumes it
2870 operates on an "offline" OS tree, and will not attempt to talk to the
2871 service manager. Previously, this mode was implicitly enabled if a
2872 chroot() environment was detected, and this new environment variable
2873 now provides explicit control.
2874
2875 * .path and .socket units may now be created transiently, too.
2876 Previously only service, mount, automount and timer units were
2877 supported as transient units. The systemd-run tool has been updated
2878 to expose this new functionality, you may hence use it now to bind
2879 arbitrary commands to path or socket activation on-the-fly from the
2880 command line. Moreover, almost all properties are now exposed for the
2881 unit types that already supported transient operation.
2882
2883 * The systemd-mount command gained support for a new --owner= parameter
2884 which takes a user name, which is then resolved and included in uid=
2885 and gid= mount options string of the file system to mount.
2886
2887 * A new unit condition ConditionControlGroupController= has been added
2888 that checks whether a specific cgroup controller is available.
2889
2890 * Unit files, udev's .link files, and systemd-networkd's .netdev and
2891 .network files all gained support for a new condition
2892 ConditionKernelVersion= for checking against specific kernel
2893 versions.
2894
2895 * In systemd-networkd, the [IPVLAN] section in .netdev files gained
2896 support for configuring device flags in the Flags= setting. In the
2897 same files, the [Tunnel] section gained support for configuring
2898 AllowLocalRemote=. The [Route] section in .network files gained
2899 support for configuring InitialCongestionWindow=,
2900 InitialAdvertisedReceiveWindow= and QuickAck=. The [DHCP] section now
2901 understands RapidCommit=.
2902
2903 * systemd-networkd's DHCPv6 support gained support for Prefix
2904 Delegation.
2905
2906 * sd-bus gained support for a new "watch-bind" feature. When this
2907 feature is enabled, an sd_bus connection may be set up to connect to
2908 an AF_UNIX socket in the file system as soon as it is created. This
2909 functionality is useful for writing early-boot services that
2910 automatically connect to the system bus as soon as it is started,
2911 without ugly time-based polling. systemd-networkd and
2912 systemd-resolved have been updated to make use of this
2913 functionality. busctl exposes this functionality in a new
2914 --watch-bind= command line switch.
2915
2916 * sd-bus will now optionally synthesize a local "Connected" signal as
2917 soon as a D-Bus connection is set up fully. This message mirrors the
2918 already existing "Disconnected" signal which is synthesized when the
2919 connection is terminated. This signal is generally useful but
2920 particularly handy in combination with the "watch-bind" feature
2921 described above. Synthesizing of this message has to be requested
2922 explicitly through the new API call sd_bus_set_connected_signal(). In
2923 addition a new call sd_bus_is_ready() has been added that checks
2924 whether a connection is fully set up (i.e. between the "Connected" and
2925 "Disconnected" signals).
2926
2927 * sd-bus gained two new calls sd_bus_request_name_async() and
2928 sd_bus_release_name_async() for asynchronously registering bus
2929 names. Similar, there is now sd_bus_add_match_async() for installing
2930 a signal match asynchronously. All of systemd's own services have
2931 been updated to make use of these calls. Doing these operations
2932 asynchronously has two benefits: it reduces the risk of deadlocks in
2933 case of cyclic dependencies between bus services, and it speeds up
2934 service initialization since synchronization points for bus
2935 round-trips are removed.
2936
2937 * sd-bus gained two new calls sd_bus_match_signal() and
2938 sd_bus_match_signal_async(), which are similar to sd_bus_add_match()
2939 and sd_bus_add_match_async() but instead of taking a D-Bus match
2940 string take match fields as normal function parameters.
2941
2942 * sd-bus gained two new calls sd_bus_set_sender() and
2943 sd_bus_message_set_sender() for setting the sender name of outgoing
2944 messages (either for all outgoing messages or for just one specific
2945 one). These calls are only useful in direct connections as on
2946 brokered connections the broker fills in the sender anyway,
2947 overwriting whatever the client filled in.
2948
2949 * sd-event gained a new pseudo-handle that may be specified on all API
2950 calls where an "sd_event*" object is expected: SD_EVENT_DEFAULT. When
2951 used this refers to the default event loop object of the calling
2952 thread. Note however that this does not implicitly allocate one —
2953 which has to be done prior by using sd_event_default(). Similarly
2954 sd-bus gained three new pseudo-handles SD_BUS_DEFAULT,
2955 SD_BUS_DEFAULT_USER, SD_BUS_DEFAULT_SYSTEM that may be used to refer
2956 to the default bus of the specified type of the calling thread. Here
2957 too this does not implicitly allocate bus connection objects, this
2958 has to be done prior with sd_bus_default() and friends.
2959
2960 * sd-event gained a new call pair
2961 sd_event_source_{get|set}_io_fd_own(). This may be used to request
2962 automatic closure of the file descriptor an IO event source watches
2963 when the event source is destroyed.
2964
2965 * systemd-networkd gained support for natively configuring WireGuard
2966 connections.
2967
2968 * In previous versions systemd synthesized user records both for the
2969 "nobody" (UID 65534) and "root" (UID 0) users in nss-systemd and
2970 internally. In order to simplify distribution-wide renames of the
2971 "nobody" user (like it is planned in Fedora: nfsnobody → nobody), a
2972 new transitional flag file has been added: if
2973 /etc/systemd/dont-synthesize-nobody exists synthesizing of the 65534
2974 user and group record within the systemd codebase is disabled.
2975
2976 * systemd-notify gained a new --uid= option for selecting the source
2977 user/UID to use for notification messages sent to the service
2978 manager.
2979
2980 * journalctl gained a new --grep= option to list only entries in which
2981 the message matches a certain pattern. By default matching is case
2982 insensitive if the pattern is lowercase, and case sensitive
2983 otherwise. Option --case-sensitive=yes|no can be used to override
2984 this an specify case sensitivity or case insensitivity.
2985
2986 * There's now a "systemd-analyze service-watchdogs" command for printing
2987 the current state of the service runtime watchdog, and optionally
2988 enabling or disabling the per-service watchdogs system-wide if given a
2989 boolean argument (i.e. the concept you configure in WatchdogSec=), for
2990 debugging purposes. There's also a kernel command line option
2991 systemd.service_watchdogs= for controlling the same.
2992
2993 * Two new "log-level" and "log-target" options for systemd-analyze were
2994 added that merge the now deprecated get-log-level, set-log-level and
2995 get-log-target, set-log-target pairs. The deprecated options are still
2996 understood for backwards compatibility. The two new options print the
2997 current value when no arguments are given, and set them when a
2998 level/target is given as an argument.
2999
3000 * sysusers.d's "u" lines now optionally accept both a UID and a GID
3001 specification, separated by a ":" character, in order to create users
3002 where UID and GID do not match.
3003
3004 Contributions from: Adam Duskett, Alan Jenkins, Alexander Kuleshov,
3005 Alexis Deruelle, Andrew Jeddeloh, Armin Widegreen, Batuhan Osman
3006 Taşkaya, Björn Esser, bleep_blop, Bruce A. Johnson, Chris Down, Clinton
3007 Roy, Colin Walters, Daniel Rusek, Dimitri John Ledkov, Dmitry Rozhkov,
3008 Evgeny Vereshchagin, Ewout van Mansom, Felipe Sateler, Franck Bui,
3009 Frantisek Sumsal, George Gaydarov, Gianluca Boiano, Hans-Christian
3010 Noren Egtvedt, Hans de Goede, Henrik Grindal Bakken, Jan Alexander
3011 Steffens, Jan Klötzke, Jason A. Donenfeld, jdkbx, Jérémy Rosen,
3012 Jerónimo Borque, John Lin, John Paul Herold, Jonathan Rudenberg, Jörg
3013 Thalheim, Ken (Bitsko) MacLeod, Larry Bernstone, Lennart Poettering,
3014 Lucas Werkmeister, Maciej S. Szmigiero, Marek Čermák, Martin Pitt,
3015 Mathieu Malaterre, Matthew Thode, Matthias-Christian Ott, Max Harmathy,
3016 Michael Biebl, Michael Vogt, Michal Koutný, Michal Sekletar, Michał
3017 Szczepański, Mike Gilbert, Nathaniel McCallum, Nicolas Chauvet, Olaf
3018 Hering, Olivier Schwander, Patrik Flykt, Paul Cercueil, Peter Hutterer,
3019 Piotr Drąg, Raphael Vogelgsang, Reverend Homer, Robert Kolchmeyer,
3020 Samuel Dionne-Riel, Sergey Ptashnick, Shawn Landden, Susant Sahani,
3021 Sylvain Plantefève, Thomas H. P. Andersen, Thomas Huth, Tomasz
3022 Bachorski, Vladislav Vishnyakov, Wieland Hoffmann, Yu Watanabe, Zachary
3023 Winnerman, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Дамјан Георгиевски, Дилян
3024 Палаузов
3025
3026 — Brno, 2018-01-28
3027
3028 CHANGES WITH 236:
3029
3030 * The modprobe.d/ drop-in for the bonding.ko kernel module introduced
3031 in v235 has been extended to also set the dummy.ko module option
3032 numdummies=0, preventing the kernel from automatically creating
3033 dummy0. All dummy interfaces must now be explicitly created.
3034
3035 * Unknown '%' specifiers in configuration files are now rejected. This
3036 applies to units and tmpfiles.d configuration. Any percent characters
3037 that are followed by a letter or digit that are not supposed to be
3038 interpreted as the beginning of a specifier should be escaped by
3039 doubling ("%%"). (So "size=5%" is still accepted, as well as
3040 "size=5%,foo=bar", but not "LABEL=x%y%z" since %y and %z are not
3041 valid specifiers today.)
3042
3043 * systemd-resolved now maintains a new dynamic
3044 /run/systemd/resolve/stub-resolv.conf compatibility file. It is
3045 recommended to make /etc/resolv.conf a symlink to it. This file
3046 points at the systemd-resolved stub DNS 127.0.0.53 resolver and
3047 includes dynamically acquired search domains, achieving more correct
3048 DNS resolution by software that bypasses local DNS APIs such as NSS.
3049
3050 * The "uaccess" udev tag has been dropped from /dev/kvm and
3051 /dev/dri/renderD*. These devices now have the 0666 permissions by
3052 default (but this may be changed at build-time). /dev/dri/renderD*
3053 will now be owned by the "render" group along with /dev/kfd.
3054
3055 * "DynamicUser=yes" has been enabled for systemd-timesyncd.service,
3056 systemd-journal-gatewayd.service and
3057 systemd-journal-upload.service. This means "nss-systemd" must be
3058 enabled in /etc/nsswitch.conf to ensure the UIDs assigned to these
3059 services are resolved properly.
3060
3061 * In /etc/fstab two new mount options are now understood:
3062 x-systemd.makefs and x-systemd.growfs. The former has the effect that
3063 the configured file system is formatted before it is mounted, the
3064 latter that the file system is resized to the full block device size
3065 after it is mounted (i.e. if the file system is smaller than the
3066 partition it resides on, it's grown). This is similar to the fsck
3067 logic in /etc/fstab, and pulls in systemd-makefs@.service and
3068 systemd-growfs@.service as necessary, similar to
3069 systemd-fsck@.service. Resizing is currently only supported on ext4
3070 and btrfs.
3071
3072 * In systemd-networkd, the IPv6 RA logic now optionally may announce
3073 DNS server and domain information.
3074
3075 * Support for the LUKS2 on-disk format for encrypted partitions has
3076 been added. This requires libcryptsetup2 during compilation and
3077 runtime.
3078
3079 * The systemd --user instance will now signal "readiness" when its
3080 basic.target unit has been reached, instead of when the run queue ran
3081 empty for the first time.
3082
3083 * Tmpfiles.d with user configuration are now also supported.
3084 systemd-tmpfiles gained a new --user switch, and snippets placed in
3085 ~/.config/user-tmpfiles.d/ and corresponding directories will be
3086 executed by systemd-tmpfiles --user running in the new
3087 systemd-tmpfiles-setup.service and systemd-tmpfiles-clean.service
3088 running in the user session.
3089
3090 * Unit files and tmpfiles.d snippets learnt three new % specifiers:
3091 %S resolves to the top-level state directory (/var/lib for the system
3092 instance, $XDG_CONFIG_HOME for the user instance), %C resolves to the
3093 top-level cache directory (/var/cache for the system instance,
3094 $XDG_CACHE_HOME for the user instance), %L resolves to the top-level
3095 logs directory (/var/log for the system instance,
3096 $XDG_CONFIG_HOME/log/ for the user instance). This matches the
3097 existing %t specifier, that resolves to the top-level runtime
3098 directory (/run for the system instance, and $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR for the
3099 user instance).
3100
3101 * journalctl learnt a new parameter --output-fields= for limiting the
3102 set of journal fields to output in verbose and JSON output modes.
3103
3104 * systemd-timesyncd's configuration file gained a new option
3105 RootDistanceMaxSec= for setting the maximum root distance of servers
3106 it'll use, as well as the new options PollIntervalMinSec= and
3107 PollIntervalMaxSec= to tweak the minimum and maximum poll interval.
3108
3109 * bootctl gained a new command "list" for listing all available boot
3110 menu items on systems that follow the boot loader specification.
3111
3112 * systemctl gained a new --dry-run switch that shows what would be done
3113 instead of doing it, and is currently supported by the shutdown and
3114 sleep verbs.
3115
3116 * ConditionSecurity= can now detect the TOMOYO security module.
3117
3118 * Unit file [Install] sections are now also respected in unit drop-in
3119 files. This is intended to be used by drop-ins under /usr/lib/.
3120
3121 * systemd-firstboot may now also set the initial keyboard mapping.
3122
3123 * Udev "changed" events for devices which are exposed as systemd
3124 .device units are now propagated to units specified in
3125 ReloadPropagatedFrom= as reload requests.
3126
3127 * If a udev device has a SYSTEMD_WANTS= property containing a systemd
3128 unit template name (i.e. a name in the form of 'foobar@.service',
3129 without the instance component between the '@' and - the '.'), then
3130 the escaped sysfs path of the device is automatically used as the
3131 instance.
3132
3133 * SystemCallFilter= in unit files has been extended so that an "errno"
3134 can be specified individually for each system call. Example:
3135 SystemCallFilter=~uname:EILSEQ.
3136
3137 * The cgroup delegation logic has been substantially updated. Delegate=
3138 now optionally takes a list of controllers (instead of a boolean, as
3139 before), which lists the controllers to delegate at least.
3140
3141 * The networkd DHCPv6 client now implements the FQDN option (RFC 4704).
3142
3143 * A new LogLevelMax= setting configures the maximum log level any
3144 process of the service may log at (i.e. anything with a lesser
3145 priority than what is specified is automatically dropped). A new
3146 LogExtraFields= setting allows configuration of additional journal
3147 fields to attach to all log records generated by any of the unit's
3148 processes.
3149
3150 * New StandardInputData= and StandardInputText= settings along with the
3151 new option StandardInput=data may be used to configure textual or
3152 binary data that shall be passed to the executed service process via
3153 standard input, encoded in-line in the unit file.
3154
3155 * StandardInput=, StandardOutput= and StandardError= may now be used to
3156 connect stdin/stdout/stderr of executed processes directly with a
3157 file or AF_UNIX socket in the file system, using the new "file:" option.
3158
3159 * A new unit file option CollectMode= has been added, that allows
3160 tweaking the garbage collection logic for units. It may be used to
3161 tell systemd to garbage collect units that have failed automatically
3162 (normally it only GCs units that exited successfully). systemd-run
3163 and systemd-mount expose this new functionality with a new -G option.
3164
3165 * "machinectl bind" may now be used to bind mount non-directories
3166 (i.e. regularfiles, devices, fifos, sockets).
3167
3168 * systemd-analyze gained a new verb "calendar" for validating and
3169 testing calendar time specifications to use for OnCalendar= in timer
3170 units. Besides validating the expression it will calculate the next
3171 time the specified expression would elapse.
3172
3173 * In addition to the pre-existing FailureAction= unit file setting
3174 there's now SuccessAction=, for configuring a shutdown action to
3175 execute when a unit completes successfully. This is useful in
3176 particular inside containers that shall terminate after some workload
3177 has been completed. Also, both options are now supported for all unit
3178 types, not just services.
3179
3180 * networkds's IP rule support gained two new options
3181 IncomingInterface= and OutgoingInterface= for configuring the incoming
3182 and outgoing interfaces of configured rules. systemd-networkd also
3183 gained support for "vxcan" network devices.
3184
3185 * networkd gained a new setting RequiredForOnline=, taking a
3186 boolean. If set, systemd-wait-online will take it into consideration
3187 when determining that the system is up, otherwise it will ignore the
3188 interface for this purpose.
3189
3190 * The sd_notify() protocol gained support for a new operation: with
3191 FDSTOREREMOVE=1 file descriptors may be removed from the per-service
3192 store again, ahead of POLLHUP or POLLERR when they are removed
3193 anyway.
3194
3195 * A new document doc/UIDS-GIDS.md has been added to the source tree,
3196 that documents the UID/GID range and assignment assumptions and
3197 requirements of systemd.
3198
3199 * The watchdog device PID 1 will ping may now be configured through the
3200 WatchdogDevice= configuration file setting, or by setting the
3201 systemd.watchdog_service= kernel commandline option.
3202
3203 * systemd-resolved's gained support for registering DNS-SD services on
3204 the local network using MulticastDNS. Services may either be
3205 registered by dropping in a .dnssd file in /etc/systemd/dnssd/ (or
3206 the same dir below /run, /usr/lib), or through its D-Bus API.
3207
3208 * The sd_notify() protocol can now with EXTEND_TIMEOUT_USEC=microsecond
3209 extend the effective start, runtime, and stop time. The service must
3210 continue to send EXTEND_TIMEOUT_USEC within the period specified to
3211 prevent the service manager from making the service as timedout.
3212
3213 * systemd-resolved's DNSSEC support gained support for RFC 8080
3214 (Ed25519 keys and signatures).
3215
3216 * The systemd-resolve command line tool gained a new set of options
3217 --set-dns=, --set-domain=, --set-llmnr=, --set-mdns=, --set-dnssec=,
3218 --set-nta= and --revert to configure per-interface DNS configuration
3219 dynamically during runtime. It's useful for pushing DNS information
3220 into systemd-resolved from DNS hook scripts that various interface
3221 managing software supports (such as pppd).
3222
3223 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --network-namespace-path= command line
3224 option, which may be used to make a container join an existing
3225 network namespace, by specifying a path to a "netns" file.
3226
3227 Contributions from: Alan Jenkins, Alan Robertson, Alessandro Ghedini,
3228 Andrew Jeddeloh, Antonio Rojas, Ari, asavah, bleep_blop, Carsten
3229 Strotmann, Christian Brauner, Christian Hesse, Clinton Roy, Collin
3230 Eggert, Cong Wang, Daniel Black, Daniel Lockyer, Daniel Rusek, Dimitri
3231 John Ledkov, Dmitry Rozhkov, Dongsu Park, Edward A. James, Evgeny
3232 Vereshchagin, Florian Klink, Franck Bui, Gwendal Grignou, Hans de
3233 Goede, Harald Hoyer, Hristo Venev, Iago López Galeiras, Ikey Doherty,
3234 Jakub Wilk, Jérémy Rosen, Jiahui Xie, John Lin, José Bollo, Josef
3235 Andersson, juga0, Krzysztof Nowicki, Kyle Walker, Lars Karlitski, Lars
3236 Kellogg-Stedman, Lauri Tirkkonen, Lennart Poettering, Lubomir Rintel,
3237 Luca Bruno, Lucas Werkmeister, Lukáš Nykrýn, Lukáš Říha, Lukasz
3238 Rubaszewski, Maciej S. Szmigiero, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcus Folkesson,
3239 Martin Steuer, Mathieu Trudel-Lapierre, Matija Skala,
3240 Matthias-Christian Ott, Max Resch, Michael Biebl, Michael Vogt, Michal
3241 Koutný, Michal Sekletar, Mike Gilbert, Muhammet Kara, Neil Brown, Olaf
3242 Hering, Ondrej Kozina, Patrik Flykt, Patryk Kocielnik, Peter Hutterer,
3243 Piotr Drąg, Razvan Cojocaru, Robin McCorkell, Roland Hieber, Saran
3244 Tunyasuvunakool, Sergey Ptashnick, Shawn Landden, Shuang Liu, Simon
3245 Arlott, Simon Peeters, Stanislav Angelovič, Stefan Agner, Susant
3246 Sahani, Sylvain Plantefève, Thomas Blume, Thomas Haller, Tiago Salem
3247 Herrmann, Tinu Weber, Tom Stellard, Topi Miettinen, Torsten Hilbrich,
3248 Vito Caputo, Vladislav Vishnyakov, WaLyong Cho, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew
3249 Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Zeal Jagannatha
3250
3251 — Berlin, 2017-12-14
3252
3253 CHANGES WITH 235:
3254
3255 * INCOMPATIBILITY: systemd-logind.service and other long-running
3256 services now run inside an IPv4/IPv6 sandbox, prohibiting them any IP
3257 communication with the outside. This generally improves security of
3258 the system, and is in almost all cases a safe and good choice, as
3259 these services do not and should not provide any network-facing
3260 functionality. However, systemd-logind uses the glibc NSS API to
3261 query the user database. This creates problems on systems where NSS
3262 is set up to directly consult network services for user database
3263 lookups. In particular, this creates incompatibilities with the
3264 "nss-nis" module, which attempts to directly contact the NIS/YP
3265 network servers it is configured for, and will now consistently
3266 fail. In such cases, it is possible to turn off IP sandboxing for
3267 systemd-logind.service (set IPAddressDeny= in its [Service] section
3268 to the empty string, via a .d/ unit file drop-in). Downstream
3269 distributions might want to update their nss-nis packaging to include
3270 such a drop-in snippet, accordingly, to hide this incompatibility
3271 from the user. Another option is to make use of glibc's nscd service
3272 to proxy such network requests through a privilege-separated, minimal
3273 local caching daemon, or to switch to more modern technologies such
3274 sssd, whose NSS hook-ups generally do not involve direct network
3275 access. In general, we think it's definitely time to question the
3276 implementation choices of nss-nis, i.e. whether it's a good idea
3277 today to embed a network-facing loadable module into all local
3278 processes that need to query the user database, including the most
3279 trivial and benign ones, such as "ls". For more details about
3280 IPAddressDeny= see below.
3281
3282 * A new modprobe.d drop-in is now shipped by default that sets the
3283 bonding module option max_bonds=0. This overrides the kernel default,
3284 to avoid conflicts and ambiguity as to whether or not bond0 should be
3285 managed by systemd-networkd or not. This resolves multiple issues
3286 with bond0 properties not being applied, when bond0 is configured
3287 with systemd-networkd. Distributors may choose to not package this,
3288 however in that case users will be prevented from correctly managing
3289 bond0 interface using systemd-networkd.
3290
3291 * systemd-analyze gained new verbs "get-log-level" and "get-log-target"
3292 which print the logging level and target of the system manager. They
3293 complement the existing "set-log-level" and "set-log-target" verbs
3294 used to change those values.
3295
3296 * journald.conf gained a new boolean setting ReadKMsg= which defaults
3297 to on. If turned off kernel log messages will not be read by
3298 systemd-journald or included in the logs. It also gained a new
3299 setting LineMax= for configuring the maximum line length in
3300 STDOUT/STDERR log streams. The new default for this value is 48K, up
3301 from the previous hardcoded 2048.
3302
3303 * A new unit setting RuntimeDirectoryPreserve= has been added, which
3304 allows more detailed control of what to do with a runtime directory
3305 configured with RuntimeDirectory= (i.e. a directory below /run or
3306 $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR) after a unit is stopped.
3307
3308 * The RuntimeDirectory= setting for units gained support for creating
3309 deeper subdirectories below /run or $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR, instead of just
3310 one top-level directory.
3311
3312 * Units gained new options StateDirectory=, CacheDirectory=,
3313 LogsDirectory= and ConfigurationDirectory= which are closely related
3314 to RuntimeDirectory= but manage per-service directories below
3315 /var/lib, /var/cache, /var/log and /etc. By making use of them it is
3316 possible to write unit files which when activated automatically gain
3317 properly owned service specific directories in these locations, thus
3318 making unit files self-contained and increasing compatibility with
3319 stateless systems and factory reset where /etc or /var are
3320 unpopulated at boot. Matching these new settings there's also
3321 StateDirectoryMode=, CacheDirectoryMode=, LogsDirectoryMode=,
3322 ConfigurationDirectoryMode= for configuring the access mode of these
3323 directories. These settings are particularly useful in combination
3324 with DynamicUser=yes as they provide secure, properly-owned,
3325 writable, and stateful locations for storage, excluded from the
3326 sandbox that such services live in otherwise.
3327
3328 * Automake support has been removed from this release. systemd is now
3329 Meson-only.
3330
3331 * systemd-journald will now aggressively cache client metadata during
3332 runtime, speeding up log write performance under pressure. This comes
3333 at a small price though: as much of the metadata is read
3334 asynchronously from /proc/ (and isn't implicitly attached to log
3335 datagrams by the kernel, like UID/GID/PID/SELinux are) this means the
3336 metadata stored alongside a log entry might be slightly
3337 out-of-date. Previously it could only be slightly newer than the log
3338 message. The time window is small however, and given that the kernel
3339 is unlikely to be improved anytime soon in this regard, this appears
3340 acceptable to us.
3341
3342 * nss-myhostname/systemd-resolved will now by default synthesize an
3343 A/AAAA resource record for the "_gateway" hostname, pointing to the
3344 current default IP gateway. Previously it did that for the "gateway"
3345 name, hampering adoption, as some distributions wanted to leave that
3346 hostname open for local use. The old behaviour may still be
3347 requested at build time.
3348
3349 * systemd-networkd's [Address] section in .network files gained a new
3350 Scope= setting for configuring the IP address scope. The [Network]
3351 section gained a new boolean setting ConfigureWithoutCarrier= that
3352 tells systemd-networkd to ignore link sensing when configuring the
3353 device. The [DHCP] section gained a new Anonymize= boolean option for
3354 turning on a number of options suggested in RFC 7844. A new
3355 [RoutingPolicyRule] section has been added for configuring the IP
3356 routing policy. The [Route] section has gained support for a new
3357 Type= setting which permits configuring
3358 blackhole/unreachable/prohibit routes.
3359
3360 * The [VRF] section in .netdev files gained a new Table= setting for
3361 configuring the routing table to use. The [Tunnel] section gained a
3362 new Independent= boolean field for configuring tunnels independent of
3363 an underlying network interface. The [Bridge] section gained a new
3364 GroupForwardMask= option for configuration of propagation of link
3365 local frames between bridge ports.
3366
3367 * The WakeOnLan= setting in .link files gained support for a number of
3368 new modes. A new TCP6SegmentationOffload= setting has been added for
3369 configuring TCP/IPv6 hardware segmentation offload.
3370
3371 * The IPv6 RA sender implementation may now optionally send out RDNSS
3372 and RDNSSL records to supply DNS configuration to peers.
3373
3374 * systemd-nspawn gained support for a new --system-call-filter= command
3375 line option for adding and removing entries in the default system
3376 call filter it applies. Moreover systemd-nspawn has been changed to
3377 implement a system call whitelist instead of a blacklist.
3378
3379 * systemd-run gained support for a new --pipe command line option. If
3380 used the STDIN/STDOUT/STDERR file descriptors passed to systemd-run
3381 are directly passed on to the activated transient service
3382 executable. This allows invoking arbitrary processes as systemd
3383 services (for example to take benefit of dependency management,
3384 accounting management, resource management or log management that is
3385 done automatically for services) — while still allowing them to be
3386 integrated in a classic UNIX shell pipeline.
3387
3388 * When a service sends RELOAD=1 via sd_notify() and reload propagation
3389 using ReloadPropagationTo= is configured, a reload is now propagated
3390 to configured units. (Previously this was only done on explicitly
3391 requested reloads, using "systemctl reload" or an equivalent
3392 command.)
3393
3394 * For each service unit a restart counter is now kept: it is increased
3395 each time the service is restarted due to Restart=, and may be
3396 queried using "systemctl show -p NRestarts …".
3397
3398 * New system call filter groups @aio, @sync, @chown, @setuid, @memlock,
3399 @signal and @timer have been added, for usage with SystemCallFilter=
3400 in unit files and the new --system-call-filter= command line option
3401 of systemd-nspawn (see above).
3402
3403 * ExecStart= lines in unit files gained two new modifiers: when a
3404 command line is prefixed with "!" the command will be executed as
3405 configured, except for the credentials applied by
3406 setuid()/setgid()/setgroups(). It is very similar to the pre-existing
3407 "+", but does still apply namespacing options unlike "+". There's
3408 also "!!" now, which is mostly identical, but becomes a NOP on
3409 systems that support ambient capabilities. This is useful to write
3410 unit files that work with ambient capabilities where possible but
3411 automatically fall back to traditional privilege dropping mechanisms
3412 on systems where this is not supported.
3413
3414 * ListenNetlink= settings in socket units now support RDMA netlink
3415 sockets.
3416
3417 * A new unit file setting LockPersonality= has been added which permits
3418 locking down the chosen execution domain ("personality") of a service
3419 during runtime.
3420
3421 * A new special target "getty-pre.target" has been added, which is
3422 ordered before all text logins, and may be used to order services
3423 before textual logins acquire access to the console.
3424
3425 * systemd will now attempt to load the virtio-rng.ko kernel module very
3426 early on if a VM environment supporting this is detected. This should
3427 improve entropy during early boot in virtualized environments.
3428
3429 * A _netdev option is now supported in /etc/crypttab that operates in a
3430 similar way as the same option in /etc/fstab: it permits configuring
3431 encrypted devices that need to be ordered after the network is up.
3432 Following this logic, two new special targets
3433 remote-cryptsetup-pre.target and remote-cryptsetup.target have been
3434 added that are to cryptsetup.target what remote-fs.target and
3435 remote-fs-pre.target are to local-fs.target.
3436
3437 * Service units gained a new UnsetEnvironment= setting which permits
3438 unsetting specific environment variables for services that are
3439 normally passed to it (for example in order to mask out locale
3440 settings for specific services that can't deal with it).
3441
3442 * Units acquired a new boolean option IPAccounting=. When turned on, IP
3443 traffic accounting (packet count as well as byte count) is done for
3444 the service, and shown as part of "systemctl status" or "systemd-run
3445 --wait".
3446
3447 * Service units acquired two new options IPAddressAllow= and
3448 IPAddressDeny=, taking a list of IPv4 or IPv6 addresses and masks,
3449 for configuring a simple IP access control list for all sockets of
3450 the unit. These options are available also on .slice and .socket
3451 units, permitting flexible access list configuration for individual
3452 services as well as groups of services (as defined by a slice unit),
3453 including system-wide. Note that IP ACLs configured this way are
3454 enforced on every single IPv4 and IPv6 socket created by any process
3455 of the service unit, and apply to ingress as well as egress traffic.
3456
3457 * If CPUAccounting= or IPAccounting= is turned on for a unit a new
3458 structured log message is generated each time the unit is stopped,
3459 containing information about the consumed resources of this
3460 invocation.
3461
3462 * A new setting KeyringMode= has been added to unit files, which may be
3463 used to control how the kernel keyring is set up for executed
3464 processes.
3465
3466 * "systemctl poweroff", "systemctl reboot", "systemctl halt",
3467 "systemctl kexec" and "systemctl exit" are now always asynchronous in
3468 behaviour (that is: these commands return immediately after the
3469 operation was enqueued instead of waiting for the operation to
3470 complete). Previously, "systemctl poweroff" and "systemctl reboot"
3471 were asynchronous on systems using systemd-logind (i.e. almost
3472 always, and like they were on sysvinit), and the other three commands
3473 were unconditionally synchronous. With this release this is cleaned
3474 up, and callers will see the same asynchronous behaviour on all
3475 systems for all five operations.
3476
3477 * systemd-logind gained new Halt() and CanHalt() bus calls for halting
3478 the system.
3479
3480 * .timer units now accept calendar specifications in other timezones
3481 than UTC or the local timezone.
3482
3483 * The tmpfiles snippet var.conf has been changed to create
3484 /var/log/btmp with access mode 0660 instead of 0600. It was owned by
3485 the "utmp" group already, and it appears to be generally understood
3486 that members of "utmp" can modify/flush the utmp/wtmp/lastlog/btmp
3487 databases. Previously this was implemented correctly for all these
3488 databases excepts btmp, which has been opened up like this now
3489 too. Note that while the other databases are world-readable
3490 (i.e. 0644), btmp is not and remains more restrictive.
3491
3492 * The systemd-resolve tool gained a new --reset-server-features
3493 switch. When invoked like this systemd-resolved will forget
3494 everything it learnt about the features supported by the configured
3495 upstream DNS servers, and restarts the feature probing logic on the
3496 next resolver look-up for them at the highest feature level
3497 again.
3498
3499 * The status dump systemd-resolved sends to the logs upon receiving
3500 SIGUSR1 now also includes information about all DNS servers it is
3501 configured to use, and the features levels it probed for them.
3502
3503 Contributions from: Abdó Roig-Maranges, Alan Jenkins, Alexander
3504 Kuleshov, Andreas Rammhold, Andrew Jeddeloh, Andrew Soutar, Ansgar
3505 Burchardt, Beniamino Galvani, Benjamin Berg, Benjamin Robin, Charles
3506 Huber, Christian Hesse, Daniel Berrange, Daniel Kahn Gillmor, Daniel
3507 Mack, Daniel Rusek, Daniel Șerbănescu, Davide Cavalca, Dimitri John
3508 Ledkov, Diogo Pereira, Djalal Harouni, Dmitriy Geels, Dmitry Torokhov,
3509 ettavolt, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Fabio Kung, Felipe Sateler, Franck Bui,
3510 Hans de Goede, Harald Hoyer, Insun Pyo, Ivan Kurnosov, Ivan Shapovalov,
3511 Jakub Wilk, Jan Synacek, Jason Gunthorpe, Jeremy Bicha, Jérémy Rosen,
3512 John Lin, jonasBoss, Jonathan Lebon, Jonathan Teh, Jon Ringle, Jörg
3513 Thalheim, Jouke Witteveen, juga0, Justin Capella, Justin Michaud,
3514 Kai-Heng Feng, Lennart Poettering, Lion Yang, Luca Bruno, Lucas
3515 Werkmeister, Lukáš Nykrýn, Marcel Hollerbach, Marcus Lundblad, Martin
3516 Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Grzeschik, Michal Sekletar, Mike Gilbert,
3517 Neil Brown, Nicolas Iooss, Patrik Flykt, pEJipE, Piotr Drąg, Russell
3518 Stuart, S. Fan, Shengyao Xue, Stefan Pietsch, Susant Sahani, Tejun Heo,
3519 Thomas Miller, Thomas Sailer, Tobias Hunger, Tomasz Pala, Tom
3520 Gundersen, Tommi Rantala, Topi Miettinen, Torstein Husebø, userwithuid,
3521 Vasilis Liaskovitis, Vito Caputo, WaLyong Cho, William Douglas, Xiang
3522 Fan, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
3523
3524 — Berlin, 2017-10-06
3525
3526 CHANGES WITH 234:
3527
3528 * Meson is now supported as build system in addition to Automake. It is
3529 our plan to remove Automake in one of our next releases, so that
3530 Meson becomes our exclusive build system. Hence, please start using
3531 the Meson build system in your downstream packaging. There's plenty
3532 of documentation around how to use Meson, the extremely brief
3533 summary:
3534
3535 ./autogen.sh && ./configure && make && sudo make install
3536
3537 becomes:
3538
3539 meson build && ninja -C build && sudo ninja -C build install
3540
3541 * Unit files gained support for a new JobRunningTimeoutUSec= setting,
3542 which permits configuring a timeout on the time a job is
3543 running. This is particularly useful for setting timeouts on jobs for
3544 .device units.
3545
3546 * Unit files gained two new options ConditionUser= and ConditionGroup=
3547 for conditionalizing units based on the identity of the user/group
3548 running a systemd user instance.
3549
3550 * systemd-networkd now understands a new FlowLabel= setting in the
3551 [VXLAN] section of .network files, as well as a Priority= in
3552 [Bridge], GVRP= + MVRP= + LooseBinding= + ReorderHeader= in [VLAN]
3553 and GatewayOnlink= + IPv6Preference= + Protocol= in [Route]. It also
3554 gained support for configuration of GENEVE links, and IPv6 address
3555 labels. The [Network] section gained the new IPv6ProxyNDP= setting.
3556
3557 * .link files now understand a new Port= setting.
3558
3559 * systemd-networkd's DHCP support gained support for DHCP option 119
3560 (domain search list).
3561
3562 * systemd-networkd gained support for serving IPv6 address ranges using
3563 the Router Advertisement protocol. The new .network configuration
3564 section [IPv6Prefix] may be used to configure the ranges to
3565 serve. This is implemented based on a new, minimal, native server
3566 implementation of RA.
3567
3568 * journalctl's --output= switch gained support for a new parameter
3569 "short-iso-precise" for a mode where timestamps are shown as precise
3570 ISO date values.
3571
3572 * systemd-udevd's "net_id" builtin may now generate stable network
3573 interface names from IBM PowerVM VIO devices as well as ACPI platform
3574 devices.
3575
3576 * MulticastDNS support in systemd-resolved may now be explicitly
3577 enabled/disabled using the new MulticastDNS= configuration file
3578 option.
3579
3580 * systemd-resolved may now optionally use libidn2 instead of the libidn
3581 for processing internationalized domain names. Support for libidn2
3582 should be considered experimental and should not be enabled by
3583 default yet.
3584
3585 * "machinectl pull-tar" and related call may now do verification of
3586 downloaded images using SUSE-style .sha256 checksum files in addition
3587 to the already existing support for validating using Ubuntu-style
3588 SHA256SUMS files.
3589
3590 * sd-bus gained support for a new sd_bus_message_appendv() call which
3591 is va_list equivalent of sd_bus_message_append().
3592
3593 * sd-boot gained support for validating images using SHIM/MOK.
3594
3595 * The SMACK code learnt support for "onlycap".
3596
3597 * systemd-mount --umount is now much smarter in figuring out how to
3598 properly unmount a device given its mount or device path.
3599
3600 * The code to call libnss_dns as a fallback from libnss_resolve when
3601 the communication with systemd-resolved fails was removed. This
3602 fallback was redundant and interfered with the [!UNAVAIL=return]
3603 suffix. See nss-resolve(8) for the recommended configuration.
3604
3605 * systemd-logind may now be restarted without losing state. It stores
3606 the file descriptors for devices it manages in the system manager
3607 using the FDSTORE= mechanism. Please note that further changes in
3608 other components may be required to make use of this (for example
3609 Xorg has code to listen for stops of systemd-logind and terminate
3610 itself when logind is stopped or restarted, in order to avoid using
3611 stale file descriptors for graphical devices, which is now
3612 counterproductive and must be reverted in order for restarts of
3613 systemd-logind to be safe. See
3614 https://cgit.freedesktop.org/xorg/xserver/commit/?id=dc48bd653c7e101.)
3615
3616 * All kernel-install plugins are called with the environment variable
3617 KERNEL_INSTALL_MACHINE_ID which is set to the machine ID given by
3618 /etc/machine-id. If the machine ID could not be determined,
3619 $KERNEL_INSTALL_MACHINE_ID will be empty. Plugins should not put
3620 anything in the entry directory (passed as the second argument) if
3621 $KERNEL_INSTALL_MACHINE_ID is empty. For backwards compatibility, a
3622 temporary directory is passed as the entry directory and removed
3623 after all the plugins exit.
3624
3625 Contributions from: Adrian Heine né Lang, Aggelos Avgerinos, Alexander
3626 Kurtz, Alexandros Frantzis, Alexey Brodkin, Alex Lu, Amir Pakdel, Amir
3627 Yalon, Anchor Cat, Anthony Parsons, Bastien Nocera, Benjamin Gilbert,
3628 Benjamin Robin, Boucman, Charles Plessy, Chris Chiu, Chris Lamb,
3629 Christian Brauner, Christian Hesse, Colin Walters, Daniel Drake,
3630 Danielle Church, Daniel Molkentin, Daniel Rusek, Daniel Wang, Davide
3631 Cavalca, David Herrmann, David Michael, Dax Kelson, Dimitri John
3632 Ledkov, Djalal Harouni, Dušan Kazik, Elias Probst, Evgeny Vereshchagin,
3633 Federico Di Pierro, Felipe Sateler, Felix Zhang, Franck Bui, Gary
3634 Tierney, George McCollister, Giedrius Statkevičius, Hans de Goede,
3635 hecke, Hendrik Westerberg, Hristo Venev, Ian Wienand, Insun Pyo, Ivan
3636 Shapovalov, James Cowgill, James Hemsing, Janne Heß, Jan Synacek, Jason
3637 Reeder, João Paulo Rechi Vita, John Paul Adrian Glaubitz, Jörg
3638 Thalheim, Josef Andersson, Josef Gajdusek, Julian Mehne, Kai Krakow,
3639 Krzysztof Jackiewicz, Lars Karlitski, Lennart Poettering, Lluís Gili,
3640 Lucas Werkmeister, Lukáš Nykrýn, Łukasz Stelmach, Mantas Mikulėnas,
3641 Marcin Bachry, Marcus Cooper, Mark Stosberg, Martin Pitt, Matija Skala,
3642 Matt Clarkson, Matthew Garrett, Matthias Greiner, Matthijs van Duin,
3643 Max Resch, Michael Biebl, Michal Koutný, Michal Sekletar, Michal
3644 Soltys, Michal Suchanek, Mike Gilbert, Nate Clark, Nathaniel R. Lewis,
3645 Neil Brown, Nikolai Kondrashov, Pascal S. de Kloe, Pat Riehecky, Patrik
3646 Flykt, Paul Kocialkowski, Peter Hutterer, Philip Withnall, Piotr
3647 Szydełko, Rafael Fontenelle, Ray Strode, Richard Maw, Roelf Wichertjes,
3648 Ronny Chevalier, Sarang S. Dalal, Sjoerd Simons, slodki, Stefan
3649 Schweter, Susant Sahani, Ted Wood, Thomas Blume, Thomas Haller, Thomas
3650 H. P. Andersen, Timothée Ravier, Tobias Jungel, Tobias Stoeckmann, Tom
3651 Gundersen, Tom Yan, Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog,
3652 userwithuid, Vito Caputo, Waldemar Brodkorb, WaLyong Cho, Yu, Li-Yu,
3653 Yusuke Nojima, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Дамјан
3654 Георгиевски
3655
3656 — Berlin, 2017-07-12
3657
3658 CHANGES WITH 233:
3659
3660 * The "hybrid" control group mode has been modified to improve
3661 compatibility with "legacy" cgroups-v1 setups. Specifically, the
3662 "hybrid" setup of /sys/fs/cgroup is now pretty much identical to
3663 "legacy" (including /sys/fs/cgroup/systemd as "name=systemd" named
3664 cgroups-v1 hierarchy), the only externally visible change being that
3665 the cgroups-v2 hierarchy is also mounted, to
3666 /sys/fs/cgroup/unified. This should provide a large degree of
3667 compatibility with "legacy" cgroups-v1, while taking benefit of the
3668 better management capabilities of cgroups-v2.
3669
3670 * The default control group setup mode may be selected both a boot-time
3671 via a set of kernel command line parameters (specifically:
3672 systemd.unified_cgroup_hierarchy= and
3673 systemd.legacy_systemd_cgroup_controller=), as well as a compile-time
3674 default selected on the configure command line
3675 (--with-default-hierarchy=). The upstream default is "hybrid"
3676 (i.e. the cgroups-v1 + cgroups-v2 mixture discussed above) now, but
3677 this will change in a future systemd version to be "unified" (pure
3678 cgroups-v2 mode). The third option for the compile time option is
3679 "legacy", to enter pure cgroups-v1 mode. We recommend downstream
3680 distributions to default to "hybrid" mode for release distributions,
3681 starting with v233. We recommend "unified" for development
3682 distributions (specifically: distributions such as Fedora's rawhide)
3683 as that's where things are headed in the long run. Use "legacy" for
3684 greatest stability and compatibility only.
3685
3686 * Note one current limitation of "unified" and "hybrid" control group
3687 setup modes: the kernel currently does not permit the systemd --user
3688 instance (i.e. unprivileged code) to migrate processes between two
3689 disconnected cgroup subtrees, even if both are managed and owned by
3690 the user. This effectively means "systemd-run --user --scope" doesn't
3691 work when invoked from outside of any "systemd --user" service or
3692 scope. Specifically, it is not supported from session scopes. We are
3693 working on fixing this in a future systemd version. (See #3388 for
3694 further details about this.)
3695
3696 * DBus policy files are now installed into /usr rather than /etc. Make
3697 sure your system has dbus >= 1.9.18 running before upgrading to this
3698 version, or override the install path with --with-dbuspolicydir= .
3699
3700 * All python scripts shipped with systemd (specifically: the various
3701 tests written in Python) now require Python 3.
3702
3703 * systemd unit tests can now run standalone (without the source or
3704 build directories), and can be installed into /usr/lib/systemd/tests/
3705 with 'make install-tests'.
3706
3707 * Note that from this version on, CONFIG_CRYPTO_USER_API_HASH,
3708 CONFIG_CRYPTO_HMAC and CONFIG_CRYPTO_SHA256 need to be enabled in the
3709 kernel.
3710
3711 * Support for the %c, %r, %R specifiers in unit files has been
3712 removed. Specifiers are not supposed to be dependent on configuration
3713 in the unit file itself (so that they resolve the same regardless
3714 where used in the unit files), but these specifiers were influenced
3715 by the Slice= option.
3716
3717 * The shell invoked by debug-shell.service now defaults to /bin/sh in
3718 all cases. If distributions want to use a different shell for this
3719 purpose (for example Fedora's /sbin/sushell) they need to specify
3720 this explicitly at configure time using --with-debug-shell=.
3721
3722 * The confirmation spawn prompt has been reworked to offer the
3723 following choices:
3724
3725 (c)ontinue, proceed without asking anymore
3726 (D)ump, show the state of the unit
3727 (f)ail, don't execute the command and pretend it failed
3728 (h)elp
3729 (i)nfo, show a short summary of the unit
3730 (j)obs, show jobs that are in progress
3731 (s)kip, don't execute the command and pretend it succeeded
3732 (y)es, execute the command
3733
3734 The 'n' choice for the confirmation spawn prompt has been removed,
3735 because its meaning was confusing.
3736
3737 The prompt may now also be redirected to an alternative console by
3738 specifying the console as parameter to systemd.confirm_spawn=.
3739
3740 * Services of Type=notify require a READY=1 notification to be sent
3741 during startup. If no such message is sent, the service now fails,
3742 even if the main process exited with a successful exit code.
3743
3744 * Services that fail to start up correctly now always have their
3745 ExecStopPost= commands executed. Previously, they'd enter "failed"
3746 state directly, without executing these commands.
3747
3748 * The option MulticastDNS= of network configuration files has acquired
3749 an actual implementation. With MulticastDNS=yes a host can resolve
3750 names of remote hosts and reply to mDNS A and AAAA requests.
3751
3752 * When units are about to be started an additional check is now done to
3753 ensure that all dependencies of type BindsTo= (when used in
3754 combination with After=) have been started.
3755
3756 * systemd-analyze gained a new verb "syscall-filter" which shows which
3757 system call groups are defined for the SystemCallFilter= unit file
3758 setting, and which system calls they contain.
3759
3760 * A new system call filter group "@filesystem" has been added,
3761 consisting of various file system related system calls. Group
3762 "@reboot" has been added, covering reboot, kexec and shutdown related
3763 calls. Finally, group "@swap" has been added covering swap
3764 configuration related calls.
3765
3766 * A new unit file option RestrictNamespaces= has been added that may be
3767 used to restrict access to the various process namespace types the
3768 Linux kernel provides. Specifically, it may be used to take away the
3769 right for a service unit to create additional file system, network,
3770 user, and other namespaces. This sandboxing option is particularly
3771 relevant due to the high amount of recently discovered namespacing
3772 related vulnerabilities in the kernel.
3773
3774 * systemd-udev's .link files gained support for a new AutoNegotiation=
3775 setting for configuring Ethernet auto-negotiation.
3776
3777 * systemd-networkd's .network files gained support for a new
3778 ListenPort= setting in the [DHCP] section to explicitly configure the
3779 UDP client port the DHCP client shall listen on.
3780
3781 * .network files gained a new Unmanaged= boolean setting for explicitly
3782 excluding one or more interfaces from management by systemd-networkd.
3783
3784 * The systemd-networkd ProxyARP= option has been renamed to
3785 IPV4ProxyARP=. Similarly, VXLAN-specific option ARPProxy= has been
3786 renamed to ReduceARPProxy=. The old names continue to be available
3787 for compatibility.
3788
3789 * systemd-networkd gained support for configuring IPv6 Proxy NDP
3790 addresses via the new IPv6ProxyNDPAddress= .network file setting.
3791
3792 * systemd-networkd's bonding device support gained support for two new
3793 configuration options ActiveSlave= and PrimarySlave=.
3794
3795 * The various options in the [Match] section of .network files gained
3796 support for negative matching.
3797
3798 * New systemd-specific mount options are now understood in /etc/fstab:
3799
3800 x-systemd.mount-timeout= may be used to configure the maximum
3801 permitted runtime of the mount command.
3802
3803 x-systemd.device-bound may be set to bind a mount point to its
3804 backing device unit, in order to automatically remove a mount point
3805 if its backing device is unplugged. This option may also be
3806 configured through the new SYSTEMD_MOUNT_DEVICE_BOUND udev property
3807 on the block device, which is now automatically set for all CDROM
3808 drives, so that mounted CDs are automatically unmounted when they are
3809 removed from the drive.
3810
3811 x-systemd.after= and x-systemd.before= may be used to explicitly
3812 order a mount after or before another unit or mount point.
3813
3814 * Enqueued start jobs for device units are now automatically garbage
3815 collected if there are no jobs waiting for them anymore.
3816
3817 * systemctl list-jobs gained two new switches: with --after, for every
3818 queued job the jobs it's waiting for are shown; with --before the
3819 jobs which it's blocking are shown.
3820
3821 * systemd-nspawn gained support for ephemeral boots from disk images
3822 (or in other words: --ephemeral and --image= may now be
3823 combined). Moreover, ephemeral boots are now supported for normal
3824 directories, even if the backing file system is not btrfs. Of course,
3825 if the file system does not support file system snapshots or
3826 reflinks, the initial copy operation will be relatively expensive, but
3827 this should still be suitable for many use cases.
3828
3829 * Calendar time specifications in .timer units now support
3830 specifications relative to the end of a month by using "~" instead of
3831 "-" as separator between month and day. For example, "*-02~03" means
3832 "the third last day in February". In addition a new syntax for
3833 repeated events has been added using the "/" character. For example,
3834 "9..17/2:00" means "every two hours from 9am to 5pm".
3835
3836 * systemd-socket-proxyd gained a new parameter --connections-max= for
3837 configuring the maximum number of concurrent connections.
3838
3839 * sd-id128 gained a new API for generating unique IDs for the host in a
3840 way that does not leak the machine ID. Specifically,
3841 sd_id128_get_machine_app_specific() derives an ID based on the
3842 machine ID a in well-defined, non-reversible, stable way. This is
3843 useful whenever an identifier for the host is needed but where the
3844 identifier shall not be useful to identify the system beyond the
3845 scope of the application itself. (Internally this uses HMAC-SHA256 as
3846 keyed hash function using the machine ID as input.)
3847
3848 * NotifyAccess= gained a new supported value "exec". When set
3849 notifications are accepted from all processes systemd itself invoked,
3850 including all control processes.
3851
3852 * .nspawn files gained support for defining overlay mounts using the
3853 Overlay= and OverlayReadOnly= options. Previously this functionality
3854 was only available on the systemd-nspawn command line.
3855
3856 * systemd-nspawn's --bind= and --overlay= options gained support for
3857 bind/overlay mounts whose source lies within the container tree by
3858 prefixing the source path with "+".
3859
3860 * systemd-nspawn's --bind= and --overlay= options gained support for
3861 automatically allocating a temporary source directory in /var/tmp
3862 that is removed when the container dies. Specifically, if the source
3863 directory is specified as empty string this mechanism is selected. An
3864 example usage is --overlay=+/var::/var, which creates an overlay
3865 mount based on the original /var contained in the image, overlaid
3866 with a temporary directory in the host's /var/tmp. This way changes
3867 to /var are automatically flushed when the container shuts down.
3868
3869 * systemd-nspawn --image= option does now permit raw file system block
3870 devices (in addition to images containing partition tables, as
3871 before).
3872
3873 * The disk image dissection logic in systemd-nspawn gained support for
3874 automatically setting up LUKS encrypted as well as Verity protected
3875 partitions. When a container is booted from an encrypted image the
3876 passphrase is queried at start-up time. When a container with Verity
3877 data is started, the root hash is search in a ".roothash" file
3878 accompanying the disk image (alternatively, pass the root hash via
3879 the new --root-hash= command line option).
3880
3881 * A new tool /usr/lib/systemd/systemd-dissect has been added that may
3882 be used to dissect disk images the same way as systemd-nspawn does
3883 it, following the Bootable Partition Specification. It may even be
3884 used to mount disk images with complex partition setups (including
3885 LUKS and Verity partitions) to a local host directory, in order to
3886 inspect them. This tool is not considered public API (yet), and is
3887 thus not installed into /usr/bin. Please do not rely on its
3888 existence, since it might go away or be changed in later systemd
3889 versions.
3890
3891 * A new generator "systemd-verity-generator" has been added, similar in
3892 style to "systemd-cryptsetup-generator", permitting automatic setup of
3893 Verity root partitions when systemd boots up. In order to make use of
3894 this your partition setup should follow the Discoverable Partitions
3895 Specification, and the GPT partition ID of the root file system
3896 partition should be identical to the upper 128bit of the Verity root
3897 hash. The GPT partition ID of the Verity partition protecting it
3898 should be the lower 128bit of the Verity root hash. If the partition
3899 image follows this model it is sufficient to specify a single
3900 "roothash=" kernel command line argument to both configure which root
3901 image and verity partition to use as well as the root hash for
3902 it. Note that systemd-nspawn's Verity support follows the same
3903 semantics, meaning that disk images with proper Verity data in place
3904 may be booted in containers with systemd-nspawn as well as on
3905 physical systems via the verity generator. Also note that the "mkosi"
3906 tool available at https://github.com/systemd/mkosi has been updated
3907 to generate Verity protected disk images following this scheme. In
3908 fact, it has been updated to generate disk images that optionally
3909 implement a complete UEFI SecureBoot trust chain, involving a signed
3910 kernel and initrd image that incorporates such a root hash as well as
3911 a Verity-enabled root partition.
3912
3913 * The hardware database (hwdb) udev supports has been updated to carry
3914 accelerometer quirks.
3915
3916 * All system services are now run with a fresh kernel keyring set up
3917 for them. The invocation ID is stored by default in it, thus
3918 providing a safe, non-overridable way to determine the invocation
3919 ID of each service.
3920
3921 * Service unit files gained new BindPaths= and BindReadOnlyPaths=
3922 options for bind mounting arbitrary paths in a service-specific
3923 way. When these options are used, arbitrary host or service files and
3924 directories may be mounted to arbitrary locations in the service's
3925 view.
3926
3927 * Documentation has been added that lists all of systemd's low-level
3928 environment variables:
3929
3930 https://github.com/systemd/systemd/blob/master/docs/ENVIRONMENT.md
3931
3932 * sd-daemon gained a new API sd_is_socket_sockaddr() for determining
3933 whether a specific socket file descriptor matches a specified socket
3934 address.
3935
3936 * systemd-firstboot has been updated to check for the
3937 systemd.firstboot= kernel command line option. It accepts a boolean
3938 and when set to false the first boot questions are skipped.
3939
3940 * systemd-fstab-generator has been updated to check for the
3941 systemd.volatile= kernel command line option, which either takes an
3942 optional boolean parameter or the special value "state". If used the
3943 system may be booted in a "volatile" boot mode. Specifically,
3944 "systemd.volatile" is used, the root directory will be mounted as
3945 tmpfs, and only /usr is mounted from the actual root file system. If
3946 "systemd.volatile=state" is used, the root directory will be mounted
3947 as usual, but /var is mounted as tmpfs. This concept provides similar
3948 functionality as systemd-nspawn's --volatile= option, but provides it
3949 on physical boots. Use this option for implementing stateless
3950 systems, or testing systems with all state and/or configuration reset
3951 to the defaults. (Note though that many distributions are not
3952 prepared to boot up without a populated /etc or /var, though.)
3953
3954 * systemd-gpt-auto-generator gained support for LUKS encrypted root
3955 partitions. Previously it only supported LUKS encrypted partitions
3956 for all other uses, except for the root partition itself.
3957
3958 * Socket units gained support for listening on AF_VSOCK sockets for
3959 communication in virtualized QEMU environments.
3960
3961 * The "configure" script gained a new option --with-fallback-hostname=
3962 for specifying the fallback hostname to use if none is configured in
3963 /etc/hostname. For example, by specifying
3964 --with-fallback-hostname=fedora it is possible to default to a
3965 hostname of "fedora" on pristine installations.
3966
3967 * systemd-cgls gained support for a new --unit= switch for listing only
3968 the control groups of a specific unit. Similar --user-unit= has been
3969 added for listing only the control groups of a specific user unit.
3970
3971 * systemd-mount gained a new --umount switch for unmounting a mount or
3972 automount point (and all mount/automount points below it).
3973
3974 * systemd will now refuse full configuration reloads (via systemctl
3975 daemon-reload and related calls) unless at least 16MiB of free space
3976 are available in /run. This is a safety precaution in order to ensure
3977 that generators can safely operate after the reload completed.
3978
3979 * A new unit file option RootImage= has been added, which has a similar
3980 effect as RootDirectory= but mounts the service's root directory from
3981 a disk image instead of plain directory. This logic reuses the same
3982 image dissection and mount logic that systemd-nspawn already uses,
3983 and hence supports any disk images systemd-nspawn supports, including
3984 those following the Discoverable Partition Specification, as well as
3985 Verity enabled images. This option enables systemd to run system
3986 services directly off disk images acting as resource bundles,
3987 possibly even including full integrity data.
3988
3989 * A new MountAPIVFS= unit file option has been added, taking a boolean
3990 argument. If enabled /proc, /sys and /dev (collectively called the
3991 "API VFS") will be mounted for the service. This is only relevant if
3992 RootDirectory= or RootImage= is used for the service, as these mounts
3993 are of course in place in the host mount namespace anyway.
3994
3995 * systemd-nspawn gained support for a new --pivot-root= switch. If
3996 specified the root directory within the container image is pivoted to
3997 the specified mount point, while the original root disk is moved to a
3998 different place. This option enables booting of ostree images
3999 directly with systemd-nspawn.
4000
4001 * The systemd build scripts will no longer complain if the NTP server
4002 addresses are not changed from the defaults. Google now supports
4003 these NTP servers officially. We still recommend downstreams to
4004 properly register an NTP pool with the NTP pool project though.
4005
4006 * coredumpctl gained a new "--reverse" option for printing the list
4007 of coredumps in reverse order.
4008
4009 * coredumpctl will now show additional information about truncated and
4010 inaccessible coredumps, as well as coredumps that are still being
4011 processed. It also gained a new --quiet switch for suppressing
4012 additional informational message in its output.
4013
4014 * coredumpctl gained support for only showing coredumps newer and/or
4015 older than specific timestamps, using the new --since= and --until=
4016 options, reminiscent of journalctl's options by the same name.
4017
4018 * The systemd-coredump logic has been improved so that it may be reused
4019 to collect backtraces in non-compiled languages, for example in
4020 scripting languages such as Python.
4021
4022 * machinectl will now show the UID shift of local containers, if user
4023 namespacing is enabled for them.
4024
4025 * systemd will now optionally run "environment generator" binaries at
4026 configuration load time. They may be used to add environment
4027 variables to the environment block passed to services invoked. One
4028 user environment generator is shipped by default that sets up
4029 environment variables based on files dropped into /etc/environment.d
4030 and ~/.config/environment.d/.
4031
4032 * systemd-resolved now includes the new, recently published 2017 DNSSEC
4033 root key (KSK).
4034
4035 * hostnamed has been updated to report a new chassis type of
4036 "convertible" to cover "foldable" laptops that can both act as a
4037 tablet and as a laptop, such as various Lenovo Yoga devices.
4038
4039 Contributions from: Adrián López, Alexander Galanin, Alexander
4040 Kochetkov, Alexandros Frantzis, Andrey Ulanov, Antoine Eiche, Baruch
4041 Siach, Bastien Nocera, Benjamin Robin, Björn, Brandon Philips, Cédric
4042 Schieli, Charles (Chas) Williams, Christian Hesse, Daniele Medri,
4043 Daniel Drake, Daniel Rusek, Daniel Wagner, Dan Streetman, Dave Reisner,
4044 David Glasser, David Herrmann, David Michael, Djalal Harouni, Dmitry
4045 Khlebnikov, Dmitry Rozhkov, Dongsu Park, Douglas Christman, Earnestly,
4046 Emil Soleyman, Eric Cook, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Felipe Sateler, Fionn
4047 Cleary, Florian Klink, Francesco Brozzu, Franck Bui, Gabriel Rauter,
4048 Gianluca Boiano, Giedrius Statkevičius, Graeme Lawes, Hans de Goede,
4049 Harald Hoyer, Ian Kelling, Ivan Shapovalov, Jakub Wilk, Janne Heß, Jan
4050 Synacek, Jason Reeder, Jonathan Boulle, Jörg Thalheim, Jouke Witteveen,
4051 Karl Kraus, Kees Cook, Keith Busch, Kieran Colford, kilian-k, Lennart
4052 Poettering, Lubomir Rintel, Lucas Werkmeister, Lukas Rusak, Maarten de
4053 Vries, Maks Naumov, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marc-Andre Lureau, Marcin Bachry,
4054 Mark Stosberg, Martin Ejdestig, Martin Pitt, Mauricio Faria de
4055 Oliveira, micah, Michael Biebl, Michael Shields, Michal Schmidt, Michal
4056 Sekletar, Michel Kraus, Mike Gilbert, Mikko Ylinen, Mirza Krak,
4057 Namhyung Kim, nikolaof, peoronoob, Peter Hutterer, Peter Körner, Philip
4058 Withnall, Piotr Drąg, Ray Strode, Reverend Homer, Rike-Benjamin
4059 Schuppner, Robert Kreuzer, Ronny Chevalier, Ruslan Bilovol, sammynx,
4060 Sergey Ptashnick, Sergiusz Urbaniak, Stefan Berger, Stefan Hajnoczi,
4061 Stefan Schweter, Stuart McLaren, Susant Sahani, Sylvain Plantefève,
4062 Taylor Smock, Tejun Heo, Thomas Blume, Thomas H. P. Andersen, Tibor
4063 Nagy, Tobias Stoeckmann, Tom Gundersen, Torstein Husebø, Viktar
4064 Vaŭčkievič, Viktor Mihajlovski, Vitaly Sulimov, Waldemar Brodkorb,
4065 Walter Garcia-Fontes, Wim de With, Yassine Imounachen, Yi EungJun,
4066 YunQiang Su, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Александр
4067 Тихонов
4068
4069 — Berlin, 2017-03-01
4070
4071 CHANGES WITH 232:
4072
4073 * udev now runs with MemoryDenyWriteExecute=, RestrictRealtime= and
4074 RestrictAddressFamilies= enabled. These sandboxing options should
4075 generally be compatible with the various external udev call-out
4076 binaries we are aware of, however there may be exceptions, in
4077 particular when exotic languages for these call-outs are used. In
4078 this case, consider turning off these settings locally.
4079
4080 * The new RemoveIPC= option can be used to remove IPC objects owned by
4081 the user or group of a service when that service exits.
4082
4083 * The new ProtectKernelModules= option can be used to disable explicit
4084 load and unload operations of kernel modules by a service. In
4085 addition access to /usr/lib/modules is removed if this option is set.
4086
4087 * ProtectSystem= option gained a new value "strict", which causes the
4088 whole file system tree with the exception of /dev, /proc, and /sys,
4089 to be remounted read-only for a service.
4090
4091 * The new ProtectKernelTunables= option can be used to disable
4092 modification of configuration files in /sys and /proc by a service.
4093 Various directories and files are remounted read-only, so access is
4094 restricted even if the file permissions would allow it.
4095
4096 * The new ProtectControlGroups= option can be used to disable write
4097 access by a service to /sys/fs/cgroup.
4098
4099 * Various systemd services have been hardened with
4100 ProtectKernelTunables=yes, ProtectControlGroups=yes,
4101 RestrictAddressFamilies=.
4102
4103 * Support for dynamically creating users for the lifetime of a service
4104 has been added. If DynamicUser=yes is specified, user and group IDs
4105 will be allocated from the range 61184..65519 for the lifetime of the
4106 service. They can be resolved using the new nss-systemd.so NSS
4107 module. The module must be enabled in /etc/nsswitch.conf. Services
4108 started in this way have PrivateTmp= and RemoveIPC= enabled, so that
4109 any resources allocated by the service will be cleaned up when the
4110 service exits. They also have ProtectHome=read-only and
4111 ProtectSystem=strict enabled, so they are not able to make any
4112 permanent modifications to the system.
4113
4114 * The nss-systemd module also always resolves root and nobody, making
4115 it possible to have no /etc/passwd or /etc/group files in minimal
4116 container or chroot environments.
4117
4118 * Services may be started with their own user namespace using the new
4119 boolean PrivateUsers= option. Only root, nobody, and the uid/gid
4120 under which the service is running are mapped. All other users are
4121 mapped to nobody.
4122
4123 * Support for the cgroup namespace has been added to systemd-nspawn. If
4124 supported by kernel, the container system started by systemd-nspawn
4125 will have its own view of the cgroup hierarchy. This new behaviour
4126 can be disabled using $SYSTEMD_NSPAWN_USE_CGNS environment variable.
4127
4128 * The new MemorySwapMax= option can be used to limit the maximum swap
4129 usage under the unified cgroup hierarchy.
4130
4131 * Support for the CPU controller in the unified cgroup hierarchy has
4132 been added, via the CPUWeight=, CPUStartupWeight=, CPUAccounting=
4133 options. This controller requires out-of-tree patches for the kernel
4134 and the support is provisional.
4135
4136 * Mount and automount units may now be created transiently
4137 (i.e. dynamically at runtime via the bus API, instead of requiring
4138 unit files in the file system).
4139
4140 * systemd-mount is a new tool which may mount file systems – much like
4141 mount(8), optionally pulling in additional dependencies through
4142 transient .mount and .automount units. For example, this tool
4143 automatically runs fsck on a backing block device before mounting,
4144 and allows the automount logic to be used dynamically from the
4145 command line for establishing mount points. This tool is particularly
4146 useful when dealing with removable media, as it will ensure fsck is
4147 run – if necessary – before the first access and that the file system
4148 is quickly unmounted after each access by utilizing the automount
4149 logic. This maximizes the chance that the file system on the
4150 removable media stays in a clean state, and if it isn't in a clean
4151 state is fixed automatically.
4152
4153 * LazyUnmount=yes option for mount units has been added to expose the
4154 umount --lazy option. Similarly, ForceUnmount=yes exposes the --force
4155 option.
4156
4157 * /efi will be used as the mount point of the EFI boot partition, if
4158 the directory is present, and the mount point was not configured
4159 through other means (e.g. fstab). If /efi directory does not exist,
4160 /boot will be used as before. This makes it easier to automatically
4161 mount the EFI partition on systems where /boot is used for something
4162 else.
4163
4164 * When operating on GPT disk images for containers, systemd-nspawn will
4165 now mount the ESP to /boot or /efi according to the same rules as PID
4166 1 running on a host. This allows tools like "bootctl" to operate
4167 correctly within such containers, in order to make container images
4168 bootable on physical systems.
4169
4170 * disk/by-id and disk/by-path symlinks are now created for NVMe drives.
4171
4172 * Two new user session targets have been added to support running
4173 graphical sessions under the systemd --user instance:
4174 graphical-session.target and graphical-session-pre.target. See
4175 systemd.special(7) for a description of how those targets should be
4176 used.
4177
4178 * The vconsole initialization code has been significantly reworked to
4179 use KD_FONT_OP_GET/SET ioctls instead of KD_FONT_OP_COPY and better
4180 support unicode keymaps. Font and keymap configuration will now be
4181 copied to all allocated virtual consoles.
4182
4183 * FreeBSD's bhyve virtualization is now detected.
4184
4185 * Information recorded in the journal for core dumps now includes the
4186 contents of /proc/mountinfo and the command line of the process at
4187 the top of the process hierarchy (which is usually the init process
4188 of the container).
4189
4190 * systemd-journal-gatewayd learned the --directory= option to serve
4191 files from the specified location.
4192
4193 * journalctl --root=… can be used to peruse the journal in the
4194 /var/log/ directories inside of a container tree. This is similar to
4195 the existing --machine= option, but does not require the container to
4196 be active.
4197
4198 * The hardware database has been extended to support
4199 ID_INPUT_TRACKBALL, used in addition to ID_INPUT_MOUSE to identify
4200 trackball devices.
4201
4202 MOUSE_WHEEL_CLICK_ANGLE_HORIZONTAL hwdb property has been added to
4203 specify the click rate for mice which include a horizontal wheel with
4204 a click rate that is different than the one for the vertical wheel.
4205
4206 * systemd-run gained a new --wait option that makes service execution
4207 synchronous. (Specifically, the command will not return until the
4208 specified service binary exited.)
4209
4210 * systemctl gained a new --wait option that causes the start command to
4211 wait until the units being started have terminated again.
4212
4213 * A new journal output mode "short-full" has been added which displays
4214 timestamps with abbreviated English day names and adds a timezone
4215 suffix. Those timestamps include more information than the default
4216 "short" output mode, and can be passed directly to journalctl's
4217 --since= and --until= options.
4218
4219 * /etc/resolv.conf will be bind-mounted into containers started by
4220 systemd-nspawn, if possible, so any changes to resolv.conf contents
4221 are automatically propagated to the container.
4222
4223 * The number of instances for socket-activated services originating
4224 from a single IP address can be limited with
4225 MaxConnectionsPerSource=, extending the existing setting of
4226 MaxConnections=.
4227
4228 * systemd-networkd gained support for vcan ("Virtual CAN") interface
4229 configuration.
4230
4231 * .netdev and .network configuration can now be extended through
4232 drop-ins.
4233
4234 * UDP Segmentation Offload, TCP Segmentation Offload, Generic
4235 Segmentation Offload, Generic Receive Offload, Large Receive Offload
4236 can be enabled and disabled using the new UDPSegmentationOffload=,
4237 TCPSegmentationOffload=, GenericSegmentationOffload=,
4238 GenericReceiveOffload=, LargeReceiveOffload= options in the
4239 [Link] section of .link files.
4240
4241 * The Spanning Tree Protocol, Priority, Aging Time, and the Default
4242 Port VLAN ID can be configured for bridge devices using the new STP=,
4243 Priority=, AgeingTimeSec=, and DefaultPVID= settings in the [Bridge]
4244 section of .netdev files.
4245
4246 * The route table to which routes received over DHCP or RA should be
4247 added can be configured with the new RouteTable= option in the [DHCP]
4248 and [IPv6AcceptRA] sections of .network files.
4249
4250 * The Address Resolution Protocol can be disabled on links managed by
4251 systemd-networkd using the ARP=no setting in the [Link] section of
4252 .network files.
4253
4254 * New environment variables $SERVICE_RESULT, $EXIT_CODE and
4255 $EXIT_STATUS are set for ExecStop= and ExecStopPost= commands, and
4256 encode information about the result and exit codes of the current
4257 service runtime cycle.
4258
4259 * systemd-sysctl will now configure kernel parameters in the order
4260 they occur in the configuration files. This matches what sysctl
4261 has been traditionally doing.
4262
4263 * kernel-install "plugins" that are executed to perform various
4264 tasks after a new kernel is added and before an old one is removed
4265 can now return a special value to terminate the procedure and
4266 prevent any later plugins from running.
4267
4268 * Journald's SplitMode=login setting has been deprecated. It has been
4269 removed from documentation, and its use is discouraged. In a future
4270 release it will be completely removed, and made equivalent to current
4271 default of SplitMode=uid.
4272
4273 * Storage=both option setting in /etc/systemd/coredump.conf has been
4274 removed. With fast LZ4 compression storing the core dump twice is not
4275 useful.
4276
4277 * The --share-system systemd-nspawn option has been replaced with an
4278 (undocumented) variable $SYSTEMD_NSPAWN_SHARE_SYSTEM, but the use of
4279 this functionality is discouraged. In addition the variables
4280 $SYSTEMD_NSPAWN_SHARE_NS_IPC, $SYSTEMD_NSPAWN_SHARE_NS_PID,
4281 $SYSTEMD_NSPAWN_SHARE_NS_UTS may be used to control the unsharing of
4282 individual namespaces.
4283
4284 * "machinectl list" now shows the IP address of running containers in
4285 the output, as well as OS release information.
4286
4287 * "loginctl list" now shows the TTY of each session in the output.
4288
4289 * sd-bus gained new API calls sd_bus_track_set_recursive(),
4290 sd_bus_track_get_recursive(), sd_bus_track_count_name(),
4291 sd_bus_track_count_sender(). They permit usage of sd_bus_track peer
4292 tracking objects in a "recursive" mode, where a single client can be
4293 counted multiple times, if it takes multiple references.
4294
4295 * sd-bus gained new API calls sd_bus_set_exit_on_disconnect() and
4296 sd_bus_get_exit_on_disconnect(). They may be used to make a
4297 process using sd-bus automatically exit if the bus connection is
4298 severed.
4299
4300 * Bus clients of the service manager may now "pin" loaded units into
4301 memory, by taking an explicit reference on them. This is useful to
4302 ensure the client can retrieve runtime data about the service even
4303 after the service completed execution. Taking such a reference is
4304 available only for privileged clients and should be helpful to watch
4305 running services in a race-free manner, and in particular collect
4306 information about exit statuses and results.
4307
4308 * The nss-resolve module has been changed to strictly return UNAVAIL
4309 when communication via D-Bus with resolved failed, and NOTFOUND when
4310 a lookup completed but was negative. This means it is now possible to
4311 neatly configure fallbacks using nsswitch.conf result checking
4312 expressions. Taking benefit of this, the new recommended
4313 configuration line for the "hosts" entry in /etc/nsswitch.conf is:
4314
4315 hosts: files mymachines resolve [!UNAVAIL=return] dns myhostname
4316
4317 * A new setting CtrlAltDelBurstAction= has been added to
4318 /etc/systemd/system.conf which may be used to configure the precise
4319 behaviour if the user on the console presses Ctrl-Alt-Del more often
4320 than 7 times in 2s. Previously this would unconditionally result in
4321 an expedited, immediate reboot. With this new setting the precise
4322 operation may be configured in more detail, and also turned off
4323 entirely.
4324
4325 * In .netdev files two new settings RemoteChecksumTx= and
4326 RemoteChecksumRx= are now understood that permit configuring the
4327 remote checksumming logic for VXLAN networks.
4328
4329 * The service manager learnt a new "invocation ID" concept for invoked
4330 services. Each runtime cycle of a service will get a new invocation
4331 ID (a 128bit random UUID) assigned that identifies the current
4332 run of the service uniquely and globally. A new invocation ID
4333 is generated each time a service starts up. The journal will store
4334 the invocation ID of a service along with any logged messages, thus
4335 making the invocation ID useful for matching the online runtime of a
4336 service with the offline log data it generated in a safe way without
4337 relying on synchronized timestamps. In many ways this new service
4338 invocation ID concept is similar to the kernel's boot ID concept that
4339 uniquely and globally identifies the runtime of each boot. The
4340 invocation ID of a service is passed to the service itself via an
4341 environment variable ($INVOCATION_ID). A new bus call
4342 GetUnitByInvocationID() has been added that is similar to GetUnit()
4343 but instead of retrieving the bus path for a unit by its name
4344 retrieves it by its invocation ID. The returned path is valid only as
4345 long as the passed invocation ID is current.
4346
4347 * systemd-resolved gained a new "DNSStubListener" setting in
4348 resolved.conf. It either takes a boolean value or the special values
4349 "udp" and "tcp", and configures whether to enable the stub DNS
4350 listener on 127.0.0.53:53.
4351
4352 * IP addresses configured via networkd may now carry additional
4353 configuration settings supported by the kernel. New options include:
4354 HomeAddress=, DuplicateAddressDetection=, ManageTemporaryAddress=,
4355 PrefixRoute=, AutoJoin=.
4356
4357 * The PAM configuration fragment file for "user@.service" shipped with
4358 systemd (i.e. the --user instance of systemd) has been stripped to
4359 the minimum necessary to make the system boot. Previously, it
4360 contained Fedora-specific stanzas that did not apply to other
4361 distributions. It is expected that downstream distributions add
4362 additional configuration lines, matching their needs to this file,
4363 using it only as rough template of what systemd itself needs. Note
4364 that this reduced fragment does not even include an invocation of
4365 pam_limits which most distributions probably want to add, even though
4366 systemd itself does not need it. (There's also the new build time
4367 option --with-pamconfdir=no to disable installation of the PAM
4368 fragment entirely.)
4369
4370 * If PrivateDevices=yes is set for a service the CAP_SYS_RAWIO
4371 capability is now also dropped from its set (in addition to
4372 CAP_SYS_MKNOD as before).
4373
4374 * In service unit files it is now possible to connect a specific named
4375 file descriptor with stdin/stdout/stdout of an executed service. The
4376 name may be specified in matching .socket units using the
4377 FileDescriptorName= setting.
4378
4379 * A number of journal settings may now be configured on the kernel
4380 command line. Specifically, the following options are now understood:
4381 systemd.journald.max_level_console=,
4382 systemd.journald.max_level_store=,
4383 systemd.journald.max_level_syslog=, systemd.journald.max_level_kmsg=,
4384 systemd.journald.max_level_wall=.
4385
4386 * "systemctl is-enabled --full" will now show by which symlinks a unit
4387 file is enabled in the unit dependency tree.
4388
4389 * Support for VeraCrypt encrypted partitions has been added to the
4390 "cryptsetup" logic and /etc/crypttab.
4391
4392 * systemd-detect-virt gained support for a new --private-users switch
4393 that checks whether the invoking processes are running inside a user
4394 namespace. Similar, a new special value "private-users" for the
4395 existing ConditionVirtualization= setting has been added, permitting
4396 skipping of specific units in user namespace environments.
4397
4398 Contributions from: Alban Crequy, Alexander Kuleshov, Alfie John,
4399 Andreas Henriksson, Andrew Jeddeloh, Balázs Úr, Bart Rulon, Benjamin
4400 Richter, Ben Gamari, Ben Harris, Brian J. Murrell, Christian Brauner,
4401 Christian Rebischke, Clinton Roy, Colin Walters, Cristian Rodríguez,
4402 Daniel Hahler, Daniel Mack, Daniel Maixner, Daniel Rusek, Dan Dedrick,
4403 Davide Cavalca, David Herrmann, David Michael, Dennis Wassenberg,
4404 Djalal Harouni, Dongsu Park, Douglas Christman, Elias Probst, Eric
4405 Cook, Erik Karlsson, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Felipe Sateler, Felix Zhang,
4406 Franck Bui, George Hilliard, Giuseppe Scrivano, HATAYAMA Daisuke,
4407 Heikki Kemppainen, Hendrik Brueckner, hi117, Ismo Puustinen, Ivan
4408 Shapovalov, Jakub Filak, Jakub Wilk, Jan Synacek, Jason Kölker,
4409 Jean-Sébastien Bour, Jiří Pírko, Jonathan Boulle, Jorge Niedbalski,
4410 Keith Busch, kristbaum, Kyle Russell, Lans Zhang, Lennart Poettering,
4411 Leonardo Brondani Schenkel, Lucas Werkmeister, Luca Bruno, Lukáš
4412 Nykrýn, Maciek Borzecki, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marc-Antoine Perennou,
4413 Marcel Holtmann, Marcos Mello, Martin Ejdestig, Martin Pitt, Matej
4414 Habrnal, Maxime de Roucy, Michael Biebl, Michael Chapman, Michael Hoy,
4415 Michael Olbrich, Michael Pope, Michal Sekletar, Michal Soltys, Mike
4416 Gilbert, Nick Owens, Patrik Flykt, Paweł Szewczyk, Peter Hutterer,
4417 Piotr Drąg, Reid Price, Richard W.M. Jones, Roman Stingler, Ronny
4418 Chevalier, Seraphime Kirkovski, Stefan Schweter, Steve Muir, Susant
4419 Sahani, Tejun Heo, Thomas Blume, Thomas H. P. Andersen, Tiago Levit,
4420 Tobias Jungel, Tomáš Janoušek, Topi Miettinen, Torstein Husebø, Umut
4421 Tezduyar Lindskog, Vito Caputo, WaLyong Cho, Wilhelm Schuster, Yann
4422 E. MORIN, Yi EungJun, Yuki Inoguchi, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew
4423 Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Zeal Jagannatha
4424
4425 — Santa Fe, 2016-11-03
4426
4427 CHANGES WITH 231:
4428
4429 * In service units the various ExecXYZ= settings have been extended
4430 with an additional special character as first argument of the
4431 assigned value: if the character '+' is used the specified command
4432 line it will be run with full privileges, regardless of User=,
4433 Group=, CapabilityBoundingSet= and similar options. The effect is
4434 similar to the existing PermissionsStartOnly= option, but allows
4435 configuration of this concept for each executed command line
4436 independently.
4437
4438 * Services may now alter the service watchdog timeout at runtime by
4439 sending a WATCHDOG_USEC= message via sd_notify().
4440
4441 * MemoryLimit= and related unit settings now optionally take percentage
4442 specifications. The percentage is taken relative to the amount of
4443 physical memory in the system (or in case of containers, the assigned
4444 amount of memory). This allows scaling service resources neatly with
4445 the amount of RAM available on the system. Similarly, systemd-logind's
4446 RuntimeDirectorySize= option now also optionally takes percentage
4447 values.
4448
4449 * In similar fashion TasksMax= takes percentage values now, too. The
4450 value is taken relative to the configured maximum number of processes
4451 on the system. The per-service task maximum has been changed to 15%
4452 using this functionality. (Effectively this is an increase of 512 →
4453 4915 for service units, given the kernel's default pid_max setting.)
4454
4455 * Calendar time specifications in .timer units now understand a ".."
4456 syntax for time ranges. Example: "4..7:10" may now be used for
4457 defining a timer that is triggered at 4:10am, 5:10am, 6:10am and
4458 7:10am every day.
4459
4460 * The InaccessableDirectories=, ReadOnlyDirectories= and
4461 ReadWriteDirectories= unit file settings have been renamed to
4462 InaccessablePaths=, ReadOnlyPaths= and ReadWritePaths= and may now be
4463 applied to all kinds of file nodes, and not just directories, with
4464 the exception of symlinks. Specifically these settings may now be
4465 used on block and character device nodes, UNIX sockets and FIFOS as
4466 well as regular files. The old names of these settings remain
4467 available for compatibility.
4468
4469 * systemd will now log about all service processes it kills forcibly
4470 (using SIGKILL) because they remained after the clean shutdown phase
4471 of the service completed. This should help identifying services that
4472 shut down uncleanly. Moreover if KillUserProcesses= is enabled in
4473 systemd-logind's configuration a similar log message is generated for
4474 processes killed at the end of each session due to this setting.
4475
4476 * systemd will now set the $JOURNAL_STREAM environment variable for all
4477 services whose stdout/stderr are connected to the Journal (which
4478 effectively means by default: all services). The variable contains
4479 the device and inode number of the file descriptor used for
4480 stdout/stderr. This may be used by invoked programs to detect whether
4481 their stdout/stderr is connected to the Journal, in which case they
4482 can switch over to direct Journal communication, thus being able to
4483 pass extended, structured metadata along with their log messages. As
4484 one example, this is now used by glib's logging primitives.
4485
4486 * When using systemd's default tmp.mount unit for /tmp, the mount point
4487 will now be established with the "nosuid" and "nodev" options. This
4488 avoids privilege escalation attacks that put traps and exploits into
4489 /tmp. However, this might cause problems if you e. g. put container
4490 images or overlays into /tmp; if you need this, override tmp.mount's
4491 "Options=" with a drop-in, or mount /tmp from /etc/fstab with your
4492 desired options.
4493
4494 * systemd now supports the "memory" cgroup controller also on
4495 cgroup v2.
4496
4497 * The systemd-cgtop tool now optionally takes a control group path as
4498 command line argument. If specified, the control group list shown is
4499 limited to subgroups of that group.
4500
4501 * The SystemCallFilter= unit file setting gained support for
4502 pre-defined, named system call filter sets. For example
4503 SystemCallFilter=@clock is now an effective way to make all clock
4504 changing-related system calls unavailable to a service. A number of
4505 similar pre-defined groups are defined. Writing system call filters
4506 for system services is simplified substantially with this new
4507 concept. Accordingly, all of systemd's own, long-running services now
4508 enable system call filtering based on this, by default.
4509
4510 * A new service setting MemoryDenyWriteExecute= has been added, taking
4511 a boolean value. If turned on, a service may no longer create memory
4512 mappings that are writable and executable at the same time. This
4513 enhances security for services where this is enabled as it becomes
4514 harder to dynamically write and then execute memory in exploited
4515 service processes. This option has been enabled for all of systemd's
4516 own long-running services.
4517
4518 * A new RestrictRealtime= service setting has been added, taking a
4519 boolean argument. If set the service's processes may no longer
4520 acquire realtime scheduling. This improves security as realtime
4521 scheduling may otherwise be used to easily freeze the system.
4522
4523 * systemd-nspawn gained a new switch --notify-ready= taking a boolean
4524 value. This may be used for requesting that the system manager inside
4525 of the container reports start-up completion to nspawn which then
4526 propagates this notification further to the service manager
4527 supervising nspawn itself. A related option NotifyReady= in .nspawn
4528 files has been added too. This functionality allows ordering of the
4529 start-up of multiple containers using the usual systemd ordering
4530 primitives.
4531
4532 * machinectl gained a new command "stop" that is an alias for
4533 "terminate".
4534
4535 * systemd-resolved gained support for contacting DNS servers on
4536 link-local IPv6 addresses.
4537
4538 * If systemd-resolved receives the SIGUSR2 signal it will now flush all
4539 its caches. A method call for requesting the same operation has been
4540 added to the bus API too, and is made available via "systemd-resolve
4541 --flush-caches".
4542
4543 * systemd-resolve gained a new --status switch. If passed a brief
4544 summary of the used DNS configuration with per-interface information
4545 is shown.
4546
4547 * resolved.conf gained a new Cache= boolean option, defaulting to
4548 on. If turned off local DNS caching is disabled. This comes with a
4549 performance penalty in particular when DNSSEC is enabled. Note that
4550 resolved disables its internal caching implicitly anyway, when the
4551 configured DNS server is on a host-local IP address such as ::1 or
4552 127.0.0.1, thus automatically avoiding double local caching.
4553
4554 * systemd-resolved now listens on the local IP address 127.0.0.53:53
4555 for DNS requests. This improves compatibility with local programs
4556 that do not use the libc NSS or systemd-resolved's bus APIs for name
4557 resolution. This minimal DNS service is only available to local
4558 programs and does not implement the full DNS protocol, but enough to
4559 cover local DNS clients. A new, static resolv.conf file, listing just
4560 this DNS server is now shipped in /usr/lib/systemd/resolv.conf. It is
4561 now recommended to make /etc/resolv.conf a symlink to this file in
4562 order to route all DNS lookups to systemd-resolved, regardless if
4563 done via NSS, the bus API or raw DNS packets. Note that this local
4564 DNS service is not as fully featured as the libc NSS or
4565 systemd-resolved's bus APIs. For example, as unicast DNS cannot be
4566 used to deliver link-local address information (as this implies
4567 sending a local interface index along), LLMNR/mDNS support via this
4568 interface is severely restricted. It is thus strongly recommended for
4569 all applications to use the libc NSS API or native systemd-resolved
4570 bus API instead.
4571
4572 * systemd-networkd's bridge support learned a new setting
4573 VLANFiltering= for controlling VLAN filtering. Moreover a new section
4574 in .network files has been added for configuring VLAN bridging in
4575 more detail: VLAN=, EgressUntagged=, PVID= in [BridgeVLAN].
4576
4577 * systemd-networkd's IPv6 Router Advertisement code now makes use of
4578 the DNSSL and RDNSS options. This means IPv6 DNS configuration may
4579 now be acquired without relying on DHCPv6. Two new options
4580 UseDomains= and UseDNS= have been added to configure this behaviour.
4581
4582 * systemd-networkd's IPv6AcceptRouterAdvertisements= option has been
4583 renamed IPv6AcceptRA=, without altering its behaviour. The old
4584 setting name remains available for compatibility reasons.
4585
4586 * The systemd-networkd VTI/VTI6 tunneling support gained new options
4587 Key=, InputKey= and OutputKey=.
4588
4589 * systemd-networkd gained support for VRF ("Virtual Routing Function")
4590 interface configuration.
4591
4592 * "systemctl edit" may now be used to create new unit files by
4593 specifying the --force switch.
4594
4595 * sd-event gained a new function sd_event_get_iteration() for
4596 requesting the current iteration counter of the event loop. It starts
4597 at zero and is increased by one with each event loop iteration.
4598
4599 * A new rpm macro %systemd_ordering is provided by the macros.systemd
4600 file. It can be used in lieu of %systemd_requires in packages which
4601 don't use any systemd functionality and are intended to be installed
4602 in minimal containers without systemd present. This macro provides
4603 ordering dependencies to ensure that if the package is installed in
4604 the same rpm transaction as systemd, systemd will be installed before
4605 the scriptlets for the package are executed, allowing unit presets
4606 to be handled.
4607
4608 New macros %_systemdgeneratordir and %_systemdusergeneratordir have
4609 been added to simplify packaging of generators.
4610
4611 * The os-release file gained VERSION_CODENAME field for the
4612 distribution nickname (e.g. VERSION_CODENAME=woody).
4613
4614 * New udev property UDEV_DISABLE_PERSISTENT_STORAGE_RULES_FLAG=1
4615 can be set to disable parsing of metadata and the creation
4616 of persistent symlinks for that device.
4617
4618 * The v230 change to tag framebuffer devices (/dev/fb*) with "uaccess"
4619 to make them available to logged-in users has been reverted.
4620
4621 * Much of the common code of the various systemd components is now
4622 built into an internal shared library libsystemd-shared-231.so
4623 (incorporating the systemd version number in the name, to be updated
4624 with future releases) that the components link to. This should
4625 decrease systemd footprint both in memory during runtime and on
4626 disk. Note that the shared library is not for public use, and is
4627 neither API nor ABI stable, but is likely to change with every new
4628 released update. Packagers need to make sure that binaries
4629 linking to libsystemd-shared.so are updated in step with the
4630 library.
4631
4632 * Configuration for "mkosi" is now part of the systemd
4633 repository. mkosi is a tool to easily build legacy-free OS images,
4634 and is available on github: https://github.com/systemd/mkosi. If
4635 "mkosi" is invoked in the build tree a new raw OS image is generated
4636 incorporating the systemd sources currently being worked on and a
4637 clean, fresh distribution installation. The generated OS image may be
4638 booted up with "systemd-nspawn -b -i", qemu-kvm or on any physical
4639 UEFI PC. This functionality is particularly useful to easily test
4640 local changes made to systemd in a pristine, defined environment. See
4641 doc/HACKING for details.
4642
4643 * configure learned the --with-support-url= option to specify the
4644 distribution's bugtracker.
4645
4646 Contributions from: Alban Crequy, Alessandro Puccetti, Alessio Igor
4647 Bogani, Alexander Kuleshov, Alexander Kurtz, Alex Gaynor, Andika
4648 Triwidada, Andreas Pokorny, Andreas Rammhold, Andrew Jeddeloh, Ansgar
4649 Burchardt, Atrotors, Benjamin Drung, Brian Boylston, Christian Hesse,
4650 Christian Rebischke, Daniele Medri, Daniel Mack, Dave Reisner, David
4651 Herrmann, David Michael, Djalal Harouni, Douglas Christman, Elias
4652 Probst, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Federico Mena Quintero, Felipe Sateler,
4653 Franck Bui, Harald Hoyer, Ian Lee, Ivan Shapovalov, Jakub Wilk, Jan
4654 Janssen, Jean-Sébastien Bour, John Paul Adrian Glaubitz, Jouke
4655 Witteveen, Kai Ruhnau, kpengboy, Kyle Walker, Lénaïc Huard, Lennart
4656 Poettering, Luca Bruno, Lukas Lösche, Lukáš Nykrýn, mahkoh, Marcel
4657 Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Marty Plummer, Matthieu Codron, Max Prokhorov,
4658 Michael Biebl, Michael Karcher, Michael Olbrich, Michał Bartoszkiewicz,
4659 Michal Sekletar, Michal Soltys, Minkyung, Muhammet Kara, mulkieran,
4660 Otto Wallenius, Pablo Lezaeta Reyes, Peter Hutterer, Ronny Chevalier,
4661 Rusty Bird, Stef Walter, Susant Sahani, Tejun Heo, Thomas Blume, Thomas
4662 Haller, Thomas H. P. Andersen, Tobias Jungel, Tom Gundersen, Tom Yan,
4663 Topi Miettinen, Torstein Husebø, Valentin Vidić, Viktar Vaŭčkievič,
4664 WaLyong Cho, Weng Xuetian, Werner Fink, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
4665
4666 — Berlin, 2016-07-25
4667
4668 CHANGES WITH 230:
4669
4670 * DNSSEC is now turned on by default in systemd-resolved (in
4671 "allow-downgrade" mode), but may be turned off during compile time by
4672 passing "--with-default-dnssec=no" to "configure" (and of course,
4673 during runtime with DNSSEC= in resolved.conf). We recommend
4674 downstreams to leave this on at least during development cycles and
4675 report any issues with the DNSSEC logic upstream. We are very
4676 interested in collecting feedback about the DNSSEC validator and its
4677 limitations in the wild. Note however, that DNSSEC support is
4678 probably nothing downstreams should turn on in stable distros just
4679 yet, as it might create incompatibilities with a few DNS servers and
4680 networks. We tried hard to make sure we downgrade to non-DNSSEC mode
4681 automatically whenever we detect such incompatible setups, but there
4682 might be systems we do not cover yet. Hence: please help us testing
4683 the DNSSEC code, leave this on where you can, report back, but then
4684 again don't consider turning this on in your stable, LTS or
4685 production release just yet. (Note that you have to enable
4686 nss-resolve in /etc/nsswitch.conf, to actually use systemd-resolved
4687 and its DNSSEC mode for hostname resolution from local
4688 applications.)
4689
4690 * systemd-resolve conveniently resolves DANE records with the --tlsa
4691 option and OPENPGPKEY records with the --openpgp option. It also
4692 supports dumping raw DNS record data via the new --raw= switch.
4693
4694 * systemd-logind will now by default terminate user processes that are
4695 part of the user session scope unit (session-XX.scope) when the user
4696 logs out. This behavior is controlled by the KillUserProcesses=
4697 setting in logind.conf, and the previous default of "no" is now
4698 changed to "yes". This means that user sessions will be properly
4699 cleaned up after, but additional steps are necessary to allow
4700 intentionally long-running processes to survive logout.
4701
4702 While the user is logged in at least once, user@.service is running,
4703 and any service that should survive the end of any individual login
4704 session can be started at a user service or scope using systemd-run.
4705 systemd-run(1) man page has been extended with an example which shows
4706 how to run screen in a scope unit underneath user@.service. The same
4707 command works for tmux.
4708
4709 After the user logs out of all sessions, user@.service will be
4710 terminated too, by default, unless the user has "lingering" enabled.
4711 To effectively allow users to run long-term tasks even if they are
4712 logged out, lingering must be enabled for them. See loginctl(1) for
4713 details. The default polkit policy was modified to allow users to
4714 set lingering for themselves without authentication.
4715
4716 Previous defaults can be restored at compile time by the
4717 --without-kill-user-processes option to "configure".
4718
4719 * systemd-logind gained new configuration settings SessionsMax= and
4720 InhibitorsMax=, both with a default of 8192. It will not register new
4721 user sessions or inhibitors above this limit.
4722
4723 * systemd-logind will now reload configuration on SIGHUP.
4724
4725 * The unified cgroup hierarchy added in Linux 4.5 is now supported.
4726 Use systemd.unified_cgroup_hierarchy=1 on the kernel command line to
4727 enable. Also, support for the "io" cgroup controller in the unified
4728 hierarchy has been added, so that the "memory", "pids" and "io" are
4729 now the controllers that are supported on the unified hierarchy.
4730
4731 WARNING: it is not possible to use previous systemd versions with
4732 systemd.unified_cgroup_hierarchy=1 and the new kernel. Therefore it
4733 is necessary to also update systemd in the initramfs if using the
4734 unified hierarchy. An updated SELinux policy is also required.
4735
4736 * LLDP support has been extended, and both passive (receive-only) and
4737 active (sender) modes are supported. Passive mode ("routers-only") is
4738 enabled by default in systemd-networkd. Active LLDP mode is enabled
4739 by default for containers on the internal network. The "networkctl
4740 lldp" command may be used to list information gathered. "networkctl
4741 status" will also show basic LLDP information on connected peers now.
4742
4743 * The IAID and DUID unique identifier sent in DHCP requests may now be
4744 configured for the system and each .network file managed by
4745 systemd-networkd using the DUIDType=, DUIDRawData=, IAID= options.
4746
4747 * systemd-networkd gained support for configuring proxy ARP support for
4748 each interface, via the ProxyArp= setting in .network files. It also
4749 gained support for configuring the multicast querier feature of
4750 bridge devices, via the new MulticastQuerier= setting in .netdev
4751 files. Similarly, snooping on the IGMP traffic can be controlled
4752 via the new setting MulticastSnooping=.
4753
4754 A new setting PreferredLifetime= has been added for addresses
4755 configured in .network file to configure the lifetime intended for an
4756 address.
4757
4758 The systemd-networkd DHCP server gained the option EmitRouter=, which
4759 defaults to yes, to configure whether the DHCP Option 3 (Router)
4760 should be emitted.
4761
4762 * The testing tool /usr/lib/systemd/systemd-activate is renamed to
4763 systemd-socket-activate and installed into /usr/bin. It is now fully
4764 supported.
4765
4766 * systemd-journald now uses separate threads to flush changes to disk
4767 when closing journal files, thus reducing impact of slow disk I/O on
4768 logging performance.
4769
4770 * The sd-journal API gained two new calls
4771 sd_journal_open_directory_fd() and sd_journal_open_files_fd() which
4772 can be used to open journal files using file descriptors instead of
4773 file or directory paths. sd_journal_open_container() has been
4774 deprecated, sd_journal_open_directory_fd() should be used instead
4775 with the flag SD_JOURNAL_OS_ROOT.
4776
4777 * journalctl learned a new output mode "-o short-unix" that outputs log
4778 lines prefixed by their UNIX time (i.e. seconds since Jan 1st, 1970
4779 UTC). It also gained support for a new --no-hostname setting to
4780 suppress the hostname column in the family of "short" output modes.
4781
4782 * systemd-ask-password now optionally skips printing of the password to
4783 stdout with --no-output which can be useful in scripts.
4784
4785 * Framebuffer devices (/dev/fb*) and 3D printers and scanners
4786 (devices tagged with ID_MAKER_TOOL) are now tagged with
4787 "uaccess" and are available to logged in users.
4788
4789 * The DeviceAllow= unit setting now supports specifiers (with "%").
4790
4791 * "systemctl show" gained a new --value switch, which allows print a
4792 only the contents of a specific unit property, without also printing
4793 the property's name. Similar support was added to "show*" verbs
4794 of loginctl and machinectl that output "key=value" lists.
4795
4796 * A new unit type "generated" was added for files dynamically generated
4797 by generator tools. Similarly, a new unit type "transient" is used
4798 for unit files created using the runtime API. "systemctl enable" will
4799 refuse to operate on such files.
4800
4801 * A new command "systemctl revert" has been added that may be used to
4802 revert to the vendor version of a unit file, in case local changes
4803 have been made by adding drop-ins or overriding the unit file.
4804
4805 * "machinectl clean" gained a new verb to automatically remove all or
4806 just hidden container images.
4807
4808 * systemd-tmpfiles gained support for a new line type "e" for emptying
4809 directories, if they exist, without creating them if they don't.
4810
4811 * systemd-nspawn gained support for automatically patching the UID/GIDs
4812 of the owners and the ACLs of all files and directories in a
4813 container tree to match the UID/GID user namespacing range selected
4814 for the container invocation. This mode is enabled via the new
4815 --private-users-chown switch. It also gained support for
4816 automatically choosing a free, previously unused UID/GID range when
4817 starting a container, via the new --private-users=pick setting (which
4818 implies --private-users-chown). Together, these options for the first
4819 time make user namespacing for nspawn containers fully automatic and
4820 thus deployable. The systemd-nspawn@.service template unit file has
4821 been changed to use this functionality by default.
4822
4823 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --network-zone= switch, that allows
4824 creating ad-hoc virtual Ethernet links between multiple containers,
4825 that only exist as long as at least one container referencing them is
4826 running. This allows easy connecting of multiple containers with a
4827 common link that implements an Ethernet broadcast domain. Each of
4828 these network "zones" may be named relatively freely by the user, and
4829 may be referenced by any number of containers, but each container may
4830 only reference one of these "zones". On the lower level, this is
4831 implemented by an automatically managed bridge network interface for
4832 each zone, that is created when the first container referencing its
4833 zone is created and removed when the last one referencing its zone
4834 terminates.
4835
4836 * The default start timeout may now be configured on the kernel command
4837 line via systemd.default_timeout_start_sec=. It was already
4838 configurable via the DefaultTimeoutStartSec= option in
4839 /etc/systemd/system.conf.
4840
4841 * Socket units gained a new TriggerLimitIntervalSec= and
4842 TriggerLimitBurst= setting to configure a limit on the activation
4843 rate of the socket unit.
4844
4845 * The LimitNICE= setting now optionally takes normal UNIX nice values
4846 in addition to the raw integer limit value. If the specified
4847 parameter is prefixed with "+" or "-" and is in the range -20..19 the
4848 value is understood as UNIX nice value. If not prefixed like this it
4849 is understood as raw RLIMIT_NICE limit.
4850
4851 * Note that the effect of the PrivateDevices= unit file setting changed
4852 slightly with this release: the per-device /dev file system will be
4853 mounted read-only from this version on, and will have "noexec"
4854 set. This (minor) change of behavior might cause some (exceptional)
4855 legacy software to break, when PrivateDevices=yes is set for its
4856 service. Please leave PrivateDevices= off if you run into problems
4857 with this.
4858
4859 * systemd-bootchart has been split out to a separate repository:
4860 https://github.com/systemd/systemd-bootchart
4861
4862 * systemd-bus-proxyd has been removed, as kdbus is unlikely to still be
4863 merged into the kernel in its current form.
4864
4865 * The compatibility libraries libsystemd-daemon.so,
4866 libsystemd-journal.so, libsystemd-id128.so, and libsystemd-login.so
4867 which have been deprecated since systemd-209 have been removed along
4868 with the corresponding pkg-config files. All symbols provided by
4869 those libraries are provided by libsystemd.so.
4870
4871 * The Capabilities= unit file setting has been removed (it is ignored
4872 for backwards compatibility). AmbientCapabilities= and
4873 CapabilityBoundingSet= should be used instead.
4874
4875 * A new special target has been added, initrd-root-device.target,
4876 which creates a synchronization point for dependencies of the root
4877 device in early userspace. Initramfs builders must ensure that this
4878 target is now included in early userspace.
4879
4880 Contributions from: Alban Crequy, Alexander Kuleshov, Alexander Shopov,
4881 Alex Crawford, Andre Klärner, Andrew Eikum, Beniamino Galvani, Benjamin
4882 Robin, Biao Lu, Bjørnar Ness, Calvin Owens, Christian Hesse, Clemens
4883 Gruber, Colin Guthrie, Daniel Drake, Daniele Medri, Daniel J Walsh,
4884 Daniel Mack, Dan Nicholson, daurnimator, David Herrmann, David
4885 R. Hedges, Elias Probst, Emmanuel Gil Peyrot, EMOziko, Evgeny
4886 Vereshchagin, Federico, Felipe Sateler, Filipe Brandenburger, Franck
4887 Bui, frankheckenbach, gdamjan, Georgia Brikis, Harald Hoyer, Hendrik
4888 Brueckner, Hristo Venev, Iago López Galeiras, Ian Kelling, Ismo
4889 Puustinen, Jakub Wilk, Jaroslav Škarvada, Jeff Huang, Joel Holdsworth,
4890 John Paul Adrian Glaubitz, Jonathan Boulle, kayrus, Klearchos
4891 Chaloulos, Kyle Russell, Lars Uebernickel, Lennart Poettering, Lubomir
4892 Rintel, Lukáš Nykrýn, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel Holtmann, Martin Pitt,
4893 Michael Biebl, michaelolbrich, Michał Bartoszkiewicz, Michal Koutný,
4894 Michal Sekletar, Mike Frysinger, Mike Gilbert, Mingcong Bai, Ming Lin,
4895 mulkieran, muzena, Nalin Dahyabhai, Naohiro Aota, Nathan McSween,
4896 Nicolas Braud-Santoni, Patrik Flykt, Peter Hutterer, Peter Mattern,
4897 Petr Lautrbach, Petros Angelatos, Piotr Drąg, Rabin Vincent, Robert
4898 Węcławski, Ronny Chevalier, Samuel Tardieu, Stefan Saraev, Stefan
4899 Schallenberg aka nafets227, Steven Siloti, Susant Sahani, Sylvain
4900 Plantefève, Taylor Smock, Tejun Heo, Thomas Blume, Thomas Haller,
4901 Thomas H. P. Andersen, Tobias Klauser, Tom Gundersen, topimiettinen,
4902 Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Uwe Kleine-König, Victor Toso,
4903 Vinay Kulkarni, Vito Caputo, Vittorio G (VittGam), Vladimir Panteleev,
4904 Wieland Hoffmann, Wouter Verhelst, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew
4905 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
4906
4907 — Fairfax, 2016-05-21
4908
4909 CHANGES WITH 229:
4910
4911 * The systemd-resolved DNS resolver service has gained a substantial
4912 set of new features, most prominently it may now act as a DNSSEC
4913 validating stub resolver. DNSSEC mode is currently turned off by
4914 default, but is expected to be turned on by default in one of the
4915 next releases. For now, we invite everybody to test the DNSSEC logic
4916 by setting DNSSEC=allow-downgrade in /etc/systemd/resolved.conf. The
4917 service also gained a full set of D-Bus interfaces, including calls
4918 to configure DNS and DNSSEC settings per link (for use by external
4919 network management software). systemd-resolved and systemd-networkd
4920 now distinguish between "search" and "routing" domains. The former
4921 are used to qualify single-label names, the latter are used purely
4922 for routing lookups within certain domains to specific links.
4923 resolved now also synthesizes RRs for all entries from /etc/hosts.
4924
4925 * The systemd-resolve tool (which is a client utility for
4926 systemd-resolved) has been improved considerably and is now fully
4927 supported and documented. Hence it has moved from /usr/lib/systemd to
4928 /usr/bin.
4929
4930 * /dev/disk/by-path/ symlink support has been (re-)added for virtio
4931 devices.
4932
4933 * The coredump collection logic has been reworked: when a coredump is
4934 collected it is now written to disk, compressed and processed
4935 (including stacktrace extraction) from a new instantiated service
4936 systemd-coredump@.service, instead of directly from the
4937 /proc/sys/kernel/core_pattern hook we provide. This is beneficial as
4938 processing large coredumps can take up a substantial amount of
4939 resources and time, and this previously happened entirely outside of
4940 systemd's service supervision. With the new logic the core_pattern
4941 hook only does minimal metadata collection before passing off control
4942 to the new instantiated service, which is configured with a time
4943 limit, a nice level and other settings to minimize negative impact on
4944 the rest of the system. Also note that the new logic will honour the
4945 RLIMIT_CORE setting of the crashed process, which now allows users
4946 and processes to turn off coredumping for their processes by setting
4947 this limit.
4948
4949 * The RLIMIT_CORE resource limit now defaults to "unlimited" for PID 1
4950 and all forked processes by default. Previously, PID 1 would leave
4951 the setting at "0" for all processes, as set by the kernel. Note that
4952 the resource limit traditionally has no effect on the generated
4953 coredumps on the system if the /proc/sys/kernel/core_pattern hook
4954 logic is used. Since the limit is now honoured (see above) its
4955 default has been changed so that the coredumping logic is enabled by
4956 default for all processes, while allowing specific opt-out.
4957
4958 * When the stacktrace is extracted from processes of system users, this
4959 is now done as "systemd-coredump" user, in order to sandbox this
4960 potentially security sensitive parsing operation. (Note that when
4961 processing coredumps of normal users this is done under the user ID
4962 of process that crashed, as before.) Packagers should take notice
4963 that it is now necessary to create the "systemd-coredump" system user
4964 and group at package installation time.
4965
4966 * The systemd-activate socket activation testing tool gained support
4967 for SOCK_DGRAM and SOCK_SEQPACKET sockets using the new --datagram
4968 and --seqpacket switches. It also has been extended to support both
4969 new-style and inetd-style file descriptor passing. Use the new
4970 --inetd switch to request inetd-style file descriptor passing.
4971
4972 * Most systemd tools now honor a new $SYSTEMD_COLORS environment
4973 variable, which takes a boolean value. If set to false, ANSI color
4974 output is disabled in the tools even when run on a terminal that
4975 supports it.
4976
4977 * The VXLAN support in networkd now supports two new settings
4978 DestinationPort= and PortRange=.
4979
4980 * A new systemd.machine_id= kernel command line switch has been added,
4981 that may be used to set the machine ID in /etc/machine-id if it is
4982 not initialized yet. This command line option has no effect if the
4983 file is already initialized.
4984
4985 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --as-pid2 switch that invokes any
4986 specified command line as PID 2 rather than PID 1 in the
4987 container. In this mode PID 1 is a minimal stub init process that
4988 implements the special POSIX and Linux semantics of PID 1 regarding
4989 signal and child process management. Note that this stub init process
4990 is implemented in nspawn itself and requires no support from the
4991 container image. This new logic is useful to support running
4992 arbitrary commands in the container, as normal processes are
4993 generally not prepared to run as PID 1.
4994
4995 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --chdir= switch for setting the current
4996 working directory for the process started in the container.
4997
4998 * "journalctl /dev/sda" will now output all kernel log messages for
4999 specified device from the current boot, in addition to all devices
5000 that are parents of it. This should make log output about devices
5001 pretty useful, as long as kernel drivers attach enough metadata to
5002 the log messages. (The usual SATA drivers do.)
5003
5004 * The sd-journal API gained two new calls
5005 sd_journal_has_runtime_files() and sd_journal_has_persistent_files()
5006 that report whether log data from /run or /var has been found.
5007
5008 * journalctl gained a new switch "--fields" that prints all journal
5009 record field names currently in use in the journal. This is backed
5010 by two new sd-journal API calls sd_journal_enumerate_fields() and
5011 sd_journal_restart_fields().
5012
5013 * Most configurable timeouts in systemd now expect an argument of
5014 "infinity" to turn them off, instead of "0" as before. The semantics
5015 from now on is that a timeout of "0" means "now", and "infinity"
5016 means "never". To maintain backwards compatibility, "0" continues to
5017 turn off previously existing timeout settings.
5018
5019 * "systemctl reload-or-try-restart" has been renamed to "systemctl
5020 try-reload-or-restart" to clarify what it actually does: the "try"
5021 logic applies to both reloading and restarting, not just restarting.
5022 The old name continues to be accepted for compatibility.
5023
5024 * On boot-up, when PID 1 detects that the system clock is behind the
5025 release date of the systemd version in use, the clock is now set
5026 to the latter. Previously, this was already done in timesyncd, in order
5027 to avoid running with clocks set to the various clock epochs such as
5028 1902, 1938 or 1970. With this change the logic is now done in PID 1
5029 in addition to timesyncd during early boot-up, so that it is enforced
5030 before the first process is spawned by systemd. Note that the logic
5031 in timesyncd remains, as it is more comprehensive and ensures
5032 clock monotonicity by maintaining a persistent timestamp file in
5033 /var. Since /var is generally not available in earliest boot or the
5034 initrd, this part of the logic remains in timesyncd, and is not done
5035 by PID 1.
5036
5037 * Support for tweaking details in net_cls.class_id through the
5038 NetClass= configuration directive has been removed, as the kernel
5039 people have decided to deprecate that controller in cgroup v2.
5040 Userspace tools such as nftables are moving over to setting rules
5041 that are specific to the full cgroup path of a task, which obsoletes
5042 these controllers anyway. The NetClass= directive is kept around for
5043 legacy compatibility reasons. For a more in-depth description of the
5044 kernel change, please refer to the respective upstream commit:
5045
5046 https://git.kernel.org/cgit/linux/kernel/git/torvalds/linux.git/commit/?id=bd1060a1d671
5047
5048 * A new service setting RuntimeMaxSec= has been added that may be used
5049 to specify a maximum runtime for a service. If the timeout is hit, the
5050 service is terminated and put into a failure state.
5051
5052 * A new service setting AmbientCapabilities= has been added. It allows
5053 configuration of additional Linux process capabilities that are
5054 passed to the activated processes. This is only available on very
5055 recent kernels.
5056
5057 * The process resource limit settings in service units may now be used
5058 to configure hard and soft limits individually.
5059
5060 * The various libsystemd APIs such as sd-bus or sd-event now publicly
5061 expose support for gcc's __attribute__((cleanup())) C extension.
5062 Specifically, for many object destructor functions alternative
5063 versions have been added that have names suffixed with "p" and take a
5064 pointer to a pointer to the object to destroy, instead of just a
5065 pointer to the object itself. This is useful because these destructor
5066 functions may be used directly as parameters to the cleanup
5067 construct. Internally, systemd has been a heavy user of this GCC
5068 extension for a long time, and with this change similar support is
5069 now available to consumers of the library outside of systemd. Note
5070 that by using this extension in your sources compatibility with old
5071 and strictly ANSI compatible C compilers is lost. However, all gcc or
5072 LLVM versions of recent years support this extension.
5073
5074 * Timer units gained support for a new setting RandomizedDelaySec= that
5075 allows configuring some additional randomized delay to the configured
5076 time. This is useful to spread out timer events to avoid load peaks in
5077 clusters or larger setups.
5078
5079 * Calendar time specifications now support sub-second accuracy.
5080
5081 * Socket units now support listening on SCTP and UDP-lite protocol
5082 sockets.
5083
5084 * The sd-event API now comes with a full set of man pages.
5085
5086 * Older versions of systemd contained experimental support for
5087 compressing journal files and coredumps with the LZ4 compressor that
5088 was not compatible with the lz4 binary (due to API limitations of the
5089 lz4 library). This support has been removed; only support for files
5090 compatible with the lz4 binary remains. This LZ4 logic is now
5091 officially supported and no longer considered experimental.
5092
5093 * The dkr image import logic has been removed again from importd. dkr's
5094 micro-services focus doesn't fit into the machine image focus of
5095 importd, and quickly got out of date with the upstream dkr API.
5096
5097 * Creation of the /run/lock/lockdev/ directory was dropped from
5098 tmpfiles.d/legacy.conf. Better locking mechanisms like flock() have
5099 been available for many years. If you still need this, you need to
5100 create your own tmpfiles.d config file with:
5101
5102 d /run/lock/lockdev 0775 root lock -
5103
5104 * The settings StartLimitBurst=, StartLimitInterval=, StartLimitAction=
5105 and RebootArgument= have been moved from the [Service] section of
5106 unit files to [Unit], and they are now supported on all unit types,
5107 not just service units. Of course, systemd will continue to
5108 understand these settings also at the old location, in order to
5109 maintain compatibility.
5110
5111 Contributions from: Abdo Roig-Maranges, Alban Crequy, Aleksander
5112 Adamowski, Alexander Kuleshov, Andreas Pokorny, Andrei Borzenkov,
5113 Andrew Wilcox, Arthur Clement, Beniamino Galvani, Casey Schaufler,
5114 Chris Atkinson, Chris Mayo, Christian Hesse, Damjan Georgievski, Dan
5115 Dedrick, Daniele Medri, Daniel J Walsh, Daniel Korostil, Daniel Mack,
5116 David Herrmann, Dimitri John Ledkov, Dominik Hannen, Douglas Christman,
5117 Evgeny Vereshchagin, Filipe Brandenburger, Franck Bui, Gabor Kelemen,
5118 Harald Hoyer, Hayden Walles, Helmut Grohne, Henrik Kaare Poulsen,
5119 Hristo Venev, Hui Wang, Indrajit Raychaudhuri, Ismo Puustinen, Jakub
5120 Wilk, Jan Alexander Steffens (heftig), Jan Engelhardt, Jan Synacek,
5121 Joost Bremmer, Jorgen Schaefer, Karel Zak, Klearchos Chaloulos,
5122 lc85446, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel
5123 Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich, Michael Scherer,
5124 Michał Górny, Michal Sekletar, Nicolas Cornu, Nicolas Iooss, Nils
5125 Carlson, nmartensen, nnz1024, Patrick Ohly, Peter Hutterer, Phillip Sz,
5126 Ronny Chevalier, Samu Kallio, Shawn Landden, Stef Walter, Susant
5127 Sahani, Sylvain Plantefève, Tadej Janež, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel
5128 Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Vito
5129 Caputo, WaLyong Cho, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
5130
5131 — Berlin, 2016-02-11
5132
5133 CHANGES WITH 228:
5134
5135 * A number of properties previously only settable in unit
5136 files are now also available as properties to set when
5137 creating transient units programmatically via the bus, as it
5138 is exposed with systemd-run's --property=
5139 setting. Specifically, these are: SyslogIdentifier=,
5140 SyslogLevelPrefix=, TimerSlackNSec=, OOMScoreAdjust=,
5141 EnvironmentFile=, ReadWriteDirectories=,
5142 ReadOnlyDirectories=, InaccessibleDirectories=,
5143 ProtectSystem=, ProtectHome=, RuntimeDirectory=.
5144
5145 * When creating transient services via the bus API it is now
5146 possible to pass in a set of file descriptors to use as
5147 STDIN/STDOUT/STDERR for the invoked process.
5148
5149 * Slice units may now be created transiently via the bus APIs,
5150 similar to the way service and scope units may already be
5151 created transiently.
5152
5153 * Wherever systemd expects a calendar timestamp specification
5154 (like in journalctl's --since= and --until= switches) UTC
5155 timestamps are now supported. Timestamps suffixed with "UTC"
5156 are now considered to be in Universal Time Coordinated
5157 instead of the local timezone. Also, timestamps may now
5158 optionally be specified with sub-second accuracy. Both of
5159 these additions also apply to recurring calendar event
5160 specification, such as OnCalendar= in timer units.
5161
5162 * journalctl gained a new "--sync" switch that asks the
5163 journal daemon to write all so far unwritten log messages to
5164 disk and sync the files, before returning.
5165
5166 * systemd-tmpfiles learned two new line types "q" and "Q" that
5167 operate like "v", but also set up a basic btrfs quota
5168 hierarchy when used on a btrfs file system with quota
5169 enabled.
5170
5171 * tmpfiles' "v", "q" and "Q" will now create a plain directory
5172 instead of a subvolume (even on a btrfs file system) if the
5173 root directory is a plain directory, and not a
5174 subvolume. This should simplify things with certain chroot()
5175 environments which are not aware of the concept of btrfs
5176 subvolumes.
5177
5178 * systemd-detect-virt gained a new --chroot switch to detect
5179 whether execution takes place in a chroot() environment.
5180
5181 * CPUAffinity= now takes CPU index ranges in addition to
5182 individual indexes.
5183
5184 * The various memory-related resource limit settings (such as
5185 LimitAS=) now understand the usual K, M, G, ... suffixes to
5186 the base of 1024 (IEC). Similar, the time-related resource
5187 limit settings understand the usual min, h, day, ...
5188 suffixes now.
5189
5190 * There's a new system.conf setting DefaultTasksMax= to
5191 control the default TasksMax= setting for services and
5192 scopes running on the system. (TasksMax= is the primary
5193 setting that exposes the "pids" cgroup controller on systemd
5194 and was introduced in the previous systemd release.) The
5195 setting now defaults to 512, which means services that are
5196 not explicitly configured otherwise will only be able to
5197 create 512 processes or threads at maximum, from this
5198 version on. Note that this means that thread- or
5199 process-heavy services might need to be reconfigured to set
5200 TasksMax= to a higher value. It is sufficient to set
5201 TasksMax= in these specific unit files to a higher value, or
5202 even "infinity". Similar, there's now a logind.conf setting
5203 UserTasksMax= that defaults to 4096 and limits the total
5204 number of processes or tasks each user may own
5205 concurrently. nspawn containers also have the TasksMax=
5206 value set by default now, to 8192. Note that all of this
5207 only has an effect if the "pids" cgroup controller is
5208 enabled in the kernel. The general benefit of these changes
5209 should be a more robust and safer system, that provides a
5210 certain amount of per-service fork() bomb protection.
5211
5212 * systemd-nspawn gained the new --network-veth-extra= switch
5213 to define additional and arbitrarily-named virtual Ethernet
5214 links between the host and the container.
5215
5216 * A new service execution setting PassEnvironment= has been
5217 added that allows importing select environment variables
5218 from PID1's environment block into the environment block of
5219 the service.
5220
5221 * Timer units gained support for a new RemainAfterElapse=
5222 setting which takes a boolean argument. It defaults to on,
5223 exposing behaviour unchanged to previous releases. If set to
5224 off, timer units are unloaded after they elapsed if they
5225 cannot elapse again. This is particularly useful for
5226 transient timer units, which shall not stay around longer
5227 than until they first elapse.
5228
5229 * systemd will now bump the net.unix.max_dgram_qlen to 512 by
5230 default now (the kernel default is 16). This is beneficial
5231 for avoiding blocking on AF_UNIX/SOCK_DGRAM sockets since it
5232 allows substantially larger numbers of queued
5233 datagrams. This should increase the capability of systemd to
5234 parallelize boot-up, as logging and sd_notify() are unlikely
5235 to stall execution anymore. If you need to change the value
5236 from the new defaults, use the usual sysctl.d/ snippets.
5237
5238 * The compression framing format used by the journal or
5239 coredump processing has changed to be in line with what the
5240 official LZ4 tools generate. LZ4 compression support in
5241 systemd was considered unsupported previously, as the format
5242 was not compatible with the normal tools. With this release
5243 this has changed now, and it is hence safe for downstream
5244 distributions to turn it on. While not compressing as well
5245 as the XZ, LZ4 is substantially faster, which makes
5246 it a good default choice for the compression logic in the
5247 journal and in coredump handling.
5248
5249 * Any reference to /etc/mtab has been dropped from
5250 systemd. The file has been obsolete since a while, but
5251 systemd refused to work on systems where it was incorrectly
5252 set up (it should be a symlink or non-existent). Please make
5253 sure to update to util-linux 2.27.1 or newer in conjunction
5254 with this systemd release, which also drops any reference to
5255 /etc/mtab. If you maintain a distribution make sure that no
5256 software you package still references it, as this is a
5257 likely source of bugs. There's also a glibc bug pending,
5258 asking for removal of any reference to this obsolete file:
5259
5260 https://sourceware.org/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=19108
5261
5262 Note that only util-linux versions built with
5263 --enable-libmount-force-mountinfo are supported.
5264
5265 * Support for the ".snapshot" unit type has been removed. This
5266 feature turned out to be little useful and little used, and
5267 has now been removed from the core and from systemctl.
5268
5269 * The dependency types RequiresOverridable= and
5270 RequisiteOverridable= have been removed from systemd. They
5271 have been used only very sparingly to our knowledge and
5272 other options that provide a similar effect (such as
5273 systemctl --mode=ignore-dependencies) are much more useful
5274 and commonly used. Moreover, they were only half-way
5275 implemented as the option to control behaviour regarding
5276 these dependencies was never added to systemctl. By removing
5277 these dependency types the execution engine becomes a bit
5278 simpler. Unit files that use these dependencies should be
5279 changed to use the non-Overridable dependency types
5280 instead. In fact, when parsing unit files with these
5281 options, that's what systemd will automatically convert them
5282 too, but it will also warn, asking users to fix the unit
5283 files accordingly. Removal of these dependency types should
5284 only affect a negligible number of unit files in the wild.
5285
5286 * Behaviour of networkd's IPForward= option changed
5287 (again). It will no longer maintain a per-interface setting,
5288 but propagate one way from interfaces where this is enabled
5289 to the global kernel setting. The global setting will be
5290 enabled when requested by a network that is set up, but
5291 never be disabled again. This change was made to make sure
5292 IPv4 and IPv6 behaviour regarding packet forwarding is
5293 similar (as the Linux IPv6 stack does not support
5294 per-interface control of this setting) and to minimize
5295 surprises.
5296
5297 * In unit files the behaviour of %u, %U, %h, %s has
5298 changed. These specifiers will now unconditionally resolve
5299 to the various user database fields of the user that the
5300 systemd instance is running as, instead of the user
5301 configured in the specific unit via User=. Note that this
5302 effectively doesn't change much, as resolving of these
5303 specifiers was already turned off in the --system instance
5304 of systemd, as we cannot do NSS lookups from PID 1. In the
5305 --user instance of systemd these specifiers where correctly
5306 resolved, but hardly made any sense, since the user instance
5307 lacks privileges to do user switches anyway, and User= is
5308 hence useless. Moreover, even in the --user instance of
5309 systemd behaviour was awkward as it would only take settings
5310 from User= assignment placed before the specifier into
5311 account. In order to unify and simplify the logic around
5312 this the specifiers will now always resolve to the
5313 credentials of the user invoking the manager (which in case
5314 of PID 1 is the root user).
5315
5316 Contributions from: Andrew Jones, Beniamino Galvani, Boyuan
5317 Yang, Daniel Machon, Daniel Mack, David Herrmann, David
5318 Reynolds, David Strauss, Dongsu Park, Evgeny Vereshchagin,
5319 Felipe Sateler, Filipe Brandenburger, Franck Bui, Hristo
5320 Venev, Iago López Galeiras, Jan Engelhardt, Jan Janssen, Jan
5321 Synacek, Jesus Ornelas Aguayo, Karel Zak, kayrus, Kay Sievers,
5322 Lennart Poettering, Liu Yuan Yuan, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel
5323 Holtmann, Marcin Bachry, Marcos Alano, Marcos Mello, Mark
5324 Theunissen, Martin Pitt, Michael Marineau, Michael Olbrich,
5325 Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Mirco Tischler, Nick Owens,
5326 Nicolas Cornu, Patrik Flykt, Peter Hutterer, reverendhomer,
5327 Ronny Chevalier, Sangjung Woo, Seong-ho Cho, Shawn Landden,
5328 Susant Sahani, Thomas Haller, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen,
5329 Tom Gundersen, Torstein Husebø, Vito Caputo, Zbigniew
5330 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
5331
5332 — Berlin, 2015-11-18
5333
5334 CHANGES WITH 227:
5335
5336 * systemd now depends on util-linux v2.27. More specifically,
5337 the newly added mount monitor feature in libmount now
5338 replaces systemd's former own implementation.
5339
5340 * libmount mandates /etc/mtab not to be regular file, and
5341 systemd now enforces this condition at early boot.
5342 /etc/mtab has been deprecated and warned about for a very
5343 long time, so systems running systemd should already have
5344 stopped having this file around as anything else than a
5345 symlink to /proc/self/mounts.
5346
5347 * Support for the "pids" cgroup controller has been added. It
5348 allows accounting the number of tasks in a cgroup and
5349 enforcing limits on it. This adds two new setting
5350 TasksAccounting= and TasksMax= to each unit, as well as a
5351 global option DefaultTasksAccounting=.
5352
5353 * Support for the "net_cls" cgroup controller has been added.
5354 It allows assigning a net class ID to each task in the
5355 cgroup, which can then be used in firewall rules and traffic
5356 shaping configurations. Note that the kernel netfilter net
5357 class code does not currently work reliably for ingress
5358 packets on unestablished sockets.
5359
5360 This adds a new config directive called NetClass= to CGroup
5361 enabled units. Allowed values are positive numbers for fixed
5362 assignments and "auto" for picking a free value
5363 automatically.
5364
5365 * 'systemctl is-system-running' now returns 'offline' if the
5366 system is not booted with systemd. This command can now be
5367 used as a substitute for 'systemd-notify --booted'.
5368
5369 * Watchdog timeouts have been increased to 3 minutes for all
5370 in-tree service files. Apparently, disk IO issues are more
5371 frequent than we hoped, and user reported >1 minute waiting
5372 for disk IO.
5373
5374 * 'machine-id-commit' functionality has been merged into
5375 'machine-id-setup --commit'. The separate binary has been
5376 removed.
5377
5378 * The WorkingDirectory= directive in unit files may now be set
5379 to the special value '~'. In this case, the working
5380 directory is set to the home directory of the user
5381 configured in User=.
5382
5383 * "machinectl shell" will now open the shell in the home
5384 directory of the selected user by default.
5385
5386 * The CrashChVT= configuration file setting is renamed to
5387 CrashChangeVT=, following our usual logic of not
5388 abbreviating unnecessarily. The old directive is still
5389 supported for compat reasons. Also, this directive now takes
5390 an integer value between 1 and 63, or a boolean value. The
5391 formerly supported '-1' value for disabling stays around for
5392 compat reasons.
5393
5394 * The PrivateTmp=, PrivateDevices=, PrivateNetwork=,
5395 NoNewPrivileges=, TTYPath=, WorkingDirectory= and
5396 RootDirectory= properties can now be set for transient
5397 units.
5398
5399 * The systemd-analyze tool gained a new "set-log-target" verb
5400 to change the logging target the system manager logs to
5401 dynamically during runtime. This is similar to how
5402 "systemd-analyze set-log-level" already changes the log
5403 level.
5404
5405 * In nspawn /sys is now mounted as tmpfs, with only a selected
5406 set of subdirectories mounted in from the real sysfs. This
5407 enhances security slightly, and is useful for ensuring user
5408 namespaces work correctly.
5409
5410 * Support for USB FunctionFS activation has been added. This
5411 allows implementation of USB gadget services that are
5412 activated as soon as they are requested, so that they don't
5413 have to run continuously, similar to classic socket
5414 activation.
5415
5416 * The "systemctl exit" command now optionally takes an
5417 additional parameter that sets the exit code to return from
5418 the systemd manager when exiting. This is only relevant when
5419 running the systemd user instance, or when running the
5420 system instance in a container.
5421
5422 * sd-bus gained the new API calls sd_bus_path_encode_many()
5423 and sd_bus_path_decode_many() that allow easy encoding and
5424 decoding of multiple identifier strings inside a D-Bus
5425 object path. Another new call sd_bus_default_flush_close()
5426 has been added to flush and close per-thread default
5427 connections.
5428
5429 * systemd-cgtop gained support for a -M/--machine= switch to
5430 show the control groups within a certain container only.
5431
5432 * "systemctl kill" gained support for an optional --fail
5433 switch. If specified the requested operation will fail of no
5434 processes have been killed, because the unit had no
5435 processes attached, or similar.
5436
5437 * A new systemd.crash_reboot=1 kernel command line option has
5438 been added that triggers a reboot after crashing. This can
5439 also be set through CrashReboot= in systemd.conf.
5440
5441 * The RuntimeDirectory= setting now understands unit
5442 specifiers like %i or %f.
5443
5444 * A new (still internal) library API sd-ipv4acd has been added,
5445 that implements address conflict detection for IPv4. It's
5446 based on code from sd-ipv4ll, and will be useful for
5447 detecting DHCP address conflicts.
5448
5449 * File descriptors passed during socket activation may now be
5450 named. A new API sd_listen_fds_with_names() is added to
5451 access the names. The default names may be overridden,
5452 either in the .socket file using the FileDescriptorName=
5453 parameter, or by passing FDNAME= when storing the file
5454 descriptors using sd_notify().
5455
5456 * systemd-networkd gained support for:
5457
5458 - Setting the IPv6 Router Advertisement settings via
5459 IPv6AcceptRouterAdvertisements= in .network files.
5460
5461 - Configuring the HelloTimeSec=, MaxAgeSec= and
5462 ForwardDelaySec= bridge parameters in .netdev files.
5463
5464 - Configuring PreferredSource= for static routes in
5465 .network files.
5466
5467 * The "ask-password" framework used to query for LUKS harddisk
5468 passwords or SSL passwords during boot gained support for
5469 caching passwords in the kernel keyring, if it is
5470 available. This makes sure that the user only has to type in
5471 a passphrase once if there are multiple objects to unlock
5472 with the same one. Previously, such password caching was
5473 available only when Plymouth was used; this moves the
5474 caching logic into the systemd codebase itself. The
5475 "systemd-ask-password" utility gained a new --keyname=
5476 switch to control which kernel keyring key to use for
5477 caching a password in. This functionality is also useful for
5478 enabling display managers such as gdm to automatically
5479 unlock the user's GNOME keyring if its passphrase, the
5480 user's password and the harddisk password are the same, if
5481 gdm-autologin is used.
5482
5483 * When downloading tar or raw images using "machinectl
5484 pull-tar" or "machinectl pull-raw", a matching ".nspawn"
5485 file is now also downloaded, if it is available and stored
5486 next to the image file.
5487
5488 * Units of type ".socket" gained a new boolean setting
5489 Writable= which is only useful in conjunction with
5490 ListenSpecial=. If true, enables opening the specified
5491 special file in O_RDWR mode rather than O_RDONLY mode.
5492
5493 * systemd-rfkill has been reworked to become a singleton
5494 service that is activated through /dev/rfkill on each rfkill
5495 state change and saves the settings to disk. This way,
5496 systemd-rfkill is now compatible with devices that exist
5497 only intermittendly, and even restores state if the previous
5498 system shutdown was abrupt rather than clean.
5499
5500 * The journal daemon gained support for vacuuming old journal
5501 files controlled by the number of files that shall remain,
5502 in addition to the already existing control by size and by
5503 date. This is useful as journal interleaving performance
5504 degrades with too many separate journal files, and allows
5505 putting an effective limit on them. The new setting defaults
5506 to 100, but this may be changed by setting SystemMaxFiles=
5507 and RuntimeMaxFiles= in journald.conf. Also, the
5508 "journalctl" tool gained the new --vacuum-files= switch to
5509 manually vacuum journal files to leave only the specified
5510 number of files in place.
5511
5512 * udev will now create /dev/disk/by-path links for ATA devices
5513 on kernels where that is supported.
5514
5515 * Galician, Serbian, Turkish and Korean translations were added.
5516
5517 Contributions from: Aaro Koskinen, Alban Crequy, Beniamino
5518 Galvani, Benjamin Robin, Branislav Blaskovic, Chen-Han Hsiao
5519 (Stanley), Daniel Buch, Daniel Machon, Daniel Mack, David
5520 Herrmann, David Milburn, doubleodoug, Evgeny Vereshchagin,
5521 Felipe Franciosi, Filipe Brandenburger, Fran Dieguez, Gabriel
5522 de Perthuis, Georg Müller, Hans de Goede, Hendrik Brueckner,
5523 Ivan Shapovalov, Jacob Keller, Jan Engelhardt, Jan Janssen,
5524 Jan Synacek, Jens Kuske, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers, Krzesimir
5525 Nowak, Krzysztof Kotlenga, Lars Uebernickel, Lennart
5526 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Łukasz Stelmach, Maciej Wereski,
5527 Marcel Holtmann, Marius Thesing, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl,
5528 Michael Gebetsroither, Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Mike
5529 Gilbert, Muhammet Kara, nazgul77, Nicolas Cornu, NoXPhasma,
5530 Olof Johansson, Patrik Flykt, Pawel Szewczyk, reverendhomer,
5531 Ronny Chevalier, Sangjung Woo, Seong-ho Cho, Susant Sahani,
5532 Sylvain Plantefève, Thomas Haller, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel
5533 Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Tom Lyon, Viktar Vauchkevich,
5534 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Марко М. Костић
5535
5536 — Berlin, 2015-10-07
5537
5538 CHANGES WITH 226:
5539
5540 * The DHCP implementation of systemd-networkd gained a set of
5541 new features:
5542
5543 - The DHCP server now supports emitting DNS and NTP
5544 information. It may be enabled and configured via
5545 EmitDNS=, DNS=, EmitNTP=, and NTP=. If transmission of DNS
5546 and NTP information is enabled, but no servers are
5547 configured, the corresponding uplink information (if there
5548 is any) is propagated.
5549
5550 - Server and client now support transmission and reception
5551 of timezone information. It can be configured via the
5552 newly introduced network options UseTimezone=,
5553 EmitTimezone=, and Timezone=. Transmission of timezone
5554 information is enabled between host and containers by
5555 default now: the container will change its local timezone
5556 to what the host has set.
5557
5558 - Lease timeouts can now be configured via
5559 MaxLeaseTimeSec= and DefaultLeaseTimeSec=.
5560
5561 - The DHCP server improved on the stability of
5562 leases. Clients are more likely to get the same lease
5563 information back, even if the server loses state.
5564
5565 - The DHCP server supports two new configuration options to
5566 control the lease address pool metrics, PoolOffset= and
5567 PoolSize=.
5568
5569 * The encapsulation limit of tunnels in systemd-networkd may
5570 now be configured via 'EncapsulationLimit='. It allows
5571 modifying the maximum additional levels of encapsulation
5572 that are permitted to be prepended to a packet.
5573
5574 * systemd now supports the concept of user buses replacing
5575 session buses, if used with dbus-1.10 (and enabled via dbus
5576 --enable-user-session). It previously only supported this on
5577 kdbus-enabled systems, and this release expands this to
5578 'dbus-daemon' systems.
5579
5580 * systemd-networkd now supports predictable interface names
5581 for virtio devices.
5582
5583 * systemd now optionally supports the new Linux kernel
5584 "unified" control group hierarchy. If enabled via the kernel
5585 command-line option 'systemd.unified_cgroup_hierarchy=1',
5586 systemd will try to mount the unified cgroup hierarchy
5587 directly on /sys/fs/cgroup. If not enabled, or not
5588 available, systemd will fall back to the legacy cgroup
5589 hierarchy setup, as before. Host system and containers can
5590 mix and match legacy and unified hierarchies as they
5591 wish. nspawn understands the $UNIFIED_CGROUP_HIERARCHY
5592 environment variable to individually select the hierarchy to
5593 use for executed containers. By default, nspawn will use the
5594 unified hierarchy for the containers if the host uses the
5595 unified hierarchy, and the legacy hierarchy otherwise.
5596 Please note that at this point the unified hierarchy is an
5597 experimental kernel feature and is likely to change in one
5598 of the next kernel releases. Therefore, it should not be
5599 enabled by default in downstream distributions yet. The
5600 minimum required kernel version for the unified hierarchy to
5601 work is 4.2. Note that when the unified hierarchy is used
5602 for the first time delegated access to controllers is
5603 safe. Because of this systemd-nspawn containers will get
5604 access to controllers now, as will systemd user
5605 sessions. This means containers and user sessions may now
5606 manage their own resources, partitioning up what the system
5607 grants them.
5608
5609 * A new special scope unit "init.scope" has been introduced
5610 that encapsulates PID 1 of the system. It may be used to
5611 determine resource usage and enforce resource limits on PID
5612 1 itself. PID 1 hence moved out of the root of the control
5613 group tree.
5614
5615 * The cgtop tool gained support for filtering out kernel
5616 threads when counting tasks in a control group. Also, the
5617 count of processes is now recursively summed up by
5618 default. Two options -k and --recursive= have been added to
5619 revert to old behaviour. The tool has also been updated to
5620 work correctly in containers now.
5621
5622 * systemd-nspawn's --bind= and --bind-ro= options have been
5623 extended to allow creation of non-recursive bind mounts.
5624
5625 * libsystemd gained two new calls sd_pid_get_cgroup() and
5626 sd_peer_get_cgroup() which return the control group path of
5627 a process or peer of a connected AF_UNIX socket. This
5628 function call is particularly useful when implementing
5629 delegated subtrees support in the control group hierarchy.
5630
5631 * The "sd-event" event loop API of libsystemd now supports
5632 correct dequeuing of real-time signals, without losing
5633 signal events.
5634
5635 * When systemd requests a polkit decision when managing units it
5636 will now add additional fields to the request, including unit
5637 name and desired operation. This enables more powerful polkit
5638 policies, that make decisions depending on these parameters.
5639
5640 * nspawn learnt support for .nspawn settings files, that may
5641 accompany the image files or directories of containers, and
5642 may contain additional settings for the container. This is
5643 an alternative to configuring container parameters via the
5644 nspawn command line.
5645
5646 Contributions from: Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Mack, David
5647 Herrmann, Eugene Yakubovich, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Filipe
5648 Brandenburger, Hans de Goede, Jan Alexander Steffens, Jan
5649 Synacek, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Mangix, Marcel
5650 Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Chapman, Michal
5651 Sekletar, Peter Hutterer, Piotr Drąg, reverendhomer, Robin
5652 Hack, Susant Sahani, Sylvain Pasche, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel
5653 Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Torstein Husebø
5654
5655 — Berlin, 2015-09-08
5656
5657 CHANGES WITH 225:
5658
5659 * machinectl gained a new verb 'shell' which opens a fresh
5660 shell on the target container or the host. It is similar to
5661 the existing 'login' command of machinectl, but spawns the
5662 shell directly without prompting for username or
5663 password. The pseudo machine '.host' now refers to the local
5664 host and is used by default. Hence, 'machinectl shell' can
5665 be used as replacement for 'su -' which spawns a session as
5666 a fresh systemd unit in a way that is fully isolated from
5667 the originating session.
5668
5669 * systemd-networkd learned to cope with private-zone DHCP
5670 options and allows other programs to query the values.
5671
5672 * SELinux access control when enabling/disabling units is no
5673 longer enforced with this release. The previous implementation
5674 was incorrect, and a new corrected implementation is not yet
5675 available. As unit file operations are still protected via
5676 polkit and D-Bus policy this is not a security problem. Yet,
5677 distributions which care about optimal SELinux support should
5678 probably not stabilize on this release.
5679
5680 * sd-bus gained support for matches of type "arg0has=", that
5681 test for membership of strings in string arrays sent in bus
5682 messages.
5683
5684 * systemd-resolved now dumps the contents of its DNS and LLMNR
5685 caches to the logs on reception of the SIGUSR1 signal. This
5686 is useful to debug DNS behaviour.
5687
5688 * The coredumpctl tool gained a new --directory= option to
5689 operate on journal files in a specific directory.
5690
5691 * "systemctl reboot" and related commands gained a new
5692 "--message=" option which may be used to set a free-text
5693 wall message when shutting down or rebooting the
5694 system. This message is also logged, which is useful for
5695 figuring out the reason for a reboot or shutdown a
5696 posteriori.
5697
5698 * The "systemd-resolve-host" tool's -i switch now takes
5699 network interface numbers as alternative to interface names.
5700
5701 * A new unit file setting for services has been introduced:
5702 UtmpMode= allows configuration of how precisely systemd
5703 handles utmp and wtmp entries for the service if this is
5704 enabled. This allows writing services that appear similar to
5705 user sessions in the output of the "w", "who", "last" and
5706 "lastlog" tools.
5707
5708 * systemd-resolved will now locally synthesize DNS resource
5709 records for the "localhost" and "gateway" domains as well as
5710 the local hostname. This should ensure that clients querying
5711 RRs via resolved will get similar results as those going via
5712 NSS, if nss-myhostname is enabled.
5713
5714 Contributions from: Alastair Hughes, Alex Crawford, Daniel
5715 Mack, David Herrmann, Dimitri John Ledkov, Eric Kostrowski,
5716 Evgeny Vereshchagin, Felipe Sateler, HATAYAMA Daisuke, Jan
5717 Pokorný, Jan Synacek, Johnny Robeson, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers,
5718 Kefeng Wang, Lennart Poettering, Major Hayden, Marcel
5719 Holtmann, Markus Elfring, Martin Mikkelsen, Martin Pitt, Matt
5720 Turner, Maxim Mikityanskiy, Michael Biebl, Namhyung Kim,
5721 Nicolas Cornu, Owen W. Taylor, Patrik Flykt, Peter Hutterer,
5722 reverendhomer, Richard Maw, Ronny Chevalier, Seth Jennings,
5723 Stef Walter, Susant Sahani, Thomas Blume, Thomas Hindoe
5724 Paaboel Andersen, Thomas Meyer, Tom Gundersen, Vincent Batts,
5725 WaLyong Cho, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
5726
5727 — Berlin, 2015-08-27
5728
5729 CHANGES WITH 224:
5730
5731 * The systemd-efi-boot-generator functionality was merged into
5732 systemd-gpt-auto-generator.
5733
5734 * systemd-networkd now supports Group Policy for vxlan
5735 devices. It can be enabled via the new boolean configuration
5736 option called 'GroupPolicyExtension='.
5737
5738 Contributions from: Andreas Kempf, Christian Hesse, Daniel Mack, David
5739 Herrmann, Herman Fries, Johannes Nixdorf, Kay Sievers, Lennart
5740 Poettering, Peter Hutterer, Susant Sahani, Tom Gundersen
5741
5742 — Berlin, 2015-07-31
5743
5744 CHANGES WITH 223:
5745
5746 * The python-systemd code has been removed from the systemd repository.
5747 A new repository has been created which accommodates the code from
5748 now on, and we kindly ask distributions to create a separate package
5749 for this: https://github.com/systemd/python-systemd
5750
5751 * The systemd daemon will now reload its main configuration
5752 (/etc/systemd/system.conf) on daemon-reload.
5753
5754 * sd-dhcp now exposes vendor specific extensions via
5755 sd_dhcp_lease_get_vendor_specific().
5756
5757 * systemd-networkd gained a number of new configuration options.
5758
5759 - A new boolean configuration option for TAP devices called
5760 'VNetHeader='. If set, the IFF_VNET_HDR flag is set for the
5761 device, thus allowing to send and receive GSO packets.
5762
5763 - A new tunnel configuration option called 'CopyDSCP='.
5764 If enabled, the DSCP field of ip6 tunnels is copied into the
5765 decapsulated packet.
5766
5767 - A set of boolean bridge configuration options were added.
5768 'UseBPDU=', 'HairPin=', 'FastLeave=', 'AllowPortToBeRoot=',
5769 and 'UnicastFlood=' are now parsed by networkd and applied to the
5770 respective bridge link device via the respective IFLA_BRPORT_*
5771 netlink attribute.
5772
5773 - A new string configuration option to override the hostname sent
5774 to a DHCP server, called 'Hostname='. If set and 'SendHostname='
5775 is true, networkd will use the configured hostname instead of the
5776 system hostname when sending DHCP requests.
5777
5778 - A new tunnel configuration option called 'IPv6FlowLabel='. If set,
5779 networkd will configure the IPv6 flow-label of the tunnel device
5780 according to RFC2460.
5781
5782 - The 'macvtap' virtual network devices are now supported, similar to
5783 the already supported 'macvlan' devices.
5784
5785 * systemd-resolved now implements RFC5452 to improve resilience against
5786 cache poisoning. Additionally, source port randomization is enabled
5787 by default to further protect against DNS spoofing attacks.
5788
5789 * nss-mymachines now supports translating UIDs and GIDs of running
5790 containers with user-namespaces enabled. If a container 'foo'
5791 translates a host uid 'UID' to the container uid 'TUID', then
5792 nss-mymachines will also map uid 'UID' to/from username 'vu-foo-TUID'
5793 (with 'foo' and 'TUID' replaced accordingly). Similarly, groups are
5794 mapped as 'vg-foo-TGID'.
5795
5796 Contributions from: Beniamino Galvani, cee1, Christian Hesse, Daniel
5797 Buch, Daniel Mack, daurnimator, David Herrmann, Dimitri John Ledkov,
5798 HATAYAMA Daisuke, Ivan Shapovalov, Jan Alexander Steffens (heftig),
5799 Johan Ouwerkerk, Jose Carlos Venegas Munoz, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers,
5800 Lennart Poettering, Lidong Zhong, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael
5801 Olbrich, Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Mike Gilbert, Namhyung Kim,
5802 Nick Owens, Peter Hutterer, Richard Maw, Steven Allen, Sungbae Yoo,
5803 Susant Sahani, Thomas Blume, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom
5804 Gundersen, Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Vito Caputo,
5805 Vivenzio Pagliari, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
5806
5807 — Berlin, 2015-07-29
5808
5809 CHANGES WITH 222:
5810
5811 * udev does not longer support the WAIT_FOR_SYSFS= key in udev rules.
5812 There are no known issues with current sysfs, and udev does not need
5813 or should be used to work around such bugs.
5814
5815 * udev does no longer enable USB HID power management. Several reports
5816 indicate, that some devices cannot handle that setting.
5817
5818 * The udev accelerometer helper was removed. The functionality
5819 is now fully included in iio-sensor-proxy. But this means,
5820 older iio-sensor-proxy versions will no longer provide
5821 accelerometer/orientation data with this systemd version.
5822 Please upgrade iio-sensor-proxy to version 1.0.
5823
5824 * networkd gained a new configuration option IPv6PrivacyExtensions=
5825 which enables IPv6 privacy extensions (RFC 4941, "Privacy Extensions
5826 for Stateless Address") on selected networks.
5827
5828 * For the sake of fewer build-time dependencies and less code in the
5829 main repository, the python bindings are about to be removed in the
5830 next release. A new repository has been created which accommodates
5831 the code from now on, and we kindly ask distributions to create a
5832 separate package for this. The removal will take place in v223.
5833
5834 https://github.com/systemd/python-systemd
5835
5836 Contributions from: Abdo Roig-Maranges, Andrew Eikum, Bastien Nocera,
5837 Cédric Delmas, Christian Hesse, Christos Trochalakis, Daniel Mack,
5838 daurnimator, David Herrmann, Dimitri John Ledkov, Eric Biggers, Eric
5839 Cook, Felipe Sateler, Geert Jansen, Gerd Hoffmann, Gianpaolo Macario,
5840 Greg Kroah-Hartman, Iago López Galeiras, Jan Alexander Steffens
5841 (heftig), Jan Engelhardt, Jay Strict, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering,
5842 Markus Knetschke, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Marineau, Michal
5843 Sekletar, Miguel Bernal Marin, Peter Hutterer, Richard Maw, rinrinne,
5844 Susant Sahani, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Torstein
5845 Husebø, Vedran Miletić, WaLyong Cho, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
5846
5847 — Berlin, 2015-07-07
5848
5849 CHANGES WITH 221:
5850
5851 * The sd-bus.h and sd-event.h APIs have now been declared
5852 stable and have been added to the official interface of
5853 libsystemd.so. sd-bus implements an alternative D-Bus client
5854 library, that is relatively easy to use, very efficient and
5855 supports both classic D-Bus as well as kdbus as transport
5856 backend. sd-event is a generic event loop abstraction that
5857 is built around Linux epoll, but adds features such as event
5858 prioritization or efficient timer handling. Both APIs are good
5859 choices for C programs looking for a bus and/or event loop
5860 implementation that is minimal and does not have to be
5861 portable to other kernels.
5862
5863 * kdbus support is no longer compile-time optional. It is now
5864 always built-in. However, it can still be disabled at
5865 runtime using the kdbus=0 kernel command line setting, and
5866 that setting may be changed to default to off, by specifying
5867 --disable-kdbus at build-time. Note though that the kernel
5868 command line setting has no effect if the kdbus.ko kernel
5869 module is not installed, in which case kdbus is (obviously)
5870 also disabled. We encourage all downstream distributions to
5871 begin testing kdbus by adding it to the kernel images in the
5872 development distributions, and leaving kdbus support in
5873 systemd enabled.
5874
5875 * The minimal required util-linux version has been bumped to
5876 2.26.
5877
5878 * Support for chkconfig (--enable-chkconfig) was removed in
5879 favor of calling an abstraction tool
5880 /lib/systemd/systemd-sysv-install. This needs to be
5881 implemented for your distribution. See "SYSV INIT.D SCRIPTS"
5882 in README for details.
5883
5884 * If there's a systemd unit and a SysV init script for the
5885 same service name, and the user executes "systemctl enable"
5886 for it (or a related call), then this will now enable both
5887 (or execute the related operation on both), not just the
5888 unit.
5889
5890 * The libudev API documentation has been converted from gtkdoc
5891 into man pages.
5892
5893 * gudev has been removed from the systemd tree, it is now an
5894 external project.
5895
5896 * The systemd-cgtop tool learnt a new --raw switch to generate
5897 "raw" (machine parsable) output.
5898
5899 * networkd's IPForwarding= .network file setting learnt the
5900 new setting "kernel", which ensures that networkd does not
5901 change the IP forwarding sysctl from the default kernel
5902 state.
5903
5904 * The systemd-logind bus API now exposes a new boolean
5905 property "Docked" that reports whether logind considers the
5906 system "docked", i.e. connected to a docking station or not.
5907
5908 Contributions from: Alex Crawford, Andreas Pokorny, Andrei
5909 Borzenkov, Charles Duffy, Colin Guthrie, Cristian Rodríguez,
5910 Daniele Medri, Daniel Hahler, Daniel Mack, David Herrmann,
5911 David Mohr, Dimitri John Ledkov, Djalal Harouni, dslul, Ed
5912 Swierk, Eric Cook, Filipe Brandenburger, Gianpaolo Macario,
5913 Harald Hoyer, Iago López Galeiras, Igor Vuk, Jan Synacek,
5914 Jason Pleau, Jason S. McMullan, Jean Delvare, Jeff Huang,
5915 Jonathan Boulle, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers, kloun, Lennart
5916 Poettering, Marc-Antoine Perennou, Marcel Holtmann, Mario
5917 Limonciello, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich,
5918 Michal Schmidt, Mike Gilbert, Nick Owens, Pablo Lezaeta Reyes,
5919 Patrick Donnelly, Pavel Odvody, Peter Hutterer, Philip
5920 Withnall, Ronny Chevalier, Simon McVittie, Susant Sahani,
5921 Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Torstein
5922 Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Viktar Vauchkevich, Werner
5923 Fink, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
5924
5925 — Berlin, 2015-06-19
5926
5927 CHANGES WITH 220:
5928
5929 * The gudev library has been extracted into a separate repository
5930 available at: https://git.gnome.org/browse/libgudev/
5931 It is now managed as part of the Gnome project. Distributions
5932 are recommended to pass --disable-gudev to systemd and use
5933 gudev from the Gnome project instead. gudev is still included
5934 in systemd, for now. It will be removed soon, though. Please
5935 also see the announcement-thread on systemd-devel:
5936 https://lists.freedesktop.org/archives/systemd-devel/2015-May/032070.html
5937
5938 * systemd now exposes a CPUUsageNSec= property for each
5939 service unit on the bus, that contains the overall consumed
5940 CPU time of a service (the sum of what each process of the
5941 service consumed). This value is only available if
5942 CPUAccounting= is turned on for a service, and is then shown
5943 in the "systemctl status" output.
5944
5945 * Support for configuring alternative mappings of the old SysV
5946 runlevels to systemd targets has been removed. They are now
5947 hardcoded in a way that runlevels 2, 3, 4 all map to
5948 multi-user.target and 5 to graphical.target (which
5949 previously was already the default behaviour).
5950
5951 * The auto-mounter logic gained support for mount point
5952 expiry, using a new TimeoutIdleSec= setting in .automount
5953 units. (Also available as x-systemd.idle-timeout= in /etc/fstab).
5954
5955 * The EFI System Partition (ESP) as mounted to /boot by
5956 systemd-efi-boot-generator will now be unmounted
5957 automatically after 2 minutes of not being used. This should
5958 minimize the risk of ESP corruptions.
5959
5960 * New /etc/fstab options x-systemd.requires= and
5961 x-systemd.requires-mounts-for= are now supported to express
5962 additional dependencies for mounts. This is useful for
5963 journalling file systems that support external journal
5964 devices or overlay file systems that require underlying file
5965 systems to be mounted.
5966
5967 * systemd does not support direct live-upgrades (via systemctl
5968 daemon-reexec) from versions older than v44 anymore. As no
5969 distribution we are aware of shipped such old versions in a
5970 stable release this should not be problematic.
5971
5972 * When systemd forks off a new per-connection service instance
5973 it will now set the $REMOTE_ADDR environment variable to the
5974 remote IP address, and $REMOTE_PORT environment variable to
5975 the remote IP port. This behaviour is similar to the
5976 corresponding environment variables defined by CGI.
5977
5978 * systemd-networkd gained support for uplink failure
5979 detection. The BindCarrier= option allows binding interface
5980 configuration dynamically to the link sense of other
5981 interfaces. This is useful to achieve behaviour like in
5982 network switches.
5983
5984 * systemd-networkd gained support for configuring the DHCP
5985 client identifier to use when requesting leases.
5986
5987 * systemd-networkd now has a per-network UseNTP= option to
5988 configure whether NTP server information acquired via DHCP
5989 is passed on to services like systemd-timesyncd.
5990
5991 * systemd-networkd gained support for vti6 tunnels.
5992
5993 * Note that systemd-networkd manages the sysctl variable
5994 /proc/sys/net/ipv[46]/conf/*/forwarding for each interface
5995 it is configured for since v219. The variable controls IP
5996 forwarding, and is a per-interface alternative to the global
5997 /proc/sys/net/ipv[46]/ip_forward. This setting is
5998 configurable in the IPForward= option, which defaults to
5999 "no". This means if networkd is used for an interface it is
6000 no longer sufficient to set the global sysctl option to turn
6001 on IP forwarding! Instead, the .network file option
6002 IPForward= needs to be turned on! Note that the
6003 implementation of this behaviour was broken in v219 and has
6004 been fixed in v220.
6005
6006 * Many bonding and vxlan options are now configurable in
6007 systemd-networkd.
6008
6009 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --property= setting to set unit
6010 properties for the container scope. This is useful for
6011 setting resource parameters (e.g. "CPUShares=500") on
6012 containers started from the command line.
6013
6014 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --private-users= switch to make
6015 use of user namespacing available on recent Linux kernels.
6016
6017 * systemd-nspawn may now be called as part of a shell pipeline
6018 in which case the pipes used for stdin and stdout are passed
6019 directly to the process invoked in the container, without
6020 indirection via a pseudo tty.
6021
6022 * systemd-nspawn gained a new switch to control the UNIX
6023 signal to use when killing the init process of the container
6024 when shutting down.
6025
6026 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --overlay= switch for mounting
6027 overlay file systems into the container using the new kernel
6028 overlayfs support.
6029
6030 * When a container image is imported via systemd-importd and
6031 the host file system is not btrfs, a loopback block device
6032 file is created in /var/lib/machines.raw with a btrfs file
6033 system inside. It is then mounted to /var/lib/machines to
6034 enable btrfs features for container management. The loopback
6035 file and btrfs file system is grown as needed when container
6036 images are imported via systemd-importd.
6037
6038 * systemd-machined/systemd-importd gained support for btrfs
6039 quota, to enforce container disk space limits on disk. This
6040 is exposed in "machinectl set-limit".
6041
6042 * systemd-importd now can import containers from local .tar,
6043 .raw and .qcow2 images, and export them to .tar and .raw. It
6044 can also import dkr v2 images now from the network (on top
6045 of v1 as before).
6046
6047 * systemd-importd gained support for verifying downloaded
6048 images with gpg2 (previously only gpg1 was supported).
6049
6050 * systemd-machined, systemd-logind, systemd: most bus calls are
6051 now accessible to unprivileged processes via polkit. Also,
6052 systemd-logind will now allow users to kill their own sessions
6053 without further privileges or authorization.
6054
6055 * systemd-shutdownd has been removed. This service was
6056 previously responsible for implementing scheduled shutdowns
6057 as exposed in /usr/bin/shutdown's time parameter. This
6058 functionality has now been moved into systemd-logind and is
6059 accessible via a bus interface.
6060
6061 * "systemctl reboot" gained a new switch --firmware-setup that
6062 can be used to reboot into the EFI firmware setup, if that
6063 is available. systemd-logind now exposes an API on the bus
6064 to trigger such reboots, in case graphical desktop UIs want
6065 to cover this functionality.
6066
6067 * "systemctl enable", "systemctl disable" and "systemctl mask"
6068 now support a new "--now" switch. If specified the units
6069 that are enabled will also be started, and the ones
6070 disabled/masked also stopped.
6071
6072 * The Gummiboot EFI boot loader tool has been merged into
6073 systemd, and renamed to "systemd-boot". The bootctl tool has been
6074 updated to support systemd-boot.
6075
6076 * An EFI kernel stub has been added that may be used to create
6077 kernel EFI binaries that contain not only the actual kernel,
6078 but also an initrd, boot splash, command line and OS release
6079 information. This combined binary can then be signed as a
6080 single image, so that the firmware can verify it all in one
6081 step. systemd-boot has special support for EFI binaries created
6082 like this and can extract OS release information from them
6083 and show them in the boot menu. This functionality is useful
6084 to implement cryptographically verified boot schemes.
6085
6086 * Optional support has been added to systemd-fsck to pass
6087 fsck's progress report to an AF_UNIX socket in the file
6088 system.
6089
6090 * udev will no longer create device symlinks for all block
6091 devices by default. A blacklist for excluding special block
6092 devices from this logic has been turned into a whitelist
6093 that requires picking block devices explicitly that require
6094 device symlinks.
6095
6096 * A new (currently still internal) API sd-device.h has been
6097 added to libsystemd. This modernized API is supposed to
6098 replace libudev eventually. In fact, already much of libudev
6099 is now just a wrapper around sd-device.h.
6100
6101 * A new hwdb database for storing metadata about pointing
6102 stick devices has been added.
6103
6104 * systemd-tmpfiles gained support for setting file attributes
6105 similar to the "chattr" tool with new 'h' and 'H' lines.
6106
6107 * systemd-journald will no longer unconditionally set the
6108 btrfs NOCOW flag on new journal files. This is instead done
6109 with tmpfiles snippet using the new 'h' line type. This
6110 allows easy disabling of this logic, by masking the
6111 journal-nocow.conf tmpfiles file.
6112
6113 * systemd-journald will now translate audit message types to
6114 human readable identifiers when writing them to the
6115 journal. This should improve readability of audit messages.
6116
6117 * The LUKS logic gained support for the offset= and skip=
6118 options in /etc/crypttab, as previously implemented by
6119 Debian.
6120
6121 * /usr/lib/os-release gained a new optional field VARIANT= for
6122 distributions that support multiple variants (such as a
6123 desktop edition, a server edition, ...)
6124
6125 Contributions from: Aaro Koskinen, Adam Goode, Alban Crequy,
6126 Alberto Fanjul Alonso, Alexander Sverdlin, Alex Puchades, Alin
6127 Rauta, Alison Chaiken, Andrew Jones, Arend van Spriel,
6128 Benedikt Morbach, Benjamin Franzke, Benjamin Tissoires, Blaž
6129 Tomažič, Chris Morgan, Chris Morin, Colin Walters, Cristian
6130 Rodríguez, Daniel Buch, Daniel Drake, Daniele Medri, Daniel
6131 Mack, Daniel Mustieles, daurnimator, Davide Bettio, David
6132 Herrmann, David Strauss, Didier Roche, Dimitri John Ledkov,
6133 Eric Cook, Gavin Li, Goffredo Baroncelli, Hannes Reinecke,
6134 Hans de Goede, Hans-Peter Deifel, Harald Hoyer, Iago López
6135 Galeiras, Ivan Shapovalov, Jan Engelhardt, Jan Janssen, Jan
6136 Pazdziora, Jan Synacek, Jasper St. Pierre, Jay Faulkner, John
6137 Paul Adrian Glaubitz, Jonathon Gilbert, Karel Zak, Kay
6138 Sievers, Koen Kooi, Lennart Poettering, Lubomir Rintel, Lucas
6139 De Marchi, Lukas Nykryn, Lukas Rusak, Lukasz Skalski, Łukasz
6140 Stelmach, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marc-Antoine Perennou, Marcel
6141 Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Mathieu Chevrier, Matthew Garrett,
6142 Michael Biebl, Michael Marineau, Michael Olbrich, Michal
6143 Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Mirco Tischler, Nir Soffer, Patrik
6144 Flykt, Pavel Odvody, Peter Hutterer, Peter Lemenkov, Peter
6145 Waller, Piotr Drąg, Raul Gutierrez S, Richard Maw, Ronny
6146 Chevalier, Ross Burton, Sebastian Rasmussen, Sergey Ptashnick,
6147 Seth Jennings, Shawn Landden, Simon Farnsworth, Stefan Junker,
6148 Stephen Gallagher, Susant Sahani, Sylvain Plantefève, Thomas
6149 Haller, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tobias Hunger, Tom
6150 Gundersen, Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Will
6151 Woods, Zachary Cook, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
6152
6153 — Berlin, 2015-05-22
6154
6155 CHANGES WITH 219:
6156
6157 * Introduce a new API "sd-hwdb.h" for querying the hardware
6158 metadata database. With this minimal interface one can query
6159 and enumerate the udev hwdb, decoupled from the old libudev
6160 library. libudev's interface for this is now only a wrapper
6161 around sd-hwdb. A new tool systemd-hwdb has been added to
6162 interface with and update the database.
6163
6164 * When any of systemd's tools copies files (for example due to
6165 tmpfiles' C lines) a btrfs reflink will attempted first,
6166 before bytewise copying is done.
6167
6168 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --ephemeral switch. When
6169 specified a btrfs snapshot is taken of the container's root
6170 directory, and immediately removed when the container
6171 terminates again. Thus, a container can be started whose
6172 changes never alter the container's root directory, and are
6173 lost on container termination. This switch can also be used
6174 for starting a container off the root file system of the
6175 host without affecting the host OS. This switch is only
6176 available on btrfs file systems.
6177
6178 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --template= switch. It takes the
6179 path to a container tree to use as template for the tree
6180 specified via --directory=, should that directory be
6181 missing. This allows instantiating containers dynamically,
6182 on first run. This switch is only available on btrfs file
6183 systems.
6184
6185 * When a .mount unit refers to a mount point on which multiple
6186 mounts are stacked, and the .mount unit is stopped all of
6187 the stacked mount points will now be unmounted until no
6188 mount point remains.
6189
6190 * systemd now has an explicit notion of supported and
6191 unsupported unit types. Jobs enqueued for unsupported unit
6192 types will now fail with an "unsupported" error code. More
6193 specifically .swap, .automount and .device units are not
6194 supported in containers, .busname units are not supported on
6195 non-kdbus systems. .swap and .automount are also not
6196 supported if their respective kernel compile time options
6197 are disabled.
6198
6199 * machinectl gained support for two new "copy-from" and
6200 "copy-to" commands for copying files from a running
6201 container to the host or vice versa.
6202
6203 * machinectl gained support for a new "bind" command to bind
6204 mount host directories into local containers. This is
6205 currently only supported for nspawn containers.
6206
6207 * networkd gained support for configuring bridge forwarding
6208 database entries (fdb) from .network files.
6209
6210 * A new tiny daemon "systemd-importd" has been added that can
6211 download container images in tar, raw, qcow2 or dkr formats,
6212 and make them available locally in /var/lib/machines, so
6213 that they can run as nspawn containers. The daemon can GPG
6214 verify the downloads (not supported for dkr, since it has no
6215 provisions for verifying downloads). It will transparently
6216 decompress bz2, xz, gzip compressed downloads if necessary,
6217 and restore sparse files on disk. The daemon uses privilege
6218 separation to ensure the actual download logic runs with
6219 fewer privileges than the daemon itself. machinectl has
6220 gained new commands "pull-tar", "pull-raw" and "pull-dkr" to
6221 make the functionality of importd available to the
6222 user. With this in place the Fedora and Ubuntu "Cloud"
6223 images can be downloaded and booted as containers unmodified
6224 (the Fedora images lack the appropriate GPG signature files
6225 currently, so they cannot be verified, but this will change
6226 soon, hopefully). Note that downloading images is currently
6227 only fully supported on btrfs.
6228
6229 * machinectl is now able to list container images found in
6230 /var/lib/machines, along with some metadata about sizes of
6231 disk and similar. If the directory is located on btrfs and
6232 quota is enabled, this includes quota display. A new command
6233 "image-status" has been added that shows additional
6234 information about images.
6235
6236 * machinectl is now able to clone container images
6237 efficiently, if the underlying file system (btrfs) supports
6238 it, with the new "machinectl clone" command. It also
6239 gained commands for renaming and removing images, as well as
6240 marking them read-only or read-write (supported also on
6241 legacy file systems).
6242
6243 * networkd gained support for collecting LLDP network
6244 announcements, from hardware that supports this. This is
6245 shown in networkctl output.
6246
6247 * systemd-run gained support for a new -t (--pty) switch for
6248 invoking a binary on a pty whose input and output is
6249 connected to the invoking terminal. This allows executing
6250 processes as system services while interactively
6251 communicating with them via the terminal. Most interestingly
6252 this is supported across container boundaries. Invoking
6253 "systemd-run -t /bin/bash" is an alternative to running a
6254 full login session, the difference being that the former
6255 will not register a session, nor go through the PAM session
6256 setup.
6257
6258 * tmpfiles gained support for a new "v" line type for creating
6259 btrfs subvolumes. If the underlying file system is a legacy
6260 file system, this automatically degrades to creating a
6261 normal directory. Among others /var/lib/machines is now
6262 created like this at boot, should it be missing.
6263
6264 * The directory /var/lib/containers/ has been deprecated and
6265 been replaced by /var/lib/machines. The term "machines" has
6266 been used in the systemd context as generic term for both
6267 VMs and containers, and hence appears more appropriate for
6268 this, as the directory can also contain raw images bootable
6269 via qemu/kvm.
6270
6271 * systemd-nspawn when invoked with -M but without --directory=
6272 or --image= is now capable of searching for the container
6273 root directory, subvolume or disk image automatically, in
6274 /var/lib/machines. systemd-nspawn@.service has been updated
6275 to make use of this, thus allowing it to be used for raw
6276 disk images, too.
6277
6278 * A new machines.target unit has been introduced that is
6279 supposed to group all containers/VMs invoked as services on
6280 the system. systemd-nspawn@.service has been updated to
6281 integrate with that.
6282
6283 * machinectl gained a new "start" command, for invoking a
6284 container as a service. "machinectl start foo" is mostly
6285 equivalent to "systemctl start systemd-nspawn@foo.service",
6286 but handles escaping in a nicer way.
6287
6288 * systemd-nspawn will now mount most of the cgroupfs tree
6289 read-only into each container, with the exception of the
6290 container's own subtree in the name=systemd hierarchy.
6291
6292 * journald now sets the special FS_NOCOW file flag for its
6293 journal files. This should improve performance on btrfs, by
6294 avoiding heavy fragmentation when journald's write-pattern
6295 is used on COW file systems. It degrades btrfs' data
6296 integrity guarantees for the files to the same levels as for
6297 ext3/ext4 however. This should be OK though as journald does
6298 its own data integrity checks and all its objects are
6299 checksummed on disk. Also, journald should handle btrfs disk
6300 full events a lot more gracefully now, by processing SIGBUS
6301 errors, and not relying on fallocate() anymore.
6302
6303 * When journald detects that journal files it is writing to
6304 have been deleted it will immediately start new journal
6305 files.
6306
6307 * systemd now provides a way to store file descriptors
6308 per-service in PID 1. This is useful for daemons to ensure
6309 that fds they require are not lost during a daemon
6310 restart. The fds are passed to the daemon on the next
6311 invocation in the same way socket activation fds are
6312 passed. This is now used by journald to ensure that the
6313 various sockets connected to all the system's stdout/stderr
6314 are not lost when journald is restarted. File descriptors
6315 may be stored in PID 1 via the sd_pid_notify_with_fds() API,
6316 an extension to sd_notify(). Note that a limit is enforced
6317 on the number of fds a service can store in PID 1, and it
6318 defaults to 0, so that no fds may be stored, unless this is
6319 explicitly turned on.
6320
6321 * The default TERM variable to use for units connected to a
6322 terminal, when no other value is explicitly is set is now
6323 vt220 rather than vt102. This should be fairly safe still,
6324 but allows PgUp/PgDn work.
6325
6326 * The /etc/crypttab option header= as known from Debian is now
6327 supported.
6328
6329 * "loginctl user-status" and "loginctl session-status" will
6330 now show the last 10 lines of log messages of the
6331 user/session following the status output. Similar,
6332 "machinectl status" will show the last 10 log lines
6333 associated with a virtual machine or container
6334 service. (Note that this is usually not the log messages
6335 done in the VM/container itself, but simply what the
6336 container manager logs. For nspawn this includes all console
6337 output however.)
6338
6339 * "loginctl session-status" without further argument will now
6340 show the status of the session of the caller. Similar,
6341 "lock-session", "unlock-session", "activate",
6342 "enable-linger", "disable-linger" may now be called without
6343 session/user parameter in which case they apply to the
6344 caller's session/user.
6345
6346 * An X11 session scriptlet is now shipped that uploads
6347 $DISPLAY and $XAUTHORITY into the environment of the systemd
6348 --user daemon if a session begins. This should improve
6349 compatibility with X11 enabled applications run as systemd
6350 user services.
6351
6352 * Generators are now subject to masking via /etc and /run, the
6353 same way as unit files.
6354
6355 * networkd .network files gained support for configuring
6356 per-link IPv4/IPv6 packet forwarding as well as IPv4
6357 masquerading. This is by default turned on for veth links to
6358 containers, as registered by systemd-nspawn. This means that
6359 nspawn containers run with --network-veth will now get
6360 automatic routed access to the host's networks without any
6361 further configuration or setup, as long as networkd runs on
6362 the host.
6363
6364 * systemd-nspawn gained the --port= (-p) switch to expose TCP
6365 or UDP posts of a container on the host. With this in place
6366 it is possible to run containers with private veth links
6367 (--network-veth), and have their functionality exposed on
6368 the host as if their services were running directly on the
6369 host.
6370
6371 * systemd-nspawn's --network-veth switch now gained a short
6372 version "-n", since with the changes above it is now truly
6373 useful out-of-the-box. The systemd-nspawn@.service has been
6374 updated to make use of it too by default.
6375
6376 * systemd-nspawn will now maintain a per-image R/W lock, to
6377 ensure that the same image is not started more than once
6378 writable. (It's OK to run an image multiple times
6379 simultaneously in read-only mode.)
6380
6381 * systemd-nspawn's --image= option is now capable of
6382 dissecting and booting MBR and GPT disk images that contain
6383 only a single active Linux partition. Previously it
6384 supported only GPT disk images with proper GPT type
6385 IDs. This allows running cloud images from major
6386 distributions directly with systemd-nspawn, without
6387 modification.
6388
6389 * In addition to collecting mouse dpi data in the udev
6390 hardware database, there's now support for collecting angle
6391 information for mouse scroll wheels. The database is
6392 supposed to guarantee similar scrolling behavior on mice
6393 that it knows about. There's also support for collecting
6394 information about Touchpad types.
6395
6396 * udev's input_id built-in will now also collect touch screen
6397 dimension data and attach it to probed devices.
6398
6399 * /etc/os-release gained support for a Distribution Privacy
6400 Policy link field.
6401
6402 * networkd gained support for creating "ipvlan", "gretap",
6403 "ip6gre", "ip6gretap" and "ip6tnl" network devices.
6404
6405 * systemd-tmpfiles gained support for "a" lines for setting
6406 ACLs on files.
6407
6408 * systemd-nspawn will now mount /tmp in the container to
6409 tmpfs, automatically.
6410
6411 * systemd now exposes the memory.usage_in_bytes cgroup
6412 attribute and shows it for each service in the "systemctl
6413 status" output, if available.
6414
6415 * When the user presses Ctrl-Alt-Del more than 7x within 2s an
6416 immediate reboot is triggered. This useful if shutdown is
6417 hung and is unable to complete, to expedite the
6418 operation. Note that this kind of reboot will still unmount
6419 all file systems, and hence should not result in fsck being
6420 run on next reboot.
6421
6422 * A .device unit for an optical block device will now be
6423 considered active only when a medium is in the drive. Also,
6424 mount units are now bound to their backing devices thus
6425 triggering automatic unmounting when devices become
6426 unavailable. With this in place systemd will now
6427 automatically unmount left-over mounts when a CD-ROM is
6428 ejected or an USB stick is yanked from the system.
6429
6430 * networkd-wait-online now has support for waiting for
6431 specific interfaces only (with globbing), and for giving up
6432 after a configurable timeout.
6433
6434 * networkd now exits when idle. It will be automatically
6435 restarted as soon as interfaces show up, are removed or
6436 change state. networkd will stay around as long as there is
6437 at least one DHCP state machine or similar around, that keep
6438 it non-idle.
6439
6440 * networkd may now configure IPv6 link-local addressing in
6441 addition to IPv4 link-local addressing.
6442
6443 * The IPv6 "token" for use in SLAAC may now be configured for
6444 each .network interface in networkd.
6445
6446 * Routes configured with networkd may now be assigned a scope
6447 in .network files.
6448
6449 * networkd's [Match] sections now support globbing and lists
6450 of multiple space-separated matches per item.
6451
6452 Contributions from: Alban Crequy, Alin Rauta, Andrey Chaser,
6453 Bastien Nocera, Bruno Bottazzini, Carlos Garnacho, Carlos
6454 Morata Castillo, Chris Atkinson, Chris J. Arges, Christian
6455 Kirbach, Christian Seiler, Christoph Brill, Colin Guthrie,
6456 Colin Walters, Cristian Rodríguez, Daniele Medri, Daniel Mack,
6457 Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Djalal Harouni, Erik Auerswald,
6458 Filipe Brandenburger, Frank Theile, Gabor Kelemen, Gabriel de
6459 Perthuis, Harald Hoyer, Hui Wang, Ivan Shapovalov, Jan
6460 Engelhardt, Jan Synacek, Jay Faulkner, Johannes Hölzl, Jonas
6461 Ådahl, Jonathan Boulle, Josef Andersson, Kay Sievers, Ken
6462 Werner, Lennart Poettering, Lucas De Marchi, Lukas Märdian,
6463 Lukas Nykryn, Lukasz Skalski, Luke Shumaker, Mantas Mikulėnas,
6464 Manuel Mendez, Marcel Holtmann, Marc Schmitzer, Marko
6465 Myllynen, Martin Pitt, Maxim Mikityanskiy, Michael Biebl,
6466 Michael Marineau, Michael Olbrich, Michal Schmidt, Mindaugas
6467 Baranauskas, Moez Bouhlel, Naveen Kumar, Patrik Flykt, Paul
6468 Martin, Peter Hutterer, Peter Mattern, Philippe De Swert,
6469 Piotr Drąg, Rafael Ferreira, Rami Rosen, Robert Milasan, Ronny
6470 Chevalier, Sangjung Woo, Sebastien Bacher, Sergey Ptashnick,
6471 Shawn Landden, Stéphane Graber, Susant Sahani, Sylvain
6472 Plantefève, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tim JP, Tom
6473 Gundersen, Topi Miettinen, Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar
6474 Lindskog, Veres Lajos, Vincent Batts, WaLyong Cho, Wieland
6475 Hoffmann, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
6476
6477 — Berlin, 2015-02-16
6478
6479 CHANGES WITH 218:
6480
6481 * When querying unit file enablement status (for example via
6482 "systemctl is-enabled"), a new state "indirect" is now known
6483 which indicates that a unit might not be enabled itself, but
6484 another unit listed in its Also= setting might be.
6485
6486 * Similar to the various existing ConditionXYZ= settings for
6487 units, there are now matching AssertXYZ= settings. While
6488 failing conditions cause a unit to be skipped, but its job
6489 to succeed, failing assertions declared like this will cause
6490 a unit start operation and its job to fail.
6491
6492 * hostnamed now knows a new chassis type "embedded".
6493
6494 * systemctl gained a new "edit" command. When used on a unit
6495 file, this allows extending unit files with .d/ drop-in
6496 configuration snippets or editing the full file (after
6497 copying it from /usr/lib to /etc). This will invoke the
6498 user's editor (as configured with $EDITOR), and reload the
6499 modified configuration after editing.
6500
6501 * "systemctl status" now shows the suggested enablement state
6502 for a unit, as declared in the (usually vendor-supplied)
6503 system preset files.
6504
6505 * nss-myhostname will now resolve the single-label hostname
6506 "gateway" to the locally configured default IP routing
6507 gateways, ordered by their metrics. This assigns a stable
6508 name to the used gateways, regardless which ones are
6509 currently configured. Note that the name will only be
6510 resolved after all other name sources (if nss-myhostname is
6511 configured properly) and should hence not negatively impact
6512 systems that use the single-label hostname "gateway" in
6513 other contexts.
6514
6515 * systemd-inhibit now allows filtering by mode when listing
6516 inhibitors.
6517
6518 * Scope and service units gained a new "Delegate" boolean
6519 property, which, when set, allows processes running inside the
6520 unit to further partition resources. This is primarily
6521 useful for systemd user instances as well as container
6522 managers.
6523
6524 * journald will now pick up audit messages directly from
6525 the kernel, and log them like any other log message. The
6526 audit fields are split up and fully indexed. This means that
6527 journalctl in many ways is now a (nicer!) alternative to
6528 ausearch, the traditional audit client. Note that this
6529 implements only a minimal audit client. If you want the
6530 special audit modes like reboot-on-log-overflow, please use
6531 the traditional auditd instead, which can be used in
6532 parallel to journald.
6533
6534 * The ConditionSecurity= unit file option now understands the
6535 special string "audit" to check whether auditing is
6536 available.
6537
6538 * journalctl gained two new commands --vacuum-size= and
6539 --vacuum-time= to delete old journal files until the
6540 remaining ones take up no more than the specified size on disk,
6541 or are not older than the specified time.
6542
6543 * A new, native PPPoE library has been added to sd-network,
6544 systemd's library of light-weight networking protocols. This
6545 library will be used in a future version of networkd to
6546 enable PPPoE communication without an external pppd daemon.
6547
6548 * The busctl tool now understands a new "capture" verb that
6549 works similar to "monitor", but writes a packet capture
6550 trace to STDOUT that can be redirected to a file which is
6551 compatible with libcap's capture file format. This can then
6552 be loaded in Wireshark and similar tools to inspect bus
6553 communication.
6554
6555 * The busctl tool now understands a new "tree" verb that shows
6556 the object trees of a specific service on the bus, or of all
6557 services.
6558
6559 * The busctl tool now understands a new "introspect" verb that
6560 shows all interfaces and members of objects on the bus,
6561 including their signature and values. This is particularly
6562 useful to get more information about bus objects shown by
6563 the new "busctl tree" command.
6564
6565 * The busctl tool now understands new verbs "call",
6566 "set-property" and "get-property" for invoking bus method
6567 calls, setting and getting bus object properties in a
6568 friendly way.
6569
6570 * busctl gained a new --augment-creds= argument that controls
6571 whether the tool shall augment credential information it
6572 gets from the bus with data from /proc, in a possibly
6573 race-ful way.
6574
6575 * nspawn's --link-journal= switch gained two new values
6576 "try-guest" and "try-host" that work like "guest" and
6577 "host", but do not fail if the host has no persistent
6578 journalling enabled. -j is now equivalent to
6579 --link-journal=try-guest.
6580
6581 * macvlan network devices created by nspawn will now have
6582 stable MAC addresses.
6583
6584 * A new SmackProcessLabel= unit setting has been added, which
6585 controls the SMACK security label processes forked off by
6586 the respective unit shall use.
6587
6588 * If compiled with --enable-xkbcommon, systemd-localed will
6589 verify x11 keymap settings by compiling the given keymap. It
6590 will spew out warnings if the compilation fails. This
6591 requires libxkbcommon to be installed.
6592
6593 * When a coredump is collected, a larger number of metadata
6594 fields is now collected and included in the journal records
6595 created for it. More specifically, control group membership,
6596 environment variables, memory maps, working directory,
6597 chroot directory, /proc/$PID/status, and a list of open file
6598 descriptors is now stored in the log entry.
6599
6600 * The udev hwdb now contains DPI information for mice. For
6601 details see:
6602
6603 http://who-t.blogspot.de/2014/12/building-a-dpi-database-for-mice.html
6604
6605 * All systemd programs that read standalone configuration
6606 files in /etc now also support a corresponding series of
6607 .conf.d configuration directories in /etc/, /run/,
6608 /usr/local/lib/, /usr/lib/, and (if configured with
6609 --enable-split-usr) /lib/. In particular, the following
6610 configuration files now have corresponding configuration
6611 directories: system.conf user.conf, logind.conf,
6612 journald.conf, sleep.conf, bootchart.conf, coredump.conf,
6613 resolved.conf, timesyncd.conf, journal-remote.conf, and
6614 journal-upload.conf. Note that distributions should use the
6615 configuration directories in /usr/lib/; the directories in
6616 /etc/ are reserved for the system administrator.
6617
6618 * systemd-rfkill will no longer take the rfkill device name
6619 into account when storing rfkill state on disk, as the name
6620 might be dynamically assigned and not stable. Instead, the
6621 ID_PATH udev variable combined with the rfkill type (wlan,
6622 bluetooth, ...) is used.
6623
6624 * A new service systemd-machine-id-commit.service has been
6625 added. When used on systems where /etc is read-only during
6626 boot, and /etc/machine-id is not initialized (but an empty
6627 file), this service will copy the temporary machine ID
6628 created as replacement into /etc after the system is fully
6629 booted up. This is useful for systems that are freshly
6630 installed with a non-initialized machine ID, but should get
6631 a fixed machine ID for subsequent boots.
6632
6633 * networkd's .netdev files now provide a large set of
6634 configuration parameters for VXLAN devices. Similarly, the
6635 bridge port cost parameter is now configurable in .network
6636 files. There's also new support for configuring IP source
6637 routing. networkd .link files gained support for a new
6638 OriginalName= match that is useful to match against the
6639 original interface name the kernel assigned. .network files
6640 may include MTU= and MACAddress= fields for altering the MTU
6641 and MAC address while being connected to a specific network
6642 interface.
6643
6644 * The LUKS logic gained supported for configuring
6645 UUID-specific key files. There's also new support for naming
6646 LUKS device from the kernel command line, using the new
6647 luks.name= argument.
6648
6649 * Timer units may now be transiently created via the bus API
6650 (this was previously already available for scope and service
6651 units). In addition it is now possible to create multiple
6652 transient units at the same time with a single bus call. The
6653 "systemd-run" tool has been updated to make use of this for
6654 running commands on a specified time, in at(1)-style.
6655
6656 * tmpfiles gained support for "t" lines, for assigning
6657 extended attributes to files. Among other uses this may be
6658 used to assign SMACK labels to files.
6659
6660 Contributions from: Alin Rauta, Alison Chaiken, Andrej
6661 Manduch, Bastien Nocera, Chris Atkinson, Chris Leech, Chris
6662 Mayo, Colin Guthrie, Colin Walters, Cristian Rodríguez,
6663 Daniele Medri, Daniel Mack, Dan Williams, Dan Winship, Dave
6664 Reisner, David Herrmann, Didier Roche, Felipe Sateler, Gavin
6665 Li, Hans de Goede, Harald Hoyer, Iago López Galeiras, Ivan
6666 Shapovalov, Jakub Filak, Jan Janssen, Jan Synacek, Joe
6667 Lawrence, Josh Triplett, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering,
6668 Lukas Nykryn, Łukasz Stelmach, Maciej Wereski, Mantas
6669 Mikulėnas, Marcel Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Maurizio Lombardi,
6670 Michael Biebl, Michael Chapman, Michael Marineau, Michal
6671 Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Olivier Brunel, Patrik Flykt, Peter
6672 Hutterer, Przemyslaw Kedzierski, Rami Rosen, Ray Strode,
6673 Richard Schütz, Richard W.M. Jones, Ronny Chevalier, Ross
6674 Lagerwall, Sean Young, Stanisław Pitucha, Susant Sahani,
6675 Thomas Haller, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen,
6676 Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Vicente Olivert
6677 Riera, WaLyong Cho, Wesley Dawson, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
6678
6679 — Berlin, 2014-12-10
6680
6681 CHANGES WITH 217:
6682
6683 * journalctl gained the new options -t/--identifier= to match
6684 on the syslog identifier (aka "tag"), as well as --utc to
6685 show log timestamps in the UTC timezone. journalctl now also
6686 accepts -n/--lines=all to disable line capping in a pager.
6687
6688 * journalctl gained a new switch, --flush, that synchronously
6689 flushes logs from /run/log/journal to /var/log/journal if
6690 persistent storage is enabled. systemd-journal-flush.service
6691 now waits until the operation is complete.
6692
6693 * Services can notify the manager before they start a reload
6694 (by sending RELOADING=1) or shutdown (by sending
6695 STOPPING=1). This allows the manager to track and show the
6696 internal state of daemons and closes a race condition when
6697 the process is still running but has closed its D-Bus
6698 connection.
6699
6700 * Services with Type=oneshot do not have to have any ExecStart
6701 commands anymore.
6702
6703 * User units are now loaded also from
6704 $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR/systemd/user/. This is similar to the
6705 /run/systemd/user directory that was already previously
6706 supported, but is under the control of the user.
6707
6708 * Job timeouts (i.e. timeouts on the time a job that is
6709 queued stays in the run queue) can now optionally result in
6710 immediate reboot or power-off actions (JobTimeoutAction= and
6711 JobTimeoutRebootArgument=). This is useful on ".target"
6712 units, to limit the maximum time a target remains
6713 undispatched in the run queue, and to trigger an emergency
6714 operation in such a case. This is now used by default to
6715 turn off the system if boot-up (as defined by everything in
6716 basic.target) hangs and does not complete for at least
6717 15min. Also, if power-off or reboot hang for at least 30min
6718 an immediate power-off/reboot operation is triggered. This
6719 functionality is particularly useful to increase reliability
6720 on embedded devices, but also on laptops which might
6721 accidentally get powered on when carried in a backpack and
6722 whose boot stays stuck in a hard disk encryption passphrase
6723 question.
6724
6725 * systemd-logind can be configured to also handle lid switch
6726 events even when the machine is docked or multiple displays
6727 are attached (HandleLidSwitchDocked= option).
6728
6729 * A helper binary and a service have been added which can be
6730 used to resume from hibernation in the initramfs. A
6731 generator will parse the resume= option on the kernel
6732 command line to trigger resume.
6733
6734 * A user console daemon systemd-consoled has been
6735 added. Currently, it is a preview, and will so far open a
6736 single terminal on each session of the user marked as
6737 Desktop=systemd-console.
6738
6739 * Route metrics can be specified for DHCP routes added by
6740 systemd-networkd.
6741
6742 * The SELinux context of socket-activated services can be set
6743 from the information provided by the networking stack
6744 (SELinuxContextFromNet= option).
6745
6746 * Userspace firmware loading support has been removed and
6747 the minimum supported kernel version is thus bumped to 3.7.
6748
6749 * Timeout for udev workers has been increased from 1 to 3
6750 minutes, but a warning will be printed after 1 minute to
6751 help diagnose kernel modules that take a long time to load.
6752
6753 * Udev rules can now remove tags on devices with TAG-="foobar".
6754
6755 * systemd's readahead implementation has been removed. In many
6756 circumstances it didn't give expected benefits even for
6757 rotational disk drives and was becoming less relevant in the
6758 age of SSDs. As none of the developers has been using
6759 rotating media anymore, and nobody stepped up to actively
6760 maintain this component of systemd it has now been removed.
6761
6762 * Swap units can use Options= to specify discard options.
6763 Discard options specified for swaps in /etc/fstab are now
6764 respected.
6765
6766 * Docker containers are now detected as a separate type of
6767 virtualization.
6768
6769 * The Password Agent protocol gained support for queries where
6770 the user input is shown, useful e.g. for user names.
6771 systemd-ask-password gained a new --echo option to turn that
6772 on.
6773
6774 * The default sysctl.d/ snippets will now set:
6775
6776 net.core.default_qdisc = fq_codel
6777
6778 This selects Fair Queuing Controlled Delay as the default
6779 queuing discipline for network interfaces. fq_codel helps
6780 fight the network bufferbloat problem. It is believed to be
6781 a good default with no tuning required for most workloads.
6782 Downstream distributions may override this choice. On 10Gbit
6783 servers that do not do forwarding, "fq" may perform better.
6784 Systems without a good clocksource should use "pfifo_fast".
6785
6786 * If kdbus is enabled during build a new option BusPolicy= is
6787 available for service units, that allows locking all service
6788 processes into a stricter bus policy, in order to limit
6789 access to various bus services, or even hide most of them
6790 from the service's view entirely.
6791
6792 * networkctl will now show the .network and .link file
6793 networkd has applied to a specific interface.
6794
6795 * sd-login gained a new API call sd_session_get_desktop() to
6796 query which desktop environment has been selected for a
6797 session.
6798
6799 * UNIX utmp support is now compile-time optional to support
6800 legacy-free systems.
6801
6802 * systemctl gained two new commands "add-wants" and
6803 "add-requires" for pulling in units from specific targets
6804 easily.
6805
6806 * If the word "rescue" is specified on the kernel command line
6807 the system will now boot into rescue mode (aka
6808 rescue.target), which was previously available only by
6809 specifying "1" or "systemd.unit=rescue.target" on the kernel
6810 command line. This new kernel command line option nicely
6811 mirrors the already existing "emergency" kernel command line
6812 option.
6813
6814 * New kernel command line options mount.usr=, mount.usrflags=,
6815 mount.usrfstype= have been added that match root=, rootflags=,
6816 rootfstype= but allow mounting a specific file system to
6817 /usr.
6818
6819 * The $NOTIFY_SOCKET is now also passed to control processes of
6820 services, not only the main process.
6821
6822 * This version reenables support for fsck's -l switch. This
6823 means at least version v2.25 of util-linux is required for
6824 operation, otherwise dead-locks on device nodes may
6825 occur. Again: you need to update util-linux to at least
6826 v2.25 when updating systemd to v217.
6827
6828 * The "multi-seat-x" tool has been removed from systemd, as
6829 its functionality has been integrated into X servers 1.16,
6830 and the tool is hence redundant. It is recommended to update
6831 display managers invoking this tool to simply invoke X
6832 directly from now on, again.
6833
6834 * Support for the new ALLOW_INTERACTIVE_AUTHORIZATION D-Bus
6835 message flag has been added for all of systemd's polkit
6836 authenticated method calls has been added. In particular this
6837 now allows optional interactive authorization via polkit for
6838 many of PID1's privileged operations such as unit file
6839 enabling and disabling.
6840
6841 * "udevadm hwdb --update" learnt a new switch "--usr" for
6842 placing the rebuilt hardware database in /usr instead of
6843 /etc. When used only hardware database entries stored in
6844 /usr will be used, and any user database entries in /etc are
6845 ignored. This functionality is useful for vendors to ship a
6846 pre-built database on systems where local configuration is
6847 unnecessary or unlikely.
6848
6849 * Calendar time specifications in .timer units now also
6850 understand the strings "semi-annually", "quarterly" and
6851 "minutely" as shortcuts (in addition to the preexisting
6852 "annually", "hourly", ...).
6853
6854 * systemd-tmpfiles will now correctly create files in /dev
6855 at boot which are marked for creation only at boot. It is
6856 recommended to always create static device nodes with 'c!'
6857 and 'b!', so that they are created only at boot and not
6858 overwritten at runtime.
6859
6860 * When the watchdog logic is used for a service (WatchdogSec=)
6861 and the watchdog timeout is hit the service will now be
6862 terminated with SIGABRT (instead of just SIGTERM), in order
6863 to make sure a proper coredump and backtrace is
6864 generated. This ensures that hanging services will result in
6865 similar coredump/backtrace behaviour as services that hit a
6866 segmentation fault.
6867
6868 Contributions from: Andreas Henriksson, Andrei Borzenkov,
6869 Angus Gibson, Ansgar Burchardt, Ben Wolsieffer, Brandon L.
6870 Black, Christian Hesse, Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Buch,
6871 Daniele Medri, Daniel Mack, Dan Williams, Dave Reisner, David
6872 Herrmann, David Sommerseth, David Strauss, Emil Renner
6873 Berthing, Eric Cook, Evangelos Foutras, Filipe Brandenburger,
6874 Gustavo Sverzut Barbieri, Hans de Goede, Harald Hoyer, Hristo
6875 Venev, Hugo Grostabussiat, Ivan Shapovalov, Jan Janssen, Jan
6876 Synacek, Jonathan Liu, Juho Son, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers, Klaus
6877 Purer, Koen Kooi, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Lukasz
6878 Skalski, Łukasz Stelmach, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel Holtmann,
6879 Marius Tessmann, Marko Myllynen, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl,
6880 Michael Marineau, Michael Olbrich, Michael Scherer, Michal
6881 Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Miroslav Lichvar, Patrik Flykt,
6882 Philippe De Swert, Piotr Drąg, Rahul Sundaram, Richard
6883 Weinberger, Robert Milasan, Ronny Chevalier, Ruben Kerkhof,
6884 Santiago Vila, Sergey Ptashnick, Simon McVittie, Sjoerd
6885 Simons, Stefan Brüns, Steven Allen, Steven Noonan, Susant
6886 Sahani, Sylvain Plantefève, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen,
6887 Timofey Titovets, Tobias Hunger, Tom Gundersen, Torstein
6888 Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, WaLyong Cho, Zbigniew
6889 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
6890
6891 — Berlin, 2014-10-28
6892
6893 CHANGES WITH 216:
6894
6895 * timedated no longer reads NTP implementation unit names from
6896 /usr/lib/systemd/ntp-units.d/*.list. Alternative NTP
6897 implementations should add a
6898
6899 Conflicts=systemd-timesyncd.service
6900
6901 to their unit files to take over and replace systemd's NTP
6902 default functionality.
6903
6904 * systemd-sysusers gained a new line type "r" for configuring
6905 which UID/GID ranges to allocate system users/groups
6906 from. Lines of type "u" may now add an additional column
6907 that specifies the home directory for the system user to be
6908 created. Also, systemd-sysusers may now optionally read user
6909 information from STDIN instead of a file. This is useful for
6910 invoking it from RPM preinst scriptlets that need to create
6911 users before the first RPM file is installed since these
6912 files might need to be owned by them. A new
6913 %sysusers_create_inline RPM macro has been introduced to do
6914 just that. systemd-sysusers now updates the shadow files as
6915 well as the user/group databases, which should enhance
6916 compatibility with certain tools like grpck.
6917
6918 * A number of bus APIs of PID 1 now optionally consult polkit to
6919 permit access for otherwise unprivileged clients under certain
6920 conditions. Note that this currently doesn't support
6921 interactive authentication yet, but this is expected to be
6922 added eventually, too.
6923
6924 * /etc/machine-info now has new fields for configuring the
6925 deployment environment of the machine, as well as the
6926 location of the machine. hostnamectl has been updated with
6927 new command to update these fields.
6928
6929 * systemd-timesyncd has been updated to automatically acquire
6930 NTP server information from systemd-networkd, which might
6931 have been discovered via DHCP.
6932
6933 * systemd-resolved now includes a caching DNS stub resolver
6934 and a complete LLMNR name resolution implementation. A new
6935 NSS module "nss-resolve" has been added which can be used
6936 instead of glibc's own "nss-dns" to resolve hostnames via
6937 systemd-resolved. Hostnames, addresses and arbitrary RRs may
6938 be resolved via systemd-resolved D-Bus APIs. In contrast to
6939 the glibc internal resolver systemd-resolved is aware of
6940 multi-homed system, and keeps DNS server and caches separate
6941 and per-interface. Queries are sent simultaneously on all
6942 interfaces that have DNS servers configured, in order to
6943 properly handle VPNs and local LANs which might resolve
6944 separate sets of domain names. systemd-resolved may acquire
6945 DNS server information from systemd-networkd automatically,
6946 which in turn might have discovered them via DHCP. A tool
6947 "systemd-resolve-host" has been added that may be used to
6948 query the DNS logic in resolved. systemd-resolved implements
6949 IDNA and automatically uses IDNA or UTF-8 encoding depending
6950 on whether classic DNS or LLMNR is used as transport. In the
6951 next releases we intend to add a DNSSEC and mDNS/DNS-SD
6952 implementation to systemd-resolved.
6953
6954 * A new NSS module nss-mymachines has been added, that
6955 automatically resolves the names of all local registered
6956 containers to their respective IP addresses.
6957
6958 * A new client tool "networkctl" for systemd-networkd has been
6959 added. It currently is entirely passive and will query
6960 networking configuration from udev, rtnetlink and networkd,
6961 and present it to the user in a very friendly
6962 way. Eventually, we hope to extend it to become a full
6963 control utility for networkd.
6964
6965 * .socket units gained a new DeferAcceptSec= setting that
6966 controls the kernels' TCP_DEFER_ACCEPT sockopt for
6967 TCP. Similarly, support for controlling TCP keep-alive
6968 settings has been added (KeepAliveTimeSec=,
6969 KeepAliveIntervalSec=, KeepAliveProbes=). Also, support for
6970 turning off Nagle's algorithm on TCP has been added
6971 (NoDelay=).
6972
6973 * logind learned a new session type "web", for use in projects
6974 like Cockpit which register web clients as PAM sessions.
6975
6976 * timer units with at least one OnCalendar= setting will now
6977 be started only after time-sync.target has been
6978 reached. This way they will not elapse before the system
6979 clock has been corrected by a local NTP client or
6980 similar. This is particular useful on RTC-less embedded
6981 machines, that come up with an invalid system clock.
6982
6983 * systemd-nspawn's --network-veth= switch should now result in
6984 stable MAC addresses for both the outer and the inner side
6985 of the link.
6986
6987 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --volatile= switch for running
6988 container instances with /etc or /var unpopulated.
6989
6990 * The kdbus client code has been updated to use the new Linux
6991 3.17 memfd subsystem instead of the old kdbus-specific one.
6992
6993 * systemd-networkd's DHCP client and server now support
6994 FORCERENEW. There are also new configuration options to
6995 configure the vendor client identifier and broadcast mode
6996 for DHCP.
6997
6998 * systemd will no longer inform the kernel about the current
6999 timezone, as this is necessarily incorrect and racy as the
7000 kernel has no understanding of DST and similar
7001 concepts. This hence means FAT timestamps will be always
7002 considered UTC, similar to what Android is already
7003 doing. Also, when the RTC is configured to the local time
7004 (rather than UTC) systemd will never synchronize back to it,
7005 as this might confuse Windows at a later boot.
7006
7007 * systemd-analyze gained a new command "verify" for offline
7008 validation of unit files.
7009
7010 * systemd-networkd gained support for a couple of additional
7011 settings for bonding networking setups. Also, the metric for
7012 statically configured routes may now be configured. For
7013 network interfaces where this is appropriate the peer IP
7014 address may now be configured.
7015
7016 * systemd-networkd's DHCP client will no longer request
7017 broadcasting by default, as this tripped up some networks.
7018 For hardware where broadcast is required the feature should
7019 be switched back on using RequestBroadcast=yes.
7020
7021 * systemd-networkd will now set up IPv4LL addresses (when
7022 enabled) even if DHCP is configured successfully.
7023
7024 * udev will now default to respect network device names given
7025 by the kernel when the kernel indicates that these are
7026 predictable. This behavior can be tweaked by changing
7027 NamePolicy= in the relevant .link file.
7028
7029 * A new library systemd-terminal has been added that
7030 implements full TTY stream parsing and rendering. This
7031 library is supposed to be used later on for implementing a
7032 full userspace VT subsystem, replacing the current kernel
7033 implementation.
7034
7035 * A new tool systemd-journal-upload has been added to push
7036 journal data to a remote system running
7037 systemd-journal-remote.
7038
7039 * journald will no longer forward all local data to another
7040 running syslog daemon. This change has been made because
7041 rsyslog (which appears to be the most commonly used syslog
7042 implementation these days) no longer makes use of this, and
7043 instead pulls the data out of the journal on its own. Since
7044 forwarding the messages to a non-existent syslog server is
7045 more expensive than we assumed we have now turned this
7046 off. If you run a syslog server that is not a recent rsyslog
7047 version, you have to turn this option on again
7048 (ForwardToSyslog= in journald.conf).
7049
7050 * journald now optionally supports the LZ4 compressor for
7051 larger journal fields. This compressor should perform much
7052 better than XZ which was the previous default.
7053
7054 * machinectl now shows the IP addresses of local containers,
7055 if it knows them, plus the interface name of the container.
7056
7057 * A new tool "systemd-escape" has been added that makes it
7058 easy to escape strings to build unit names and similar.
7059
7060 * sd_notify() messages may now include a new ERRNO= field
7061 which is parsed and collected by systemd and shown among the
7062 "systemctl status" output for a service.
7063
7064 * A new component "systemd-firstboot" has been added that
7065 queries the most basic systemd information (timezone,
7066 hostname, root password) interactively on first
7067 boot. Alternatively it may also be used to provision these
7068 things offline on OS images installed into directories.
7069
7070 * The default sysctl.d/ snippets will now set
7071
7072 net.ipv4.conf.default.promote_secondaries=1
7073
7074 This has the benefit of no flushing secondary IP addresses
7075 when primary addresses are removed.
7076
7077 Contributions from: Ansgar Burchardt, Bastien Nocera, Colin
7078 Walters, Dan Dedrick, Daniel Buch, Daniel Korostil, Daniel
7079 Mack, Dan Williams, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Denis
7080 Kenzior, Eelco Dolstra, Eric Cook, Hannes Reinecke, Harald
7081 Hoyer, Hong Shick Pak, Hui Wang, Jean-André Santoni, Jóhann
7082 B. Guðmundsson, Jon Severinsson, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers, Kevin
7083 Wells, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas,
7084 Marc-Antoine Perennou, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael
7085 Marineau, Michael Olbrich, Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar,
7086 Miguel Angel Ajo, Mike Gilbert, Olivier Brunel, Robert
7087 Schiele, Ronny Chevalier, Simon McVittie, Sjoerd Simons, Stef
7088 Walter, Steven Noonan, Susant Sahani, Tanu Kaskinen, Thomas
7089 Blume, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Timofey Titovets,
7090 Tobias Geerinckx-Rice, Tomasz Torcz, Tom Gundersen, Umut
7091 Tezduyar Lindskog, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
7092
7093 — Berlin, 2014-08-19
7094
7095 CHANGES WITH 215:
7096
7097 * A new tool systemd-sysusers has been added. This tool
7098 creates system users and groups in /etc/passwd and
7099 /etc/group, based on static declarative system user/group
7100 definitions in /usr/lib/sysusers.d/. This is useful to
7101 enable factory resets and volatile systems that boot up with
7102 an empty /etc directory, and thus need system users and
7103 groups created during early boot. systemd now also ships
7104 with two default sysusers.d/ files for the most basic
7105 users and groups systemd and the core operating system
7106 require.
7107
7108 * A new tmpfiles snippet has been added that rebuilds the
7109 essential files in /etc on boot, should they be missing.
7110
7111 * A directive for ensuring automatic clean-up of
7112 /var/cache/man/ has been removed from the default
7113 configuration. This line should now be shipped by the man
7114 implementation. The necessary change has been made to the
7115 man-db implementation. Note that you need to update your man
7116 implementation to one that ships this line, otherwise no
7117 automatic clean-up of /var/cache/man will take place.
7118
7119 * A new condition ConditionNeedsUpdate= has been added that
7120 may conditionalize services to only run when /etc or /var
7121 are "older" than the vendor operating system resources in
7122 /usr. This is useful for reconstructing or updating /etc
7123 after an offline update of /usr or a factory reset, on the
7124 next reboot. Services that want to run once after such an
7125 update or reset should use this condition and order
7126 themselves before the new systemd-update-done.service, which
7127 will mark the two directories as fully updated. A number of
7128 service files have been added making use of this, to rebuild
7129 the udev hardware database, the journald message catalog and
7130 dynamic loader cache (ldconfig). The systemd-sysusers tool
7131 described above also makes use of this now. With this in
7132 place it is now possible to start up a minimal operating
7133 system with /etc empty cleanly. For more information on the
7134 concepts involved see this recent blog story:
7135
7136 http://0pointer.de/blog/projects/stateless.html
7137
7138 * A new system group "input" has been introduced, and all
7139 input device nodes get this group assigned. This is useful
7140 for system-level software to get access to input devices. It
7141 complements what is already done for "audio" and "video".
7142
7143 * systemd-networkd learnt minimal DHCPv4 server support in
7144 addition to the existing DHCPv4 client support. It also
7145 learnt DHCPv6 client and IPv6 Router Solicitation client
7146 support. The DHCPv4 client gained support for static routes
7147 passed in from the server. Note that the [DHCPv4] section
7148 known in older systemd-networkd versions has been renamed to
7149 [DHCP] and is now also used by the DHCPv6 client. Existing
7150 .network files using settings of this section should be
7151 updated, though compatibility is maintained. Optionally, the
7152 client hostname may now be sent to the DHCP server.
7153
7154 * networkd gained support for vxlan virtual networks as well
7155 as tun/tap and dummy devices.
7156
7157 * networkd gained support for automatic allocation of address
7158 ranges for interfaces from a system-wide pool of
7159 addresses. This is useful for dynamically managing a large
7160 number of interfaces with a single network configuration
7161 file. In particular this is useful to easily assign
7162 appropriate IP addresses to the veth links of a large number
7163 of nspawn instances.
7164
7165 * RPM macros for processing sysusers, sysctl and binfmt
7166 drop-in snippets at package installation time have been
7167 added.
7168
7169 * The /etc/os-release file should now be placed in
7170 /usr/lib/os-release. The old location is automatically
7171 created as symlink. /usr/lib is the more appropriate
7172 location of this file, since it shall actually describe the
7173 vendor operating system shipped in /usr, and not the
7174 configuration stored in /etc.
7175
7176 * .mount units gained a new boolean SloppyOptions= setting
7177 that maps to mount(8)'s -s option which enables permissive
7178 parsing of unknown mount options.
7179
7180 * tmpfiles learnt a new "L+" directive which creates a symlink
7181 but (unlike "L") deletes a pre-existing file first, should
7182 it already exist and not already be the correct
7183 symlink. Similarly, "b+", "c+" and "p+" directives have been
7184 added as well, which create block and character devices, as
7185 well as fifos in the filesystem, possibly removing any
7186 pre-existing files of different types.
7187
7188 * For tmpfiles' "L", "L+", "C" and "C+" directives the final
7189 'argument' field (which so far specified the source to
7190 symlink/copy the files from) is now optional. If omitted the
7191 same file os copied from /usr/share/factory/ suffixed by the
7192 full destination path. This is useful for populating /etc
7193 with essential files, by copying them from vendor defaults
7194 shipped in /usr/share/factory/etc.
7195
7196 * A new command "systemctl preset-all" has been added that
7197 applies the service preset settings to all installed unit
7198 files. A new switch --preset-mode= has been added that
7199 controls whether only enable or only disable operations
7200 shall be executed.
7201
7202 * A new command "systemctl is-system-running" has been added
7203 that allows checking the overall state of the system, for
7204 example whether it is fully up and running.
7205
7206 * When the system boots up with an empty /etc, the equivalent
7207 to "systemctl preset-all" is executed during early boot, to
7208 make sure all default services are enabled after a factory
7209 reset.
7210
7211 * systemd now contains a minimal preset file that enables the
7212 most basic services systemd ships by default.
7213
7214 * Unit files' [Install] section gained a new DefaultInstance=
7215 field for defining the default instance to create if a
7216 template unit is enabled with no instance specified.
7217
7218 * A new passive target cryptsetup-pre.target has been added
7219 that may be used by services that need to make they run and
7220 finish before the first LUKS cryptographic device is set up.
7221
7222 * The /dev/loop-control and /dev/btrfs-control device nodes
7223 are now owned by the "disk" group by default, opening up
7224 access to this group.
7225
7226 * systemd-coredump will now automatically generate a
7227 stack trace of all core dumps taking place on the system,
7228 based on elfutils' libdw library. This stack trace is logged
7229 to the journal.
7230
7231 * systemd-coredump may now optionally store coredumps directly
7232 on disk (in /var/lib/systemd/coredump, possibly compressed),
7233 instead of storing them unconditionally in the journal. This
7234 mode is the new default. A new configuration file
7235 /etc/systemd/coredump.conf has been added to configure this
7236 and other parameters of systemd-coredump.
7237
7238 * coredumpctl gained a new "info" verb to show details about a
7239 specific coredump. A new switch "-1" has also been added
7240 that makes sure to only show information about the most
7241 recent entry instead of all entries. Also, as the tool is
7242 generally useful now the "systemd-" prefix of the binary
7243 name has been removed. Distributions that want to maintain
7244 compatibility with the old name should add a symlink from
7245 the old name to the new name.
7246
7247 * journald's SplitMode= now defaults to "uid". This makes sure
7248 that unprivileged users can access their own coredumps with
7249 coredumpctl without restrictions.
7250
7251 * New kernel command line options "systemd.wants=" (for
7252 pulling an additional unit during boot), "systemd.mask="
7253 (for masking a specific unit for the boot), and
7254 "systemd.debug-shell" (for enabling the debug shell on tty9)
7255 have been added. This is implemented in the new generator
7256 "systemd-debug-generator".
7257
7258 * systemd-nspawn will now by default filter a couple of
7259 syscalls for containers, among them those required for
7260 kernel module loading, direct x86 IO port access, swap
7261 management, and kexec. Most importantly though
7262 open_by_handle_at() is now prohibited for containers,
7263 closing a hole similar to a recently discussed vulnerability
7264 in docker regarding access to files on file hierarchies the
7265 container should normally not have access to. Note that, for
7266 nspawn, we generally make no security claims anyway (and
7267 this is explicitly documented in the man page), so this is
7268 just a fix for one of the most obvious problems.
7269
7270 * A new man page file-hierarchy(7) has been added that
7271 contains a minimized, modernized version of the file system
7272 layout systemd expects, similar in style to the FHS
7273 specification or hier(5). A new tool systemd-path(1) has
7274 been added to query many of these paths for the local
7275 machine and user.
7276
7277 * Automatic time-based clean-up of $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR is no
7278 longer done. Since the directory now has a per-user size
7279 limit, and is cleaned on logout this appears unnecessary,
7280 in particular since this now brings the lifecycle of this
7281 directory closer in line with how IPC objects are handled.
7282
7283 * systemd.pc now exports a number of additional directories,
7284 including $libdir (which is useful to identify the library
7285 path for the primary architecture of the system), and a
7286 couple of drop-in directories.
7287
7288 * udev's predictable network interface names now use the dev_port
7289 sysfs attribute, introduced in linux 3.15 instead of dev_id to
7290 distinguish between ports of the same PCI function. dev_id should
7291 only be used for ports using the same HW address, hence the need
7292 for dev_port.
7293
7294 * machined has been updated to export the OS version of a
7295 container (read from /etc/os-release and
7296 /usr/lib/os-release) on the bus. This is now shown in
7297 "machinectl status" for a machine.
7298
7299 * A new service setting RestartForceExitStatus= has been
7300 added. If configured to a set of exit signals or process
7301 return values, the service will be restarted when the main
7302 daemon process exits with any of them, regardless of the
7303 Restart= setting.
7304
7305 * systemctl's -H switch for connecting to remote systemd
7306 machines has been extended so that it may be used to
7307 directly connect to a specific container on the
7308 host. "systemctl -H root@foobar:waldi" will now connect as
7309 user "root" to host "foobar", and then proceed directly to
7310 the container named "waldi". Note that currently you have to
7311 authenticate as user "root" for this to work, as entering
7312 containers is a privileged operation.
7313
7314 Contributions from: Andreas Henriksson, Benjamin Steinwender,
7315 Carl Schaefer, Christian Hesse, Colin Ian King, Cristian
7316 Rodríguez, Daniel Mack, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Eugene
7317 Yakubovich, Filipe Brandenburger, Frederic Crozat, Hristo
7318 Venev, Jan Engelhardt, Jonathan Boulle, Kay Sievers, Lennart
7319 Poettering, Luke Shumaker, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marc-Antoine
7320 Perennou, Marcel Holtmann, Michael Marineau, Michael Olbrich,
7321 Michał Bartoszkiewicz, Michal Sekletar, Patrik Flykt, Ronan Le
7322 Martret, Ronny Chevalier, Ruediger Oertel, Steven Noonan,
7323 Susant Sahani, Thadeu Lima de Souza Cascardo, Thomas Hindoe
7324 Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Tom Hirst, Umut Tezduyar
7325 Lindskog, Uoti Urpala, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
7326
7327 — Berlin, 2014-07-03
7328
7329 CHANGES WITH 214:
7330
7331 * As an experimental feature, udev now tries to lock the
7332 disk device node (flock(LOCK_SH|LOCK_NB)) while it
7333 executes events for the disk or any of its partitions.
7334 Applications like partitioning programs can lock the
7335 disk device node (flock(LOCK_EX)) and claim temporary
7336 device ownership that way; udev will entirely skip all event
7337 handling for this disk and its partitions. If the disk
7338 was opened for writing, the close will trigger a partition
7339 table rescan in udev's "watch" facility, and if needed
7340 synthesize "change" events for the disk and all its partitions.
7341 This is now unconditionally enabled, and if it turns out to
7342 cause major problems, we might turn it on only for specific
7343 devices, or might need to disable it entirely. Device Mapper
7344 devices are excluded from this logic.
7345
7346 * We temporarily dropped the "-l" switch for fsck invocations,
7347 since they collide with the flock() logic above. util-linux
7348 upstream has been changed already to avoid this conflict,
7349 and we will re-add "-l" as soon as util-linux with this
7350 change has been released.
7351
7352 * The dependency on libattr has been removed. Since a long
7353 time, the extended attribute calls have moved to glibc, and
7354 libattr is thus unnecessary.
7355
7356 * Virtualization detection works without privileges now. This
7357 means the systemd-detect-virt binary no longer requires
7358 CAP_SYS_PTRACE file capabilities, and our daemons can run
7359 with fewer privileges.
7360
7361 * systemd-networkd now runs under its own "systemd-network"
7362 user. It retains the CAP_NET_ADMIN, CAP_NET_BIND_SERVICE,
7363 CAP_NET_BROADCAST, CAP_NET_RAW capabilities though, but
7364 loses the ability to write to files owned by root this way.
7365
7366 * Similarly, systemd-resolved now runs under its own
7367 "systemd-resolve" user with no capabilities remaining.
7368
7369 * Similarly, systemd-bus-proxyd now runs under its own
7370 "systemd-bus-proxy" user with only CAP_IPC_OWNER remaining.
7371
7372 * systemd-networkd gained support for setting up "veth"
7373 virtual Ethernet devices for container connectivity, as well
7374 as GRE and VTI tunnels.
7375
7376 * systemd-networkd will no longer automatically attempt to
7377 manually load kernel modules necessary for certain tunnel
7378 transports. Instead, it is assumed the kernel loads them
7379 automatically when required. This only works correctly on
7380 very new kernels. On older kernels, please consider adding
7381 the kernel modules to /etc/modules-load.d/ as a work-around.
7382
7383 * The resolv.conf file systemd-resolved generates has been
7384 moved to /run/systemd/resolve/. If you have a symlink from
7385 /etc/resolv.conf, it might be necessary to correct it.
7386
7387 * Two new service settings, ProtectHome= and ProtectSystem=,
7388 have been added. When enabled, they will make the user data
7389 (such as /home) inaccessible or read-only and the system
7390 (such as /usr) read-only, for specific services. This allows
7391 very light-weight per-service sandboxing to avoid
7392 modifications of user data or system files from
7393 services. These two new switches have been enabled for all
7394 of systemd's long-running services, where appropriate.
7395
7396 * Socket units gained new SocketUser= and SocketGroup=
7397 settings to set the owner user and group of AF_UNIX sockets
7398 and FIFOs in the file system.
7399
7400 * Socket units gained a new RemoveOnStop= setting. If enabled,
7401 all FIFOS and sockets in the file system will be removed
7402 when the specific socket unit is stopped.
7403
7404 * Socket units gained a new Symlinks= setting. It takes a list
7405 of symlinks to create to file system sockets or FIFOs
7406 created by the specific Unix sockets. This is useful to
7407 manage symlinks to socket nodes with the same lifecycle as
7408 the socket itself.
7409
7410 * The /dev/log socket and /dev/initctl FIFO have been moved to
7411 /run, and have been replaced by symlinks. This allows
7412 connecting to these facilities even if PrivateDevices=yes is
7413 used for a service (which makes /dev/log itself unavailable,
7414 but /run is left). This also has the benefit of ensuring
7415 that /dev only contains device nodes, directories and
7416 symlinks, and nothing else.
7417
7418 * sd-daemon gained two new calls sd_pid_notify() and
7419 sd_pid_notifyf(). They are similar to sd_notify() and
7420 sd_notifyf(), but allow overriding of the source PID of
7421 notification messages if permissions permit this. This is
7422 useful to send notify messages on behalf of a different
7423 process (for example, the parent process). The
7424 systemd-notify tool has been updated to make use of this
7425 when sending messages (so that notification messages now
7426 originate from the shell script invoking systemd-notify and
7427 not the systemd-notify process itself. This should minimize
7428 a race where systemd fails to associate notification
7429 messages to services when the originating process already
7430 vanished.
7431
7432 * A new "on-abnormal" setting for Restart= has been added. If
7433 set, it will result in automatic restarts on all "abnormal"
7434 reasons for a process to exit, which includes unclean
7435 signals, core dumps, timeouts and watchdog timeouts, but
7436 does not include clean and unclean exit codes or clean
7437 signals. Restart=on-abnormal is an alternative for
7438 Restart=on-failure for services that shall be able to
7439 terminate and avoid restarts on certain errors, by
7440 indicating so with an unclean exit code. Restart=on-failure
7441 or Restart=on-abnormal is now the recommended setting for
7442 all long-running services.
7443
7444 * If the InaccessibleDirectories= service setting points to a
7445 mount point (or if there are any submounts contained within
7446 it), it is now attempted to completely unmount it, to make
7447 the file systems truly unavailable for the respective
7448 service.
7449
7450 * The ReadOnlyDirectories= service setting and
7451 systemd-nspawn's --read-only parameter are now recursively
7452 applied to all submounts, too.
7453
7454 * Mount units may now be created transiently via the bus APIs.
7455
7456 * The support for SysV and LSB init scripts has been removed
7457 from the systemd daemon itself. Instead, it is now
7458 implemented as a generator that creates native systemd units
7459 from these scripts when needed. This enables us to remove a
7460 substantial amount of legacy code from PID 1, following the
7461 fact that many distributions only ship a very small number
7462 of LSB/SysV init scripts nowadays.
7463
7464 * Privileged Xen (dom0) domains are not considered
7465 virtualization anymore by the virtualization detection
7466 logic. After all, they generally have unrestricted access to
7467 the hardware and usually are used to manage the unprivileged
7468 (domU) domains.
7469
7470 * systemd-tmpfiles gained a new "C" line type, for copying
7471 files or entire directories.
7472
7473 * systemd-tmpfiles "m" lines are now fully equivalent to "z"
7474 lines. So far, they have been non-globbing versions of the
7475 latter, and have thus been redundant. In future, it is
7476 recommended to only use "z". "m" has hence been removed
7477 from the documentation, even though it stays supported.
7478
7479 * A tmpfiles snippet to recreate the most basic structure in
7480 /var has been added. This is enough to create the /var/run →
7481 /run symlink and create a couple of structural
7482 directories. This allows systems to boot up with an empty or
7483 volatile /var. Of course, while with this change, the core OS
7484 now is capable with dealing with a volatile /var, not all
7485 user services are ready for it. However, we hope that sooner
7486 or later, many service daemons will be changed upstream so
7487 that they are able to automatically create their necessary
7488 directories in /var at boot, should they be missing. This is
7489 the first step to allow state-less systems that only require
7490 the vendor image for /usr to boot.
7491
7492 * systemd-nspawn has gained a new --tmpfs= switch to mount an
7493 empty tmpfs instance to a specific directory. This is
7494 particularly useful for making use of the automatic
7495 reconstruction of /var (see above), by passing --tmpfs=/var.
7496
7497 * Access modes specified in tmpfiles snippets may now be
7498 prefixed with "~", which indicates that they shall be masked
7499 by whether the existing file or directory is currently
7500 writable, readable or executable at all. Also, if specified,
7501 the sgid/suid/sticky bits will be masked for all
7502 non-directories.
7503
7504 * A new passive target unit "network-pre.target" has been
7505 added which is useful for services that shall run before any
7506 network is configured, for example firewall scripts.
7507
7508 * The "floppy" group that previously owned the /dev/fd*
7509 devices is no longer used. The "disk" group is now used
7510 instead. Distributions should probably deprecate usage of
7511 this group.
7512
7513 Contributions from: Camilo Aguilar, Christian Hesse, Colin Ian
7514 King, Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Buch, Dave Reisner, David
7515 Strauss, Denis Tikhomirov, John, Jonathan Liu, Kay Sievers,
7516 Lennart Poettering, Mantas Mikulėnas, Mark Eichin, Ronny
7517 Chevalier, Susant Sahani, Thomas Blume, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel
7518 Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Zbigniew
7519 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
7520
7521 — Berlin, 2014-06-11
7522
7523 CHANGES WITH 213:
7524
7525 * A new "systemd-timesyncd" daemon has been added for
7526 synchronizing the system clock across the network. It
7527 implements an SNTP client. In contrast to NTP
7528 implementations such as chrony or the NTP reference server,
7529 this only implements a client side, and does not bother with
7530 the full NTP complexity, focusing only on querying time from
7531 one remote server and synchronizing the local clock to
7532 it. Unless you intend to serve NTP to networked clients or
7533 want to connect to local hardware clocks, this simple NTP
7534 client should be more than appropriate for most
7535 installations. The daemon runs with minimal privileges, and
7536 has been hooked up with networkd to only operate when
7537 network connectivity is available. The daemon saves the
7538 current clock to disk every time a new NTP sync has been
7539 acquired, and uses this to possibly correct the system clock
7540 early at bootup, in order to accommodate for systems that
7541 lack an RTC such as the Raspberry Pi and embedded devices,
7542 and to make sure that time monotonically progresses on these
7543 systems, even if it is not always correct. To make use of
7544 this daemon, a new system user and group "systemd-timesync"
7545 needs to be created on installation of systemd.
7546
7547 * The queue "seqnum" interface of libudev has been disabled, as
7548 it was generally incompatible with device namespacing as
7549 sequence numbers of devices go "missing" if the devices are
7550 part of a different namespace.
7551
7552 * "systemctl list-timers" and "systemctl list-sockets" gained
7553 a --recursive switch for showing units of these types also
7554 for all local containers, similar in style to the already
7555 supported --recursive switch for "systemctl list-units".
7556
7557 * A new RebootArgument= setting has been added for service
7558 units, which may be used to specify a kernel reboot argument
7559 to use when triggering reboots with StartLimitAction=.
7560
7561 * A new FailureAction= setting has been added for service
7562 units which may be used to specify an operation to trigger
7563 when a service fails. This works similarly to
7564 StartLimitAction=, but unlike it, controls what is done
7565 immediately rather than only after several attempts to
7566 restart the service in question.
7567
7568 * hostnamed got updated to also expose the kernel name,
7569 release, and version on the bus. This is useful for
7570 executing commands like hostnamectl with the -H switch.
7571 systemd-analyze makes use of this to properly display
7572 details when running non-locally.
7573
7574 * The bootchart tool can now show cgroup information in the
7575 graphs it generates.
7576
7577 * The CFS CPU quota cgroup attribute is now exposed for
7578 services. The new CPUQuota= switch has been added for this
7579 which takes a percentage value. Setting this will have the
7580 result that a service may never get more CPU time than the
7581 specified percentage, even if the machine is otherwise idle.
7582
7583 * systemd-networkd learned IPIP and SIT tunnel support.
7584
7585 * LSB init scripts exposing a dependency on $network will now
7586 get a dependency on network-online.target rather than simply
7587 network.target. This should bring LSB handling closer to
7588 what it was on SysV systems.
7589
7590 * A new fsck.repair= kernel option has been added to control
7591 how fsck shall deal with unclean file systems at boot.
7592
7593 * The (.ini) configuration file parser will now silently ignore
7594 sections whose names begin with "X-". This may be used to maintain
7595 application-specific extension sections in unit files.
7596
7597 * machined gained a new API to query the IP addresses of
7598 registered containers. "machinectl status" has been updated
7599 to show these addresses in its output.
7600
7601 * A new call sd_uid_get_display() has been added to the
7602 sd-login APIs for querying the "primary" session of a
7603 user. The "primary" session of the user is elected from the
7604 user's sessions and generally a graphical session is
7605 preferred over a text one.
7606
7607 * A minimal systemd-resolved daemon has been added. It
7608 currently simply acts as a companion to systemd-networkd and
7609 manages resolv.conf based on per-interface DNS
7610 configuration, possibly supplied via DHCP. In the long run
7611 we hope to extend this into a local DNSSEC enabled DNS and
7612 mDNS cache.
7613
7614 * The systemd-networkd-wait-online tool is now enabled by
7615 default. It will delay network-online.target until a network
7616 connection has been configured. The tool primarily integrates
7617 with networkd, but will also make a best effort to make sense
7618 of network configuration performed in some other way.
7619
7620 * Two new service options StartupCPUShares= and
7621 StartupBlockIOWeight= have been added that work similarly to
7622 CPUShares= and BlockIOWeight= however only apply during
7623 system startup. This is useful to prioritize certain services
7624 differently during bootup than during normal runtime.
7625
7626 * hostnamed has been changed to prefer the statically
7627 configured hostname in /etc/hostname (unless set to
7628 'localhost' or empty) over any dynamic one supplied by
7629 dhcp. With this change, the rules for picking the hostname
7630 match more closely the rules of other configuration settings
7631 where the local administrator's configuration in /etc always
7632 overrides any other settings.
7633
7634 Contributions from: Ali H. Caliskan, Alison Chaiken, Bas van
7635 den Berg, Brandon Philips, Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Buch,
7636 Dan Kilman, Dave Reisner, David Härdeman, David Herrmann,
7637 David Strauss, Dimitris Spingos, Djalal Harouni, Eelco
7638 Dolstra, Evan Nemerson, Florian Albrechtskirchinger, Greg
7639 Kroah-Hartman, Harald Hoyer, Holger Hans Peter Freyther, Jan
7640 Engelhardt, Jani Nikula, Jason St. John, Jeffrey Clark,
7641 Jonathan Boulle, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Lukas
7642 Nykryn, Lukasz Skalski, Łukasz Stelmach, Mantas Mikulėnas,
7643 Marcel Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Matthew Monaco, Michael
7644 Marineau, Michael Olbrich, Michal Sekletar, Mike Gilbert, Nis
7645 Martensen, Patrik Flykt, Philip Lorenz, poma, Ray Strode,
7646 Reyad Attiyat, Robert Milasan, Scott Thrasher, Stef Walter,
7647 Steven Siloti, Susant Sahani, Tanu Kaskinen, Thomas Bächler,
7648 Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar
7649 Lindskog, WaLyong Cho, Will Woods, Zbigniew
7650 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
7651
7652 — Beijing, 2014-05-28
7653
7654 CHANGES WITH 212:
7655
7656 * When restoring the screen brightness at boot, stay away from
7657 the darkest setting or from the lowest 5% of the available
7658 range, depending on which is the larger value of both. This
7659 should effectively protect the user from rebooting into a
7660 black screen, should the brightness have been set to minimum
7661 by accident.
7662
7663 * sd-login gained a new sd_machine_get_class() call to
7664 determine the class ("vm" or "container") of a machine
7665 registered with machined.
7666
7667 * sd-login gained new calls
7668 sd_peer_get_{session,owner_uid,unit,user_unit,slice,machine_name}(),
7669 to query the identity of the peer of a local AF_UNIX
7670 connection. They operate similarly to their sd_pid_get_xyz()
7671 counterparts.
7672
7673 * PID 1 will now maintain a system-wide system state engine
7674 with the states "starting", "running", "degraded",
7675 "maintenance", "stopping". These states are bound to system
7676 startup, normal runtime, runtime with at least one failed
7677 service, rescue/emergency mode and system shutdown. This
7678 state is shown in the "systemctl status" output when no unit
7679 name is passed. It is useful to determine system state, in
7680 particularly when doing so for many systems or containers at
7681 once.
7682
7683 * A new command "list-machines" has been added to "systemctl"
7684 that lists all local OS containers and shows their system
7685 state (see above), if systemd runs inside of them.
7686
7687 * systemctl gained a new "-r" switch to recursively enumerate
7688 units on all local containers, when used with the
7689 "list-unit" command (which is the default one that is
7690 executed when no parameters are specified).
7691
7692 * The GPT automatic partition discovery logic will now honour
7693 two GPT partition flags: one may be set on a partition to
7694 cause it to be mounted read-only, and the other may be set
7695 on a partition to ignore it during automatic discovery.
7696
7697 * Two new GPT type UUIDs have been added for automatic root
7698 partition discovery, for 32-bit and 64-bit ARM. This is not
7699 particularly useful for discovering the root directory on
7700 these architectures during bare-metal boots (since UEFI is
7701 not common there), but still very useful to allow booting of
7702 ARM disk images in nspawn with the -i option.
7703
7704 * MAC addresses of interfaces created with nspawn's
7705 --network-interface= switch will now be generated from the
7706 machine name, and thus be stable between multiple invocations
7707 of the container.
7708
7709 * logind will now automatically remove all IPC objects owned
7710 by a user if she or he fully logs out. This makes sure that
7711 users who are logged out cannot continue to consume IPC
7712 resources. This covers SysV memory, semaphores and message
7713 queues as well as POSIX shared memory and message
7714 queues. Traditionally, SysV and POSIX IPC had no lifecycle
7715 limits. With this functionality, that is corrected. This may
7716 be turned off by using the RemoveIPC= switch of logind.conf.
7717
7718 * The systemd-machine-id-setup and tmpfiles tools gained a
7719 --root= switch to operate on a specific root directory,
7720 instead of /.
7721
7722 * journald can now forward logged messages to the TTYs of all
7723 logged in users ("wall"). This is the default for all
7724 emergency messages now.
7725
7726 * A new tool systemd-journal-remote has been added to stream
7727 journal log messages across the network.
7728
7729 * /sys/fs/cgroup/ is now mounted read-only after all cgroup
7730 controller trees are mounted into it. Note that the
7731 directories mounted beneath it are not read-only. This is a
7732 security measure and is particularly useful because glibc
7733 actually includes a search logic to pick any tmpfs it can
7734 find to implement shm_open() if /dev/shm is not available
7735 (which it might very well be in namespaced setups).
7736
7737 * machinectl gained a new "poweroff" command to cleanly power
7738 down a local OS container.
7739
7740 * The PrivateDevices= unit file setting will now also drop the
7741 CAP_MKNOD capability from the capability bound set, and
7742 imply DevicePolicy=closed.
7743
7744 * PrivateDevices=, PrivateNetwork= and PrivateTmp= is now used
7745 comprehensively on all long-running systemd services where
7746 this is appropriate.
7747
7748 * systemd-udevd will now run in a disassociated mount
7749 namespace. To mount directories from udev rules, make sure to
7750 pull in mount units via SYSTEMD_WANTS properties.
7751
7752 * The kdbus support gained support for uploading policy into
7753 the kernel. sd-bus gained support for creating "monitoring"
7754 connections that can eavesdrop into all bus communication
7755 for debugging purposes.
7756
7757 * Timestamps may now be specified in seconds since the UNIX
7758 epoch Jan 1st, 1970 by specifying "@" followed by the value
7759 in seconds.
7760
7761 * Native tcpwrap support in systemd has been removed. tcpwrap
7762 is old code, not really maintained anymore and has serious
7763 shortcomings, and better options such as firewalls
7764 exist. For setups that require tcpwrap usage, please
7765 consider invoking your socket-activated service via tcpd,
7766 like on traditional inetd.
7767
7768 * A new system.conf configuration option
7769 DefaultTimerAccuracySec= has been added that controls the
7770 default AccuracySec= setting of .timer units.
7771
7772 * Timer units gained a new WakeSystem= switch. If enabled,
7773 timers configured this way will cause the system to resume
7774 from system suspend (if the system supports that, which most
7775 do these days).
7776
7777 * Timer units gained a new Persistent= switch. If enabled,
7778 timers configured this way will save to disk when they have
7779 been last triggered. This information is then used on next
7780 reboot to possible execute overdue timer events, that
7781 could not take place because the system was powered off.
7782 This enables simple anacron-like behaviour for timer units.
7783
7784 * systemctl's "list-timers" will now also list the time a
7785 timer unit was last triggered in addition to the next time
7786 it will be triggered.
7787
7788 * systemd-networkd will now assign predictable IPv4LL
7789 addresses to its local interfaces.
7790
7791 Contributions from: Brandon Philips, Daniel Buch, Daniel Mack,
7792 Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Gerd Hoffmann, Greg
7793 Kroah-Hartman, Hendrik Brueckner, Jason St. John, Josh
7794 Triplett, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Marc-Antoine
7795 Perennou, Michael Marineau, Michael Olbrich, Miklos Vajna,
7796 Patrik Flykt, poma, Sebastian Thorarensen, Thomas Bächler,
7797 Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tomasz Torcz, Tom Gundersen,
7798 Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Wieland Hoffmann, Zbigniew
7799 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
7800
7801 — Berlin, 2014-03-25
7802
7803 CHANGES WITH 211:
7804
7805 * A new unit file setting RestrictAddressFamilies= has been
7806 added to restrict which socket address families unit
7807 processes gain access to. This takes address family names
7808 like "AF_INET" or "AF_UNIX", and is useful to minimize the
7809 attack surface of services via exotic protocol stacks. This
7810 is built on seccomp system call filters.
7811
7812 * Two new unit file settings RuntimeDirectory= and
7813 RuntimeDirectoryMode= have been added that may be used to
7814 manage a per-daemon runtime directories below /run. This is
7815 an alternative for setting up directory permissions with
7816 tmpfiles snippets, and has the advantage that the runtime
7817 directory's lifetime is bound to the daemon runtime and that
7818 the daemon starts up with an empty directory each time. This
7819 is particularly useful when writing services that drop
7820 privileges using the User= or Group= setting.
7821
7822 * The DeviceAllow= unit setting now supports globbing for
7823 matching against device group names.
7824
7825 * The systemd configuration file system.conf gained new
7826 settings DefaultCPUAccounting=, DefaultBlockIOAccounting=,
7827 DefaultMemoryAccounting= to globally turn on/off accounting
7828 for specific resources (cgroups) for all units. These
7829 settings may still be overridden individually in each unit
7830 though.
7831
7832 * systemd-gpt-auto-generator is now able to discover /srv and
7833 root partitions in addition to /home and swap partitions. It
7834 also supports LUKS-encrypted partitions now. With this in
7835 place, automatic discovery of partitions to mount following
7836 the Discoverable Partitions Specification
7837 (https://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Specifications/DiscoverablePartitionsSpec)
7838 is now a lot more complete. This allows booting without
7839 /etc/fstab and without root= on the kernel command line on
7840 systems prepared appropriately.
7841
7842 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --image= switch which allows
7843 booting up disk images and Linux installations on any block
7844 device that follow the Discoverable Partitions Specification
7845 (see above). This means that installations made with
7846 appropriately updated installers may now be started and
7847 deployed using container managers, completely
7848 unmodified. (We hope that libvirt-lxc will add support for
7849 this feature soon, too.)
7850
7851 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --network-macvlan= setting to
7852 set up a private macvlan interface for the
7853 container. Similarly, systemd-networkd gained a new
7854 Kind=macvlan setting in .netdev files.
7855
7856 * systemd-networkd now supports configuring local addresses
7857 using IPv4LL.
7858
7859 * A new tool systemd-network-wait-online has been added to
7860 synchronously wait for network connectivity using
7861 systemd-networkd.
7862
7863 * The sd-bus.h bus API gained a new sd_bus_track object for
7864 tracking the lifecycle of bus peers. Note that sd-bus.h is
7865 still not a public API though (unless you specify
7866 --enable-kdbus on the configure command line, which however
7867 voids your warranty and you get no API stability guarantee).
7868
7869 * The $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR runtime directories for each user are
7870 now individual tmpfs instances, which has the benefit of
7871 introducing separate pools for each user, with individual
7872 size limits, and thus making sure that unprivileged clients
7873 can no longer negatively impact the system or other users by
7874 filling up their $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR. A new logind.conf setting
7875 RuntimeDirectorySize= has been introduced that allows
7876 controlling the default size limit for all users. It
7877 defaults to 10% of the available physical memory. This is no
7878 replacement for quotas on tmpfs though (which the kernel
7879 still does not support), as /dev/shm and /tmp are still
7880 shared resources used by both the system and unprivileged
7881 users.
7882
7883 * logind will now automatically turn off automatic suspending
7884 on laptop lid close when more than one display is
7885 connected. This was previously expected to be implemented
7886 individually in desktop environments (such as GNOME),
7887 however has been added to logind now, in order to fix a
7888 boot-time race where a desktop environment might not have
7889 been started yet and thus not been able to take an inhibitor
7890 lock at the time where logind already suspends the system
7891 due to a closed lid.
7892
7893 * logind will now wait at least 30s after each system
7894 suspend/resume cycle, and 3min after system boot before
7895 suspending the system due to a closed laptop lid. This
7896 should give USB docking stations and similar enough time to
7897 be probed and configured after system resume and boot in
7898 order to then act as suspend blocker.
7899
7900 * systemd-run gained a new --property= setting which allows
7901 initialization of resource control properties (and others)
7902 for the created scope or service unit. Example: "systemd-run
7903 --property=BlockIOWeight=10 updatedb" may be used to run
7904 updatedb at a low block IO scheduling weight.
7905
7906 * systemd-run's --uid=, --gid=, --setenv=, --setenv= switches
7907 now also work in --scope mode.
7908
7909 * When systemd is compiled with kdbus support, basic support
7910 for enforced policies is now in place. (Note that enabling
7911 kdbus still voids your warranty and no API compatibility
7912 promises are made.)
7913
7914 Contributions from: Andrey Borzenkov, Ansgar Burchardt, Armin
7915 K., Daniel Mack, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Djalal Harouni,
7916 Harald Hoyer, Henrik Grindal Bakken, Jasper St. Pierre, Kay
7917 Sievers, Kieran Clancy, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn,
7918 Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel Holtmann, Mark Oteiza, Martin Pitt,
7919 Mike Gilbert, Peter Rajnoha, poma, Samuli Suominen, Stef
7920 Walter, Susant Sahani, Tero Roponen, Thomas Andersen, Thomas
7921 Bächler, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tomasz Torcz, Tom
7922 Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Uoti Urpala, Zachary Cook,
7923 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
7924
7925 — Berlin, 2014-03-12
7926
7927 CHANGES WITH 210:
7928
7929 * systemd will now relabel /dev after loading the SMACK policy
7930 according to SMACK rules.
7931
7932 * A new unit file option AppArmorProfile= has been added to
7933 set the AppArmor profile for the processes of a unit.
7934
7935 * A new condition check ConditionArchitecture= has been added
7936 to conditionalize units based on the system architecture, as
7937 reported by uname()'s "machine" field.
7938
7939 * systemd-networkd now supports matching on the system
7940 virtualization, architecture, kernel command line, hostname
7941 and machine ID.
7942
7943 * logind is now a lot more aggressive when suspending the
7944 machine due to a closed laptop lid. Instead of acting only
7945 on the lid close action, it will continuously watch the lid
7946 status and act on it. This is useful for laptops where the
7947 power button is on the outside of the chassis so that it can
7948 be reached without opening the lid (such as the Lenovo
7949 Yoga). On those machines, logind will now immediately
7950 re-suspend the machine if the power button has been
7951 accidentally pressed while the laptop was suspended and in a
7952 backpack or similar.
7953
7954 * logind will now watch SW_DOCK switches and inhibit reaction
7955 to the lid switch if it is pressed. This means that logind
7956 will not suspend the machine anymore if the lid is closed
7957 and the system is docked, if the laptop supports SW_DOCK
7958 notifications via the input layer. Note that ACPI docking
7959 stations do not generate this currently. Also note that this
7960 logic is usually not fully sufficient and Desktop
7961 Environments should take a lid switch inhibitor lock when an
7962 external display is connected, as systemd will not watch
7963 this on its own.
7964
7965 * nspawn will now make use of the devices cgroup controller by
7966 default, and only permit creation of and access to the usual
7967 API device nodes like /dev/null or /dev/random, as well as
7968 access to (but not creation of) the pty devices.
7969
7970 * We will now ship a default .network file for
7971 systemd-networkd that automatically configures DHCP for
7972 network interfaces created by nspawn's --network-veth or
7973 --network-bridge= switches.
7974
7975 * systemd will now understand the usual M, K, G, T suffixes
7976 according to SI conventions (i.e. to the base 1000) when
7977 referring to throughput and hardware metrics. It will stay
7978 with IEC conventions (i.e. to the base 1024) for software
7979 metrics, according to what is customary according to
7980 Wikipedia. We explicitly document which base applies for
7981 each configuration option.
7982
7983 * The DeviceAllow= setting in unit files now supports a syntax
7984 to whitelist an entire group of devices node majors at once,
7985 based on the /proc/devices listing. For example, with the
7986 string "char-pts", it is now possible to whitelist all
7987 current and future pseudo-TTYs at once.
7988
7989 * sd-event learned a new "post" event source. Event sources of
7990 this type are triggered by the dispatching of any event
7991 source of a type that is not "post". This is useful for
7992 implementing clean-up and check event sources that are
7993 triggered by other work being done in the program.
7994
7995 * systemd-networkd is no longer statically enabled, but uses
7996 the usual [Install] sections so that it can be
7997 enabled/disabled using systemctl. It still is enabled by
7998 default however.
7999
8000 * When creating a veth interface pair with systemd-nspawn, the
8001 host side will now be prefixed with "vb-" if
8002 --network-bridge= is used, and with "ve-" if --network-veth
8003 is used. This way, it is easy to distinguish these cases on
8004 the host, for example to apply different configuration to
8005 them with systemd-networkd.
8006
8007 * The compatibility libraries for libsystemd-journal.so,
8008 libsystem-id128.so, libsystemd-login.so and
8009 libsystemd-daemon.so do not make use of IFUNC
8010 anymore. Instead, we now build libsystemd.so multiple times
8011 under these alternative names. This means that the footprint
8012 is drastically increased, but given that these are
8013 transitional compatibility libraries, this should not matter
8014 much. This change has been made necessary to support the ARM
8015 platform for these compatibility libraries, as the ARM
8016 toolchain is not really at the same level as the toolchain
8017 for other architectures like x86 and does not support
8018 IFUNC. Please make sure to use --enable-compat-libs only
8019 during a transitional period!
8020
8021 * The .include syntax has been deprecated and is not documented
8022 anymore. Drop-in files in .d directories should be used instead.
8023
8024 Contributions from: Andreas Fuchs, Armin K., Colin Walters,
8025 Daniel Mack, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Djalal Harouni,
8026 Holger Schurig, Jason A. Donenfeld, Jason St. John, Jasper
8027 St. Pierre, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Łukasz Stelmach,
8028 Marcel Holtmann, Michael Scherer, Michal Sekletar, Mike
8029 Gilbert, Samuli Suominen, Thomas Bächler, Thomas Hindoe
8030 Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog,
8031 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
8032
8033 — Berlin, 2014-02-24
8034
8035 CHANGES WITH 209:
8036
8037 * A new component "systemd-networkd" has been added that can
8038 be used to configure local network interfaces statically or
8039 via DHCP. It is capable of bringing up bridges, VLANs, and
8040 bonding. Currently, no hook-ups for interactive network
8041 configuration are provided. Use this for your initrd,
8042 container, embedded, or server setup if you need a simple,
8043 yet powerful, network configuration solution. This
8044 configuration subsystem is quite nifty, as it allows wildcard
8045 hotplug matching in interfaces. For example, with a single
8046 configuration snippet, you can configure that all Ethernet
8047 interfaces showing up are automatically added to a bridge,
8048 or similar. It supports link-sensing and more.
8049
8050 * A new tool "systemd-socket-proxyd" has been added which can
8051 act as a bidirectional proxy for TCP sockets. This is
8052 useful for adding socket activation support to services that
8053 do not actually support socket activation, including virtual
8054 machines and the like.
8055
8056 * Add a new tool to save/restore rfkill state on
8057 shutdown/boot.
8058
8059 * Save/restore state of keyboard backlights in addition to
8060 display backlights on shutdown/boot.
8061
8062 * udev learned a new SECLABEL{} construct to label device
8063 nodes with a specific security label when they appear. For
8064 now, only SECLABEL{selinux} is supported, but the syntax is
8065 prepared for additional security frameworks.
8066
8067 * udev gained a new scheme to configure link-level attributes
8068 from files in /etc/systemd/network/*.link. These files can
8069 match against MAC address, device path, driver name and type,
8070 and will apply attributes like the naming policy, link speed,
8071 MTU, duplex settings, Wake-on-LAN settings, MAC address, MAC
8072 address assignment policy (randomized, ...).
8073
8074 * The configuration of network interface naming rules for
8075 "permanent interface names" has changed: a new NamePolicy=
8076 setting in the [Link] section of .link files determines the
8077 priority of possible naming schemes (onboard, slot, MAC,
8078 path). The default value of this setting is determined by
8079 /usr/lib/net/links/99-default.link. Old
8080 80-net-name-slot.rules udev configuration file has been
8081 removed, so local configuration overriding this file should
8082 be adapted to override 99-default.link instead.
8083
8084 * When the User= switch is used in a unit file, also
8085 initialize $SHELL= based on the user database entry.
8086
8087 * systemd no longer depends on libdbus. All communication is
8088 now done with sd-bus, systemd's low-level bus library
8089 implementation.
8090
8091 * kdbus support has been added to PID 1 itself. When kdbus is
8092 enabled, this causes PID 1 to set up the system bus and
8093 enable support for a new ".busname" unit type that
8094 encapsulates bus name activation on kdbus. It works a little
8095 bit like ".socket" units, except for bus names. A new
8096 generator has been added that converts classic dbus1 service
8097 activation files automatically into native systemd .busname
8098 and .service units.
8099
8100 * sd-bus: add a light-weight vtable implementation that allows
8101 defining objects on the bus with a simple static const
8102 vtable array of its methods, signals and properties.
8103
8104 * systemd will not generate or install static dbus
8105 introspection data anymore to /usr/share/dbus-1/interfaces,
8106 as the precise format of these files is unclear, and
8107 nothing makes use of it.
8108
8109 * A proxy daemon is now provided to proxy clients connecting
8110 via classic D-Bus AF_UNIX sockets to kdbus, to provide full
8111 compatibility with classic D-Bus.
8112
8113 * A bus driver implementation has been added that supports the
8114 classic D-Bus bus driver calls on kdbus, also for
8115 compatibility purposes.
8116
8117 * A new API "sd-event.h" has been added that implements a
8118 minimal event loop API built around epoll. It provides a
8119 couple of features that direct epoll usage is lacking:
8120 prioritization of events, scales to large numbers of timer
8121 events, per-event timer slack (accuracy), system-wide
8122 coalescing of timer events, exit handlers, watchdog
8123 supervision support using systemd's sd_notify() API, child
8124 process handling.
8125
8126 * A new API "sd-rntl.h" has been added that provides an API
8127 around the route netlink interface of the kernel, similar in
8128 style to "sd-bus.h".
8129
8130 * A new API "sd-dhcp-client.h" has been added that provides a
8131 small DHCPv4 client-side implementation. This is used by
8132 "systemd-networkd".
8133
8134 * There is a new kernel command line option
8135 "systemd.restore_state=0|1". When set to "0", none of the
8136 systemd tools will restore saved runtime state to hardware
8137 devices. More specifically, the rfkill and backlight states
8138 are not restored.
8139
8140 * The FsckPassNo= compatibility option in mount/service units
8141 has been removed. The fstab generator will now add the
8142 necessary dependencies automatically, and does not require
8143 PID1's support for that anymore.
8144
8145 * journalctl gained a new switch, --list-boots, that lists
8146 recent boots with their times and boot IDs.
8147
8148 * The various tools like systemctl, loginctl, timedatectl,
8149 busctl, systemd-run, ... have gained a new switch "-M" to
8150 connect to a specific, local OS container (as direct
8151 connection, without requiring SSH). This works on any
8152 container that is registered with machined, such as those
8153 created by libvirt-lxc or nspawn.
8154
8155 * systemd-run and systemd-analyze also gained support for "-H"
8156 to connect to remote hosts via SSH. This is particularly
8157 useful for systemd-run because it enables queuing of jobs
8158 onto remote systems.
8159
8160 * machinectl gained a new command "login" to open a getty
8161 login in any local container. This works with any container
8162 that is registered with machined (such as those created by
8163 libvirt-lxc or nspawn), and which runs systemd inside.
8164
8165 * machinectl gained a new "reboot" command that may be used to
8166 trigger a reboot on a specific container that is registered
8167 with machined. This works on any container that runs an init
8168 system of some kind.
8169
8170 * systemctl gained a new "list-timers" command to print a nice
8171 listing of installed timer units with the times they elapse
8172 next.
8173
8174 * Alternative reboot() parameters may now be specified on the
8175 "systemctl reboot" command line and are passed to the
8176 reboot() system call.
8177
8178 * systemctl gained a new --job-mode= switch to configure the
8179 mode to queue a job with. This is a more generic version of
8180 --fail, --irreversible, and --ignore-dependencies, which are
8181 still available but not advertised anymore.
8182
8183 * /etc/systemd/system.conf gained new settings to configure
8184 various default timeouts of units, as well as the default
8185 start limit interval and burst. These may still be overridden
8186 within each Unit.
8187
8188 * PID1 will now export on the bus profile data of the security
8189 policy upload process (such as the SELinux policy upload to
8190 the kernel).
8191
8192 * journald: when forwarding logs to the console, include
8193 timestamps (following the setting in
8194 /sys/module/printk/parameters/time).
8195
8196 * OnCalendar= in timer units now understands the special
8197 strings "yearly" and "annually". (Both are equivalent)
8198
8199 * The accuracy of timer units is now configurable with the new
8200 AccuracySec= setting. It defaults to 1min.
8201
8202 * A new dependency type JoinsNamespaceOf= has been added that
8203 allows running two services within the same /tmp and network
8204 namespace, if PrivateNetwork= or PrivateTmp= are used.
8205
8206 * A new command "cat" has been added to systemctl. It outputs
8207 the original unit file of a unit, and concatenates the
8208 contents of additional "drop-in" unit file snippets, so that
8209 the full configuration is shown.
8210
8211 * systemctl now supports globbing on the various "list-xyz"
8212 commands, like "list-units" or "list-sockets", as well as on
8213 those commands which take multiple unit names.
8214
8215 * journalctl's --unit= switch gained support for globbing.
8216
8217 * All systemd daemons now make use of the watchdog logic so
8218 that systemd automatically notices when they hang.
8219
8220 * If the $container_ttys environment variable is set,
8221 getty-generator will automatically spawn a getty for each
8222 listed tty. This is useful for container managers to request
8223 login gettys to be spawned on as many ttys as needed.
8224
8225 * %h, %s, %U specifier support is not available anymore when
8226 used in unit files for PID 1. This is because NSS calls are
8227 not safe from PID 1. They stay available for --user
8228 instances of systemd, and as special case for the root user.
8229
8230 * loginctl gained a new "--no-legend" switch to turn off output
8231 of the legend text.
8232
8233 * The "sd-login.h" API gained three new calls:
8234 sd_session_is_remote(), sd_session_get_remote_user(),
8235 sd_session_get_remote_host() to query information about
8236 remote sessions.
8237
8238 * The udev hardware database now also carries vendor/product
8239 information of SDIO devices.
8240
8241 * The "sd-daemon.h" API gained a new sd_watchdog_enabled() to
8242 determine whether watchdog notifications are requested by
8243 the system manager.
8244
8245 * Socket-activated per-connection services now include a
8246 short description of the connection parameters in the
8247 description.
8248
8249 * tmpfiles gained a new "--boot" option. When this is not used,
8250 only lines where the command character is not suffixed with
8251 "!" are executed. When this option is specified, those
8252 options are executed too. This partitions tmpfiles
8253 directives into those that can be safely executed at any
8254 time, and those which should be run only at boot (for
8255 example, a line that creates /run/nologin).
8256
8257 * A new API "sd-resolve.h" has been added which provides a simple
8258 asynchronous wrapper around glibc NSS hostname resolution
8259 calls, such as getaddrinfo(). In contrast to glibc's
8260 getaddrinfo_a(), it does not use signals. In contrast to most
8261 other asynchronous name resolution libraries, this one does
8262 not reimplement DNS, but reuses NSS, so that alternate
8263 hostname resolution systems continue to work, such as mDNS,
8264 LDAP, etc. This API is based on libasyncns, but it has been
8265 cleaned up for inclusion in systemd.
8266
8267 * The APIs "sd-journal.h", "sd-login.h", "sd-id128.h",
8268 "sd-daemon.h" are no longer found in individual libraries
8269 libsystemd-journal.so, libsystemd-login.so,
8270 libsystemd-id128.so, libsystemd-daemon.so. Instead, we have
8271 merged them into a single library, libsystemd.so, which
8272 provides all symbols. The reason for this is cyclic
8273 dependencies, as these libraries tend to use each other's
8274 symbols. So far, we have managed to workaround that by linking
8275 a copy of a good part of our code into each of these
8276 libraries again and again, which, however, makes certain
8277 things hard to do, like sharing static variables. Also, it
8278 substantially increases footprint. With this change, there
8279 is only one library for the basic APIs systemd
8280 provides. Also, "sd-bus.h", "sd-memfd.h", "sd-event.h",
8281 "sd-rtnl.h", "sd-resolve.h", "sd-utf8.h" are found in this
8282 library as well, however are subject to the --enable-kdbus
8283 switch (see below). Note that "sd-dhcp-client.h" is not part
8284 of this library (this is because it only consumes, never
8285 provides, services of/to other APIs). To make the transition
8286 easy from the separate libraries to the unified one, we
8287 provide the --enable-compat-libs compile-time switch which
8288 will generate stub libraries that are compatible with the
8289 old ones but redirect all calls to the new one.
8290
8291 * All of the kdbus logic and the new APIs "sd-bus.h",
8292 "sd-memfd.h", "sd-event.h", "sd-rtnl.h", "sd-resolve.h",
8293 and "sd-utf8.h" are compile-time optional via the
8294 "--enable-kdbus" switch, and they are not compiled in by
8295 default. To make use of kdbus, you have to explicitly enable
8296 the switch. Note however, that neither the kernel nor the
8297 userspace API for all of this is considered stable yet. We
8298 want to maintain the freedom to still change the APIs for
8299 now. By specifying this build-time switch, you acknowledge
8300 that you are aware of the instability of the current
8301 APIs.
8302
8303 * Also, note that while kdbus is pretty much complete,
8304 it lacks one thing: proper policy support. This means you
8305 can build a fully working system with all features; however,
8306 it will be highly insecure. Policy support will be added in
8307 one of the next releases, at the same time that we will
8308 declare the APIs stable.
8309
8310 * When the kernel command line argument "kdbus" is specified,
8311 systemd will automatically load the kdbus.ko kernel module. At
8312 this stage of development, it is only useful for testing kdbus
8313 and should not be used in production. Note: if "--enable-kdbus"
8314 is specified, and the kdbus.ko kernel module is available, and
8315 "kdbus" is added to the kernel command line, the entire system
8316 runs with kdbus instead of dbus-daemon, with the above mentioned
8317 problem of missing the system policy enforcement. Also a future
8318 version of kdbus.ko or a newer systemd will not be compatible with
8319 each other, and will unlikely be able to boot the machine if only
8320 one of them is updated.
8321
8322 * systemctl gained a new "import-environment" command which
8323 uploads the caller's environment (or parts thereof) into the
8324 service manager so that it is inherited by services started
8325 by the manager. This is useful to upload variables like
8326 $DISPLAY into the user service manager.
8327
8328 * A new PrivateDevices= switch has been added to service units
8329 which allows running a service with a namespaced /dev
8330 directory that does not contain any device nodes for
8331 physical devices. More specifically, it only includes devices
8332 such as /dev/null, /dev/urandom, and /dev/zero which are API
8333 entry points.
8334
8335 * logind has been extended to support behaviour like VT
8336 switching on seats that do not support a VT. This makes
8337 multi-session available on seats that are not the first seat
8338 (seat0), and on systems where kernel support for VTs has
8339 been disabled at compile-time.
8340
8341 * If a process holds a delay lock for system sleep or shutdown
8342 and fails to release it in time, we will now log its
8343 identity. This makes it easier to identify processes that
8344 cause slow suspends or power-offs.
8345
8346 * When parsing /etc/crypttab, support for a new key-slot=
8347 option as supported by Debian is added. It allows indicating
8348 which LUKS slot to use on disk, speeding up key loading.
8349
8350 * The sd_journal_sendv() API call has been checked and
8351 officially declared to be async-signal-safe so that it may
8352 be invoked from signal handlers for logging purposes.
8353
8354 * Boot-time status output is now enabled automatically after a
8355 short timeout if boot does not progress, in order to give
8356 the user an indication what she or he is waiting for.
8357
8358 * The boot-time output has been improved to show how much time
8359 remains until jobs expire.
8360
8361 * The KillMode= switch in service units gained a new possible
8362 value "mixed". If set, and the unit is shut down, then the
8363 initial SIGTERM signal is sent only to the main daemon
8364 process, while the following SIGKILL signal is sent to
8365 all remaining processes of the service.
8366
8367 * When a scope unit is registered, a new property "Controller"
8368 may be set. If set to a valid bus name, systemd will send a
8369 RequestStop() signal to this name when it would like to shut
8370 down the scope. This may be used to hook manager logic into
8371 the shutdown logic of scope units. Also, scope units may now
8372 be put in a special "abandoned" state, in which case the
8373 manager process which created them takes no further
8374 responsibilities for it.
8375
8376 * When reading unit files, systemd will now verify
8377 the access mode of these files, and warn about certain
8378 suspicious combinations. This has been added to make it
8379 easier to track down packaging bugs where unit files are
8380 marked executable or world-writable.
8381
8382 * systemd-nspawn gained a new "--setenv=" switch to set
8383 container-wide environment variables. The similar option in
8384 systemd-activate was renamed from "--environment=" to
8385 "--setenv=" for consistency.
8386
8387 * systemd-nspawn has been updated to create a new kdbus domain
8388 for each container that is invoked, thus allowing each
8389 container to have its own set of system and user buses,
8390 independent of the host.
8391
8392 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --drop-capability= switch to run
8393 the container with less capabilities than the default. Both
8394 --drop-capability= and --capability= now take the special
8395 string "all" for dropping or keeping all capabilities.
8396
8397 * systemd-nspawn gained new switches for executing containers
8398 with specific SELinux labels set.
8399
8400 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --quiet switch to not generate
8401 any additional output but the container's own console
8402 output.
8403
8404 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --share-system switch to run a
8405 container without PID namespacing enabled.
8406
8407 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --register= switch to control
8408 whether the container is registered with systemd-machined or
8409 not. This is useful for containers that do not run full
8410 OS images, but only specific apps.
8411
8412 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --keep-unit which may be used
8413 when invoked as the only program from a service unit, and
8414 results in registration of the unit service itself in
8415 systemd-machined, instead of a newly opened scope unit.
8416
8417 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --network-interface= switch for
8418 moving arbitrary interfaces to the container. The new
8419 --network-veth switch creates a virtual Ethernet connection
8420 between host and container. The new --network-bridge=
8421 switch then allows assigning the host side of this virtual
8422 Ethernet connection to a bridge device.
8423
8424 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --personality= switch for
8425 setting the kernel personality for the container. This is
8426 useful when running a 32-bit container on a 64-bit host. A
8427 similar option Personality= is now also available for service
8428 units to use.
8429
8430 * logind will now also track a "Desktop" identifier for each
8431 session which encodes the desktop environment of it. This is
8432 useful for desktop environments that want to identify
8433 multiple running sessions of itself easily.
8434
8435 * A new SELinuxContext= setting for service units has been
8436 added that allows setting a specific SELinux execution
8437 context for a service.
8438
8439 * Most systemd client tools will now honour $SYSTEMD_LESS for
8440 settings of the "less" pager. By default, these tools will
8441 override $LESS to allow certain operations to work, such as
8442 jump-to-the-end. With $SYSTEMD_LESS, it is possible to
8443 influence this logic.
8444
8445 * systemd's "seccomp" hook-up has been changed to make use of
8446 the libseccomp library instead of using its own
8447 implementation. This has benefits for portability among
8448 other things.
8449
8450 * For usage together with SystemCallFilter=, a new
8451 SystemCallErrorNumber= setting has been introduced that
8452 allows configuration of a system error number to be returned
8453 on filtered system calls, instead of immediately killing the
8454 process. Also, SystemCallArchitectures= has been added to
8455 limit access to system calls of a particular architecture
8456 (in order to turn off support for unused secondary
8457 architectures). There is also a global
8458 SystemCallArchitectures= setting in system.conf now to turn
8459 off support for non-native system calls system-wide.
8460
8461 * systemd requires a kernel with a working name_to_handle_at(),
8462 please see the kernel config requirements in the README file.
8463
8464 Contributions from: Adam Williamson, Alex Jia, Anatol Pomozov,
8465 Ansgar Burchardt, AppleBloom, Auke Kok, Bastien Nocera,
8466 Chengwei Yang, Christian Seiler, Colin Guthrie, Colin Walters,
8467 Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Buch, Daniele Medri, Daniel J
8468 Walsh, Daniel Mack, Dan McGee, Dave Reisner, David Coppa,
8469 David Herrmann, David Strauss, Djalal Harouni, Dmitry Pisklov,
8470 Elia Pinto, Florian Weimer, George McCollister, Goffredo
8471 Baroncelli, Greg Kroah-Hartman, Hendrik Brueckner, Igor
8472 Zhbanov, Jan Engelhardt, Jan Janssen, Jason A. Donenfeld,
8473 Jason St. John, Jasper St. Pierre, Jóhann B. Guðmundsson, Jose
8474 Ignacio Naranjo, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers, Kristian Høgsberg,
8475 Lennart Poettering, Lubomir Rintel, Lukas Nykryn, Lukasz
8476 Skalski, Łukasz Stelmach, Luke Shumaker, Mantas Mikulėnas,
8477 Marc-Antoine Perennou, Marcel Holtmann, Marcos Felipe Rasia de
8478 Mello, Marko Myllynen, Martin Pitt, Matthew Monaco, Michael
8479 Marineau, Michael Scherer, Michał Górny, Michal Sekletar,
8480 Michele Curti, Oleksii Shevchuk, Olivier Brunel, Patrik Flykt,
8481 Pavel Holica, Raudi, Richard Marko, Ronny Chevalier, Sébastien
8482 Luttringer, Sergey Ptashnick, Shawn Landden, Simon Peeters,
8483 Stefan Beller, Susant Sahani, Sylvain Plantefeve, Sylvia Else,
8484 Tero Roponen, Thomas Bächler, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen,
8485 Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Unai Uribarri, Václav
8486 Pavlín, Vincent Batts, WaLyong Cho, William Giokas, Yang
8487 Zhiyong, Yin Kangkai, Yuxuan Shui, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
8488
8489 — Berlin, 2014-02-20
8490
8491 CHANGES WITH 208:
8492
8493 * logind has gained support for facilitating privileged input
8494 and drm device access for unprivileged clients. This work is
8495 useful to allow Wayland display servers (and similar
8496 programs, such as kmscon) to run under the user's ID and
8497 access input and drm devices which are normally
8498 protected. When this is used (and the kernel is new enough)
8499 logind will "mute" IO on the file descriptors passed to
8500 Wayland as long as it is in the background and "unmute" it
8501 if it returns into the foreground. This allows secure
8502 session switching without allowing background sessions to
8503 eavesdrop on input and display data. This also introduces
8504 session switching support if VT support is turned off in the
8505 kernel, and on seats that are not seat0.
8506
8507 * A new kernel command line option luks.options= is understood
8508 now which allows specifying LUKS options for usage for LUKS
8509 encrypted partitions specified with luks.uuid=.
8510
8511 * tmpfiles.d(5) snippets may now use specifier expansion in
8512 path names. More specifically %m, %b, %H, %v, are now
8513 replaced by the local machine id, boot id, hostname, and
8514 kernel version number.
8515
8516 * A new tmpfiles.d(5) command "m" has been introduced which
8517 may be used to change the owner/group/access mode of a file
8518 or directory if it exists, but do nothing if it does not.
8519
8520 * This release removes high-level support for the
8521 MemorySoftLimit= cgroup setting. The underlying kernel
8522 cgroup attribute memory.soft_limit= is currently badly
8523 designed and likely to be removed from the kernel API in its
8524 current form, hence we should not expose it for now.
8525
8526 * The memory.use_hierarchy cgroup attribute is now enabled for
8527 all cgroups systemd creates in the memory cgroup
8528 hierarchy. This option is likely to be come the built-in
8529 default in the kernel anyway, and the non-hierarchical mode
8530 never made much sense in the intrinsically hierarchical
8531 cgroup system.
8532
8533 * A new field _SYSTEMD_SLICE= is logged along with all journal
8534 messages containing the slice a message was generated
8535 from. This is useful to allow easy per-customer filtering of
8536 logs among other things.
8537
8538 * systemd-journald will no longer adjust the group of journal
8539 files it creates to the "systemd-journal" group. Instead we
8540 rely on the journal directory to be owned by the
8541 "systemd-journal" group, and its setgid bit set, so that the
8542 kernel file system layer will automatically enforce that
8543 journal files inherit this group assignment. The reason for
8544 this change is that we cannot allow NSS look-ups from
8545 journald which would be necessary to resolve
8546 "systemd-journal" to a numeric GID, because this might
8547 create deadlocks if NSS involves synchronous queries to
8548 other daemons (such as nscd, or sssd) which in turn are
8549 logging clients of journald and might block on it, which
8550 would then dead lock. A tmpfiles.d(5) snippet included in
8551 systemd will make sure the setgid bit and group are
8552 properly set on the journal directory if it exists on every
8553 boot. However, we recommend adjusting it manually after
8554 upgrades too (or from RPM scriptlets), so that the change is
8555 not delayed until next reboot.
8556
8557 * Backlight and random seed files in /var/lib/ have moved into
8558 the /var/lib/systemd/ directory, in order to centralize all
8559 systemd generated files in one directory.
8560
8561 * Boot time performance measurements (as displayed by
8562 "systemd-analyze" for example) will now read ACPI 5.0 FPDT
8563 performance information if that's available to determine how
8564 much time BIOS and boot loader initialization required. With
8565 a sufficiently new BIOS you hence no longer need to boot
8566 with Gummiboot to get access to such information.
8567
8568 Contributions from: Andrey Borzenkov, Chen Jie, Colin Walters,
8569 Cristian Rodríguez, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, David
8570 Mackey, David Strauss, Eelco Dolstra, Evan Callicoat, Gao
8571 feng, Harald Hoyer, Jimmie Tauriainen, Kay Sievers, Lennart
8572 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas, Martin Pitt,
8573 Michael Scherer, Michał Górny, Mike Gilbert, Patrick McCarty,
8574 Sebastian Ott, Tom Gundersen, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
8575
8576 — Berlin, 2013-10-02
8577
8578 CHANGES WITH 207:
8579
8580 * The Restart= option for services now understands a new
8581 on-watchdog setting, which will restart the service
8582 automatically if the service stops sending out watchdog keep
8583 alive messages (as configured with WatchdogSec=).
8584
8585 * The getty generator (which is responsible for bringing up a
8586 getty on configured serial consoles) will no longer only
8587 start a getty on the primary kernel console but on all
8588 others, too. This makes the order in which console= is
8589 specified on the kernel command line less important.
8590
8591 * libsystemd-logind gained a new sd_session_get_vt() call to
8592 retrieve the VT number of a session.
8593
8594 * If the option "tries=0" is set for an entry of /etc/crypttab
8595 its passphrase is queried indefinitely instead of any
8596 maximum number of tries.
8597
8598 * If a service with a configure PID file terminates its PID
8599 file will now be removed automatically if it still exists
8600 afterwards. This should put an end to stale PID files.
8601
8602 * systemd-run will now also take relative binary path names
8603 for execution and no longer insists on absolute paths.
8604
8605 * InaccessibleDirectories= and ReadOnlyDirectories= now take
8606 paths that are optionally prefixed with "-" to indicate that
8607 it should not be considered a failure if they do not exist.
8608
8609 * journalctl -o (and similar commands) now understands a new
8610 output mode "short-precise", it is similar to "short" but
8611 shows timestamps with usec accuracy.
8612
8613 * The option "discard" (as known from Debian) is now
8614 synonymous to "allow-discards" in /etc/crypttab. In fact,
8615 "discard" is preferred now (since it is easier to remember
8616 and type).
8617
8618 * Some licensing clean-ups were made, so that more code is now
8619 LGPL-2.1 licensed than before.
8620
8621 * A minimal tool to save/restore the display backlight
8622 brightness across reboots has been added. It will store the
8623 backlight setting as late as possible at shutdown, and
8624 restore it as early as possible during reboot.
8625
8626 * A logic to automatically discover and enable home and swap
8627 partitions on GPT disks has been added. With this in place
8628 /etc/fstab becomes optional for many setups as systemd can
8629 discover certain partitions located on the root disk
8630 automatically. Home partitions are recognized under their
8631 GPT type ID 933ac7e12eb44f13b8440e14e2aef915. Swap
8632 partitions are recognized under their GPT type ID
8633 0657fd6da4ab43c484e50933c84b4f4f.
8634
8635 * systemd will no longer pass any environment from the kernel
8636 or initrd to system services. If you want to set an
8637 environment for all services, do so via the kernel command
8638 line systemd.setenv= assignment.
8639
8640 * The systemd-sysctl tool no longer natively reads the file
8641 /etc/sysctl.conf. If desired, the file should be symlinked
8642 from /etc/sysctl.d/99-sysctl.conf. Apart from providing
8643 legacy support by a symlink rather than built-in code, it
8644 also makes the otherwise hidden order of application of the
8645 different files visible. (Note that this partly reverts to a
8646 pre-198 application order of sysctl knobs!)
8647
8648 * The "systemctl set-log-level" and "systemctl dump" commands
8649 have been moved to systemd-analyze.
8650
8651 * systemd-run learned the new --remain-after-exit switch,
8652 which causes the scope unit not to be cleaned up
8653 automatically after the process terminated.
8654
8655 * tmpfiles learned a new --exclude-prefix= switch to exclude
8656 certain paths from operation.
8657
8658 * journald will now automatically flush all messages to disk
8659 as soon as a message at the log level CRIT, ALERT or EMERG
8660 is received.
8661
8662 Contributions from: Andrew Cook, Brandon Philips, Christian
8663 Hesse, Christoph Junghans, Colin Walters, Daniel Schaal,
8664 Daniel Wallace, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Gao feng, George
8665 McCollister, Giovanni Campagna, Hannes Reinecke, Harald Hoyer,
8666 Herczeg Zsolt, Holger Hans Peter Freyther, Jan Engelhardt,
8667 Jesper Larsen, Kay Sievers, Khem Raj, Lennart Poettering,
8668 Lukas Nykryn, Maciej Wereski, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel
8669 Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Marineau,
8670 Michael Scherer, Michael Stapelberg, Michal Sekletar, Michał
8671 Górny, Olivier Brunel, Ondrej Balaz, Ronny Chevalier, Shawn
8672 Landden, Steven Hiscocks, Thomas Bächler, Thomas Hindoe
8673 Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar, WANG Chao,
8674 William Giokas, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
8675
8676 — Berlin, 2013-09-13
8677
8678 CHANGES WITH 206:
8679
8680 * The documentation has been updated to cover the various new
8681 concepts introduced with 205.
8682
8683 * Unit files now understand the new %v specifier which
8684 resolves to the kernel version string as returned by "uname
8685 -r".
8686
8687 * systemctl now supports filtering the unit list output by
8688 load state, active state and sub state, using the new
8689 --state= parameter.
8690
8691 * "systemctl status" will now show the results of the
8692 condition checks (like ConditionPathExists= and similar) of
8693 the last start attempts of the unit. They are also logged to
8694 the journal.
8695
8696 * "journalctl -b" may now be used to look for boot output of a
8697 specific boot. Try "journalctl -b -1" for the previous boot,
8698 but the syntax is substantially more powerful.
8699
8700 * "journalctl --show-cursor" has been added which prints the
8701 cursor string the last shown log line. This may then be used
8702 with the new "journalctl --after-cursor=" switch to continue
8703 browsing logs from that point on.
8704
8705 * "journalctl --force" may now be used to force regeneration
8706 of an FSS key.
8707
8708 * Creation of "dead" device nodes has been moved from udev
8709 into kmod and tmpfiles. Previously, udev would read the kmod
8710 databases to pre-generate dead device nodes based on meta
8711 information contained in kernel modules, so that these would
8712 be auto-loaded on access rather then at boot. As this
8713 does not really have much to do with the exposing actual
8714 kernel devices to userspace this has always been slightly
8715 alien in the udev codebase. Following the new scheme kmod
8716 will now generate a runtime snippet for tmpfiles from the
8717 module meta information and it now is tmpfiles' job to the
8718 create the nodes. This also allows overriding access and
8719 other parameters for the nodes using the usual tmpfiles
8720 facilities. As side effect this allows us to remove the
8721 CAP_SYS_MKNOD capability bit from udevd entirely.
8722
8723 * logind's device ACLs may now be applied to these "dead"
8724 devices nodes too, thus finally allowing managed access to
8725 devices such as /dev/snd/sequencer without loading the
8726 backing module right-away.
8727
8728 * A new RPM macro has been added that may be used to apply
8729 tmpfiles configuration during package installation.
8730
8731 * systemd-detect-virt and ConditionVirtualization= now can
8732 detect User-Mode-Linux machines (UML).
8733
8734 * journald will now implicitly log the effective capabilities
8735 set of processes in the message metadata.
8736
8737 * systemd-cryptsetup has gained support for TrueCrypt volumes.
8738
8739 * The initrd interface has been simplified (more specifically,
8740 support for passing performance data via environment
8741 variables and fsck results via files in /run has been
8742 removed). These features were non-essential, and are
8743 nowadays available in a much nicer way by having systemd in
8744 the initrd serialize its state and have the hosts systemd
8745 deserialize it again.
8746
8747 * The udev "keymap" data files and tools to apply keyboard
8748 specific mappings of scan to key codes, and force-release
8749 scan code lists have been entirely replaced by a udev
8750 "keyboard" builtin and a hwdb data file.
8751
8752 * systemd will now honour the kernel's "quiet" command line
8753 argument also during late shutdown, resulting in a
8754 completely silent shutdown when used.
8755
8756 * There's now an option to control the SO_REUSEPORT socket
8757 option in .socket units.
8758
8759 * Instance units will now automatically get a per-template
8760 subslice of system.slice unless something else is explicitly
8761 configured. For example, instances of sshd@.service will now
8762 implicitly be placed in system-sshd.slice rather than
8763 system.slice as before.
8764
8765 * Test coverage support may now be enabled at build time.
8766
8767 Contributions from: Dave Reisner, Frederic Crozat, Harald
8768 Hoyer, Holger Hans Peter Freyther, Jan Engelhardt, Jan
8769 Janssen, Jason St. John, Jesper Larsen, Kay Sievers, Lennart
8770 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Maciej Wereski, Martin Pitt, Michael
8771 Olbrich, Ramkumar Ramachandra, Ross Lagerwall, Shawn Landden,
8772 Thomas H.P. Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Tomasz Torcz, William
8773 Giokas, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
8774
8775 — Berlin, 2013-07-23
8776
8777 CHANGES WITH 205:
8778
8779 * Two new unit types have been introduced:
8780
8781 Scope units are very similar to service units, however, are
8782 created out of pre-existing processes — instead of PID 1
8783 forking off the processes. By using scope units it is
8784 possible for system services and applications to group their
8785 own child processes (worker processes) in a powerful way
8786 which then maybe used to organize them, or kill them
8787 together, or apply resource limits on them.
8788
8789 Slice units may be used to partition system resources in an
8790 hierarchical fashion and then assign other units to them. By
8791 default there are now three slices: system.slice (for all
8792 system services), user.slice (for all user sessions),
8793 machine.slice (for VMs and containers).
8794
8795 Slices and scopes have been introduced primarily in
8796 context of the work to move cgroup handling to a
8797 single-writer scheme, where only PID 1
8798 creates/removes/manages cgroups.
8799
8800 * There's a new concept of "transient" units. In contrast to
8801 normal units these units are created via an API at runtime,
8802 not from configuration from disk. More specifically this
8803 means it is now possible to run arbitrary programs as
8804 independent services, with all execution parameters passed
8805 in via bus APIs rather than read from disk. Transient units
8806 make systemd substantially more dynamic then it ever was,
8807 and useful as a general batch manager.
8808
8809 * logind has been updated to make use of scope and slice units
8810 for managing user sessions. As a user logs in he will get
8811 his own private slice unit, to which all sessions are added
8812 as scope units. We also added support for automatically
8813 adding an instance of user@.service for the user into the
8814 slice. Effectively logind will no longer create cgroup
8815 hierarchies on its own now, it will defer entirely to PID 1
8816 for this by means of scope, service and slice units. Since
8817 user sessions this way become entities managed by PID 1
8818 the output of "systemctl" is now a lot more comprehensive.
8819
8820 * A new mini-daemon "systemd-machined" has been added which
8821 may be used by virtualization managers to register local
8822 VMs/containers. nspawn has been updated accordingly, and
8823 libvirt will be updated shortly. machined will collect a bit
8824 of meta information about the VMs/containers, and assign
8825 them their own scope unit (see above). The collected
8826 meta-data is then made available via the "machinectl" tool,
8827 and exposed in "ps" and similar tools. machined/machinectl
8828 is compile-time optional.
8829
8830 * As discussed earlier, the low-level cgroup configuration
8831 options ControlGroup=, ControlGroupModify=,
8832 ControlGroupPersistent=, ControlGroupAttribute= have been
8833 removed. Please use high-level attribute settings instead as
8834 well as slice units.
8835
8836 * A new bus call SetUnitProperties() has been added to alter
8837 various runtime parameters of a unit. This is primarily
8838 useful to alter cgroup parameters dynamically in a nice way,
8839 but will be extended later on to make more properties
8840 modifiable at runtime. systemctl gained a new set-properties
8841 command that wraps this call.
8842
8843 * A new tool "systemd-run" has been added which can be used to
8844 run arbitrary command lines as transient services or scopes,
8845 while configuring a number of settings via the command
8846 line. This tool is currently very basic, however already
8847 very useful. We plan to extend this tool to even allow
8848 queuing of execution jobs with time triggers from the
8849 command line, similar in fashion to "at".
8850
8851 * nspawn will now inform the user explicitly that kernels with
8852 audit enabled break containers, and suggest the user to turn
8853 off audit.
8854
8855 * Support for detecting the IMA and AppArmor security
8856 frameworks with ConditionSecurity= has been added.
8857
8858 * journalctl gained a new "-k" switch for showing only kernel
8859 messages, mimicking dmesg output; in addition to "--user"
8860 and "--system" switches for showing only user's own logs
8861 and system logs.
8862
8863 * systemd-delta can now show information about drop-in
8864 snippets extending unit files.
8865
8866 * libsystemd-bus has been substantially updated but is still
8867 not available as public API.
8868
8869 * systemd will now look for the "debug" argument on the kernel
8870 command line and enable debug logging, similar to what
8871 "systemd.log_level=debug" already did before.
8872
8873 * "systemctl set-default", "systemctl get-default" has been
8874 added to configure the default.target symlink, which
8875 controls what to boot into by default.
8876
8877 * "systemctl set-log-level" has been added as a convenient
8878 way to raise and lower systemd logging threshold.
8879
8880 * "systemd-analyze plot" will now show the time the various
8881 generators needed for execution, as well as information
8882 about the unit file loading.
8883
8884 * libsystemd-journal gained a new sd_journal_open_files() call
8885 for opening specific journal files. journactl also gained a
8886 new switch to expose this new functionality. Previously we
8887 only supported opening all files from a directory, or all
8888 files from the system, as opening individual files only is
8889 racy due to journal file rotation.
8890
8891 * systemd gained the new DefaultEnvironment= setting in
8892 /etc/systemd/system.conf to set environment variables for
8893 all services.
8894
8895 * If a privileged process logs a journal message with the
8896 OBJECT_PID= field set, then journald will automatically
8897 augment this with additional OBJECT_UID=, OBJECT_GID=,
8898 OBJECT_COMM=, OBJECT_EXE=, ... fields. This is useful if
8899 system services want to log events about specific client
8900 processes. journactl/systemctl has been updated to make use
8901 of this information if all log messages regarding a specific
8902 unit is requested.
8903
8904 Contributions from: Auke Kok, Chengwei Yang, Colin Walters,
8905 Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Albers, Daniel Wallace, Dave
8906 Reisner, David Coppa, David King, David Strauss, Eelco
8907 Dolstra, Gabriel de Perthuis, Harald Hoyer, Jan Alexander
8908 Steffens, Jan Engelhardt, Jan Janssen, Jason St. John, Johan
8909 Heikkilä, Karel Zak, Karol Lewandowski, Kay Sievers, Lennart
8910 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marius Vollmer,
8911 Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich, Michael Tremer,
8912 Michal Schmidt, Michał Bartoszkiewicz, Nirbheek Chauhan,
8913 Pierre Neidhardt, Ross Burton, Ross Lagerwall, Sean McGovern,
8914 Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar,
8915 Václav Pavlín, Zachary Cook, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek,
8916 Łukasz Stelmach, 장동준
8917
8918 CHANGES WITH 204:
8919
8920 * The Python bindings gained some minimal support for the APIs
8921 exposed by libsystemd-logind.
8922
8923 * ConditionSecurity= gained support for detecting SMACK. Since
8924 this condition already supports SELinux and AppArmor we only
8925 miss IMA for this. Patches welcome!
8926
8927 Contributions from: Karol Lewandowski, Lennart Poettering,
8928 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
8929
8930 CHANGES WITH 203:
8931
8932 * systemd-nspawn will now create /etc/resolv.conf if
8933 necessary, before bind-mounting the host's file onto it.
8934
8935 * systemd-nspawn will now store meta information about a
8936 container on the container's cgroup as extended attribute
8937 fields, including the root directory.
8938
8939 * The cgroup hierarchy has been reworked in many ways. All
8940 objects any of the components systemd creates in the cgroup
8941 tree are now suffixed. More specifically, user sessions are
8942 now placed in cgroups suffixed with ".session", users in
8943 cgroups suffixed with ".user", and nspawn containers in
8944 cgroups suffixed with ".nspawn". Furthermore, all cgroup
8945 names are now escaped in a simple scheme to avoid collision
8946 of userspace object names with kernel filenames. This work
8947 is preparation for making these objects relocatable in the
8948 cgroup tree, in order to allow easy resource partitioning of
8949 these objects without causing naming conflicts.
8950
8951 * systemctl list-dependencies gained the new switches
8952 --plain, --reverse, --after and --before.
8953
8954 * systemd-inhibit now shows the process name of processes that
8955 have taken an inhibitor lock.
8956
8957 * nss-myhostname will now also resolve "localhost"
8958 implicitly. This makes /etc/hosts an optional file and
8959 nicely handles that on IPv6 ::1 maps to both "localhost" and
8960 the local hostname.
8961
8962 * libsystemd-logind.so gained a new call
8963 sd_get_machine_names() to enumerate running containers and
8964 VMs (currently only supported by very new libvirt and
8965 nspawn). sd_login_monitor can now be used to watch
8966 VMs/containers coming and going.
8967
8968 * .include is not allowed recursively anymore, and only in
8969 unit files. Usually it is better to use drop-in snippets in
8970 .d/*.conf anyway, as introduced with systemd 198.
8971
8972 * systemd-analyze gained a new "critical-chain" command that
8973 determines the slowest chain of units run during system
8974 boot-up. It is very useful for tracking down where
8975 optimizing boot time is the most beneficial.
8976
8977 * systemd will no longer allow manipulating service paths in
8978 the name=systemd:/system cgroup tree using ControlGroup= in
8979 units. (But is still fine with it in all other dirs.)
8980
8981 * There's a new systemd-nspawn@.service service file that may
8982 be used to easily run nspawn containers as system
8983 services. With the container's root directory in
8984 /var/lib/container/foobar it is now sufficient to run
8985 "systemctl start systemd-nspawn@foobar.service" to boot it.
8986
8987 * systemd-cgls gained a new parameter "--machine" to list only
8988 the processes within a certain container.
8989
8990 * ConditionSecurity= now can check for "apparmor". We still
8991 are lacking checks for SMACK and IMA for this condition
8992 check though. Patches welcome!
8993
8994 * A new configuration file /etc/systemd/sleep.conf has been
8995 added that may be used to configure which kernel operation
8996 systemd is supposed to execute when "suspend", "hibernate"
8997 or "hybrid-sleep" is requested. This makes the new kernel
8998 "freeze" state accessible to the user.
8999
9000 * ENV{SYSTEMD_WANTS} in udev rules will now implicitly escape
9001 the passed argument if applicable.
9002
9003 Contributions from: Auke Kok, Colin Guthrie, Colin Walters,
9004 Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Buch, Daniel Wallace, Dave Reisner,
9005 Evangelos Foutras, Greg Kroah-Hartman, Harald Hoyer, Josh
9006 Triplett, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn,
9007 MUNEDA Takahiro, Mantas Mikulėnas, Mirco Tischler, Nathaniel
9008 Chen, Nirbheek Chauhan, Ronny Chevalier, Ross Lagerwall, Tom
9009 Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar, Ville Skyttä, Zbigniew
9010 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
9011
9012 CHANGES WITH 202:
9013
9014 * The output of 'systemctl list-jobs' got some polishing. The
9015 '--type=' argument may now be passed more than once. A new
9016 command 'systemctl list-sockets' has been added which shows
9017 a list of kernel sockets systemd is listening on with the
9018 socket units they belong to, plus the units these socket
9019 units activate.
9020
9021 * The experimental libsystemd-bus library got substantial
9022 updates to work in conjunction with the (also experimental)
9023 kdbus kernel project. It works well enough to exchange
9024 messages with some sophistication. Note that kdbus is not
9025 ready yet, and the library is mostly an elaborate test case
9026 for now, and not installable.
9027
9028 * systemd gained a new unit 'systemd-static-nodes.service'
9029 that generates static device nodes earlier during boot, and
9030 can run in conjunction with udev.
9031
9032 * libsystemd-login gained a new call sd_pid_get_user_unit()
9033 to retrieve the user systemd unit a process is running
9034 in. This is useful for systems where systemd is used as
9035 session manager.
9036
9037 * systemd-nspawn now places all containers in the new /machine
9038 top-level cgroup directory in the name=systemd
9039 hierarchy. libvirt will soon do the same, so that we get a
9040 uniform separation of /system, /user and /machine for system
9041 services, user processes and containers/virtual
9042 machines. This new cgroup hierarchy is also useful to stick
9043 stable names to specific container instances, which can be
9044 recognized later this way (this name may be controlled
9045 via systemd-nspawn's new -M switch). libsystemd-login also
9046 gained a new call sd_pid_get_machine_name() to retrieve the
9047 name of the container/VM a specific process belongs to.
9048
9049 * bootchart can now store its data in the journal.
9050
9051 * libsystemd-journal gained a new call
9052 sd_journal_add_conjunction() for AND expressions to the
9053 matching logic. This can be used to express more complex
9054 logical expressions.
9055
9056 * journactl can now take multiple --unit= and --user-unit=
9057 switches.
9058
9059 * The cryptsetup logic now understands the "luks.key=" kernel
9060 command line switch for specifying a file to read the
9061 decryption key from. Also, if a configured key file is not
9062 found the tool will now automatically fall back to prompting
9063 the user.
9064
9065 * Python systemd.journal module was updated to wrap recently
9066 added functions from libsystemd-journal. The interface was
9067 changed to bring the low level interface in s.j._Reader
9068 closer to the C API, and the high level interface in
9069 s.j.Reader was updated to wrap and convert all data about
9070 an entry.
9071
9072 Contributions from: Anatol Pomozov, Auke Kok, Harald Hoyer,
9073 Henrik Grindal Bakken, Josh Triplett, Kay Sievers, Lennart
9074 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas Marius Vollmer,
9075 Martin Jansa, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michal Schmidt,
9076 Mirco Tischler, Pali Rohar, Simon Peeters, Steven Hiscocks,
9077 Tom Gundersen, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
9078
9079 CHANGES WITH 201:
9080
9081 * journalctl --update-catalog now understands a new --root=
9082 option to operate on catalogs found in a different root
9083 directory.
9084
9085 * During shutdown after systemd has terminated all running
9086 services a final killing loop kills all remaining left-over
9087 processes. We will now print the name of these processes
9088 when we send SIGKILL to them, since this usually indicates a
9089 problem.
9090
9091 * If /etc/crypttab refers to password files stored on
9092 configured mount points automatic dependencies will now be
9093 generated to ensure the specific mount is established first
9094 before the key file is attempted to be read.
9095
9096 * 'systemctl status' will now show information about the
9097 network sockets a socket unit is listening on.
9098
9099 * 'systemctl status' will also shown information about any
9100 drop-in configuration file for units. (Drop-In configuration
9101 files in this context are files such as
9102 /etc/systemd/systemd/foobar.service.d/*.conf)
9103
9104 * systemd-cgtop now optionally shows summed up CPU times of
9105 cgroups. Press '%' while running cgtop to switch between
9106 percentage and absolute mode. This is useful to determine
9107 which cgroups use up the most CPU time over the entire
9108 runtime of the system. systemd-cgtop has also been updated
9109 to be 'pipeable' for processing with further shell tools.
9110
9111 * 'hostnamectl set-hostname' will now allow setting of FQDN
9112 hostnames.
9113
9114 * The formatting and parsing of time span values has been
9115 changed. The parser now understands fractional expressions
9116 such as "5.5h". The formatter will now output fractional
9117 expressions for all time spans under 1min, i.e. "5.123456s"
9118 rather than "5s 123ms 456us". For time spans under 1s
9119 millisecond values are shown, for those under 1ms
9120 microsecond values are shown. This should greatly improve
9121 all time-related output of systemd.
9122
9123 * libsystemd-login and libsystemd-journal gained new
9124 functions for querying the poll() events mask and poll()
9125 timeout value for integration into arbitrary event
9126 loops.
9127
9128 * localectl gained the ability to list available X11 keymaps
9129 (models, layouts, variants, options).
9130
9131 * 'systemd-analyze dot' gained the ability to filter for
9132 specific units via shell-style globs, to create smaller,
9133 more useful graphs. I.e. it is now possible to create simple
9134 graphs of all the dependencies between only target units, or
9135 of all units that Avahi has dependencies with.
9136
9137 Contributions from: Cristian Rodríguez, Dr. Tilmann Bubeck,
9138 Harald Hoyer, Holger Hans Peter Freyther, Kay Sievers, Kelly
9139 Anderson, Koen Kooi, Lennart Poettering, Maksim Melnikau,
9140 Marc-Antoine Perennou, Marius Vollmer, Martin Pitt, Michal
9141 Schmidt, Oleksii Shevchuk, Ronny Chevalier, Simon McVittie,
9142 Steven Hiscocks, Thomas Weißschuh, Umut Tezduyar, Václav
9143 Pavlín, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Łukasz Stelmach
9144
9145 CHANGES WITH 200:
9146
9147 * The boot-time readahead implementation for rotating media
9148 will now read the read-ahead data in multiple passes which
9149 consist of all read requests made in equidistant time
9150 intervals. This means instead of strictly reading read-ahead
9151 data in its physical order on disk we now try to find a
9152 middle ground between physical and access time order.
9153
9154 * /etc/os-release files gained a new BUILD_ID= field for usage
9155 on operating systems that provide continuous builds of OS
9156 images.
9157
9158 Contributions from: Auke Kok, Eelco Dolstra, Kay Sievers,
9159 Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Martin Pitt, Václav Pavlín
9160 William Douglas, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
9161
9162 CHANGES WITH 199:
9163
9164 * systemd-python gained an API exposing libsystemd-daemon.
9165
9166 * The SMACK setup logic gained support for uploading CIPSO
9167 security policy.
9168
9169 * Behaviour of PrivateTmp=, ReadWriteDirectories=,
9170 ReadOnlyDirectories= and InaccessibleDirectories= has
9171 changed. The private /tmp and /var/tmp directories are now
9172 shared by all processes of a service (which means
9173 ExecStartPre= may now leave data in /tmp that ExecStart= of
9174 the same service can still access). When a service is
9175 stopped its temporary directories are immediately deleted
9176 (normal clean-up with tmpfiles is still done in addition to
9177 this though).
9178
9179 * By default, systemd will now set a couple of sysctl
9180 variables in the kernel: the safe sysrq options are turned
9181 on, IP route verification is turned on, and source routing
9182 disabled. The recently added hardlink and softlink
9183 protection of the kernel is turned on. These settings should
9184 be reasonably safe, and good defaults for all new systems.
9185
9186 * The predictable network naming logic may now be turned off
9187 with a new kernel command line switch: net.ifnames=0.
9188
9189 * A new libsystemd-bus module has been added that implements a
9190 pretty complete D-Bus client library. For details see:
9191
9192 https://lists.freedesktop.org/archives/systemd-devel/2013-March/009797.html
9193
9194 * journald will now explicitly flush the journal files to disk
9195 at the latest 5min after each write. The file will then also
9196 be marked offline until the next write. This should increase
9197 reliability in case of a crash. The synchronization delay
9198 can be configured via SyncIntervalSec= in journald.conf.
9199
9200 * There's a new remote-fs-setup.target unit that can be used
9201 to pull in specific services when at least one remote file
9202 system is to be mounted.
9203
9204 * There are new targets timers.target and paths.target as
9205 canonical targets to pull user timer and path units in
9206 from. This complements sockets.target with a similar
9207 purpose for socket units.
9208
9209 * libudev gained a new call udev_device_set_attribute_value()
9210 to set sysfs attributes of a device.
9211
9212 * The udev daemon now sets the default number of worker
9213 processes executed in parallel based on the number of available
9214 CPUs instead of the amount of available RAM. This is supposed
9215 to provide a more reliable default and limit a too aggressive
9216 parallelism for setups with 1000s of devices connected.
9217
9218 Contributions from: Auke Kok, Colin Walters, Cristian
9219 Rodríguez, Daniel Buch, Dave Reisner, Frederic Crozat, Hannes
9220 Reinecke, Harald Hoyer, Jan Alexander Steffens, Jan
9221 Engelhardt, Josh Triplett, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering,
9222 Mantas Mikulėnas, Martin Pitt, Mathieu Bridon, Michael Biebl,
9223 Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Miklos Vajna, Nathaniel Chen,
9224 Oleksii Shevchuk, Ozan Çağlayan, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel
9225 Andersen, Tollef Fog Heen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar,
9226 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
9227
9228 CHANGES WITH 198:
9229
9230 * Configuration of unit files may now be extended via drop-in
9231 files without having to edit/override the unit files
9232 themselves. More specifically, if the administrator wants to
9233 change one value for a service file foobar.service he can
9234 now do so by dropping in a configuration snippet into
9235 /etc/systemd/system/foobar.service.d/*.conf. The unit logic
9236 will load all these snippets and apply them on top of the
9237 main unit configuration file, possibly extending or
9238 overriding its settings. Using these drop-in snippets is
9239 generally nicer than the two earlier options for changing
9240 unit files locally: copying the files from
9241 /usr/lib/systemd/system/ to /etc/systemd/system/ and editing
9242 them there; or creating a new file in /etc/systemd/system/
9243 that incorporates the original one via ".include". Drop-in
9244 snippets into these .d/ directories can be placed in any
9245 directory systemd looks for units in, and the usual
9246 overriding semantics between /usr/lib, /etc and /run apply
9247 for them too.
9248
9249 * Most unit file settings which take lists of items can now be
9250 reset by assigning the empty string to them. For example,
9251 normally, settings such as Environment=FOO=BAR append a new
9252 environment variable assignment to the environment block,
9253 each time they are used. By assigning Environment= the empty
9254 string the environment block can be reset to empty. This is
9255 particularly useful with the .d/*.conf drop-in snippets
9256 mentioned above, since this adds the ability to reset list
9257 settings from vendor unit files via these drop-ins.
9258
9259 * systemctl gained a new "list-dependencies" command for
9260 listing the dependencies of a unit recursively.
9261
9262 * Inhibitors are now honored and listed by "systemctl
9263 suspend", "systemctl poweroff" (and similar) too, not only
9264 GNOME. These commands will also list active sessions by
9265 other users.
9266
9267 * Resource limits (as exposed by the various control group
9268 controllers) can now be controlled dynamically at runtime
9269 for all units. More specifically, you can now use a command
9270 like "systemctl set-cgroup-attr foobar.service cpu.shares
9271 2000" to alter the CPU shares a specific service gets. These
9272 settings are stored persistently on disk, and thus allow the
9273 administrator to easily adjust the resource usage of
9274 services with a few simple commands. This dynamic resource
9275 management logic is also available to other programs via the
9276 bus. Almost any kernel cgroup attribute and controller is
9277 supported.
9278
9279 * systemd-vconsole-setup will now copy all font settings to
9280 all allocated VTs, where it previously applied them only to
9281 the foreground VT.
9282
9283 * libsystemd-login gained the new sd_session_get_tty() API
9284 call.
9285
9286 * This release drops support for a few legacy or
9287 distribution-specific LSB facility names when parsing init
9288 scripts: $x-display-manager, $mail-transfer-agent,
9289 $mail-transport-agent, $mail-transfer-agent, $smtp,
9290 $null. Also, the mail-transfer-agent.target unit backing
9291 this has been removed. Distributions which want to retain
9292 compatibility with this should carry the burden for
9293 supporting this themselves and patch support for these back
9294 in, if they really need to. Also, the facilities $syslog and
9295 $local_fs are now ignored, since systemd does not support
9296 early-boot LSB init scripts anymore, and these facilities
9297 are implied anyway for normal services. syslog.target has
9298 also been removed.
9299
9300 * There are new bus calls on PID1's Manager object for
9301 cancelling jobs, and removing snapshot units. Previously,
9302 both calls were only available on the Job and Snapshot
9303 objects themselves.
9304
9305 * systemd-journal-gatewayd gained SSL support.
9306
9307 * The various "environment" files, such as /etc/locale.conf
9308 now support continuation lines with a backslash ("\") as
9309 last character in the line, similarly in style (but different)
9310 to how this is supported in shells.
9311
9312 * For normal user processes the _SYSTEMD_USER_UNIT= field is
9313 now implicitly appended to every log entry logged. systemctl
9314 has been updated to filter by this field when operating on a
9315 user systemd instance.
9316
9317 * nspawn will now implicitly add the CAP_AUDIT_WRITE and
9318 CAP_AUDIT_CONTROL capabilities to the capabilities set for
9319 the container. This makes it easier to boot unmodified
9320 Fedora systems in a container, which however still requires
9321 audit=0 to be passed on the kernel command line. Auditing in
9322 kernel and userspace is unfortunately still too broken in
9323 context of containers, hence we recommend compiling it out
9324 of the kernel or using audit=0. Hopefully this will be fixed
9325 one day for good in the kernel.
9326
9327 * nspawn gained the new --bind= and --bind-ro= parameters to
9328 bind mount specific directories from the host into the
9329 container.
9330
9331 * nspawn will now mount its own devpts file system instance
9332 into the container, in order not to leak pty devices from
9333 the host into the container.
9334
9335 * systemd will now read the firmware boot time performance
9336 information from the EFI variables, if the used boot loader
9337 supports this, and takes it into account for boot performance
9338 analysis via "systemd-analyze". This is currently supported
9339 only in conjunction with Gummiboot, but could be supported
9340 by other boot loaders too. For details see:
9341
9342 https://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Software/systemd/BootLoaderInterface
9343
9344 * A new generator has been added that automatically mounts the
9345 EFI System Partition (ESP) to /boot, if that directory
9346 exists, is empty, and no other file system has been
9347 configured to be mounted there.
9348
9349 * logind will now send out PrepareForSleep(false) out
9350 unconditionally, after coming back from suspend. This may be
9351 used by applications as asynchronous notification for
9352 system resume events.
9353
9354 * "systemctl unlock-sessions" has been added, that allows
9355 unlocking the screens of all user sessions at once, similar
9356 to how "systemctl lock-sessions" already locked all users
9357 sessions. This is backed by a new D-Bus call UnlockSessions().
9358
9359 * "loginctl seat-status" will now show the master device of a
9360 seat. (i.e. the device of a seat that needs to be around for
9361 the seat to be considered available, usually the graphics
9362 card).
9363
9364 * tmpfiles gained a new "X" line type, that allows
9365 configuration of files and directories (with wildcards) that
9366 shall be excluded from automatic cleanup ("aging").
9367
9368 * udev default rules set the device node permissions now only
9369 at "add" events, and do not change them any longer with a
9370 later "change" event.
9371
9372 * The log messages for lid events and power/sleep keypresses
9373 now carry a message ID.
9374
9375 * We now have a substantially larger unit test suite, but this
9376 continues to be work in progress.
9377
9378 * udevadm hwdb gained a new --root= parameter to change the
9379 root directory to operate relative to.
9380
9381 * logind will now issue a background sync() request to the kernel
9382 early at shutdown, so that dirty buffers are flushed to disk early
9383 instead of at the last moment, in order to optimize shutdown
9384 times a little.
9385
9386 * A new bootctl tool has been added that is an interface for
9387 certain boot loader operations. This is currently a preview
9388 and is likely to be extended into a small mechanism daemon
9389 like timedated, localed, hostnamed, and can be used by
9390 graphical UIs to enumerate available boot options, and
9391 request boot into firmware operations.
9392
9393 * systemd-bootchart has been relicensed to LGPLv2.1+ to match
9394 the rest of the package. It also has been updated to work
9395 correctly in initrds.
9396
9397 * polkit previously has been runtime optional, and is now also
9398 compile time optional via a configure switch.
9399
9400 * systemd-analyze has been reimplemented in C. Also "systemctl
9401 dot" has moved into systemd-analyze.
9402
9403 * "systemctl status" with no further parameters will now print
9404 the status of all active or failed units.
9405
9406 * Operations such as "systemctl start" can now be executed
9407 with a new mode "--irreversible" which may be used to queue
9408 operations that cannot accidentally be reversed by a later
9409 job queuing. This is by default used to make shutdown
9410 requests more robust.
9411
9412 * The Python API of systemd now gained a new module for
9413 reading journal files.
9414
9415 * A new tool kernel-install has been added that can install
9416 kernel images according to the Boot Loader Specification:
9417
9418 https://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Specifications/BootLoaderSpec
9419
9420 * Boot time console output has been improved to provide
9421 animated boot time output for hanging jobs.
9422
9423 * A new tool systemd-activate has been added which can be used
9424 to test socket activation with, directly from the command
9425 line. This should make it much easier to test and debug
9426 socket activation in daemons.
9427
9428 * journalctl gained a new "--reverse" (or -r) option to show
9429 journal output in reverse order (i.e. newest line first).
9430
9431 * journalctl gained a new "--pager-end" (or -e) option to jump
9432 to immediately jump to the end of the journal in the
9433 pager. This is only supported in conjunction with "less".
9434
9435 * journalctl gained a new "--user-unit=" option, that works
9436 similarly to "--unit=" but filters for user units rather than
9437 system units.
9438
9439 * A number of unit files to ease adoption of systemd in
9440 initrds has been added. This moves some minimal logic from
9441 the various initrd implementations into systemd proper.
9442
9443 * The journal files are now owned by a new group
9444 "systemd-journal", which exists specifically to allow access
9445 to the journal, and nothing else. Previously, we used the
9446 "adm" group for that, which however possibly covers more
9447 than just journal/log file access. This new group is now
9448 already used by systemd-journal-gatewayd to ensure this
9449 daemon gets access to the journal files and as little else
9450 as possible. Note that "make install" will also set FS ACLs
9451 up for /var/log/journal to give "adm" and "wheel" read
9452 access to it, in addition to "systemd-journal" which owns
9453 the journal files. We recommend that packaging scripts also
9454 add read access to "adm" + "wheel" to /var/log/journal, and
9455 all existing/future journal files. To normal users and
9456 administrators little changes, however packagers need to
9457 ensure to create the "systemd-journal" system group at
9458 package installation time.
9459
9460 * The systemd-journal-gatewayd now runs as unprivileged user
9461 systemd-journal-gateway:systemd-journal-gateway. Packaging
9462 scripts need to create these system user/group at
9463 installation time.
9464
9465 * timedated now exposes a new boolean property CanNTP that
9466 indicates whether a local NTP service is available or not.
9467
9468 * systemd-detect-virt will now also detect xen PVs
9469
9470 * The pstore file system is now mounted by default, if it is
9471 available.
9472
9473 * In addition to the SELinux and IMA policies we will now also
9474 load SMACK policies at early boot.
9475
9476 Contributions from: Adel Gadllah, Aleksander Morgado, Auke
9477 Kok, Ayan George, Bastien Nocera, Colin Walters, Daniel Buch,
9478 Daniel Wallace, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, David Strauss,
9479 Eelco Dolstra, Enrico Scholz, Frederic Crozat, Harald Hoyer,
9480 Jan Janssen, Jonathan Callen, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering,
9481 Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marc-Antoine Perennou, Martin
9482 Pitt, Mauro Dreissig, Max F. Albrecht, Michael Biebl, Michael
9483 Olbrich, Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Michal Vyskocil,
9484 Michał Bartoszkiewicz, Mirco Tischler, Nathaniel Chen, Nestor
9485 Ovroy, Oleksii Shevchuk, Paul W. Frields, Piotr Drąg, Rob
9486 Clark, Ryan Lortie, Simon McVittie, Simon Peeters, Steven
9487 Hiscocks, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tollef Fog Heen, Tom
9488 Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar, William Giokas, Zbigniew
9489 Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Zeeshan Ali (Khattak)
9490
9491 CHANGES WITH 197:
9492
9493 * Timer units now support calendar time events in addition to
9494 monotonic time events. That means you can now trigger a unit
9495 based on a calendar time specification such as "Thu,Fri
9496 2013-*-1,5 11:12:13" which refers to 11:12:13 of the first
9497 or fifth day of any month of the year 2013, given that it is
9498 a thursday or friday. This brings timer event support
9499 considerably closer to cron's capabilities. For details on
9500 the supported calendar time specification language see
9501 systemd.time(7).
9502
9503 * udev now supports a number of different naming policies for
9504 network interfaces for predictable names, and a combination
9505 of these policies is now the default. Please see this wiki
9506 document for details:
9507
9508 https://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Software/systemd/PredictableNetworkInterfaceNames
9509
9510 * Auke Kok's bootchart implementation has been added to the
9511 systemd tree. It is an optional component that can graph the
9512 boot in quite some detail. It is one of the best bootchart
9513 implementations around and minimal in its code and
9514 dependencies.
9515
9516 * nss-myhostname has been integrated into the systemd source
9517 tree. nss-myhostname guarantees that the local hostname
9518 always stays resolvable via NSS. It has been a weak
9519 requirement of systemd-hostnamed since a long time, and
9520 since its code is actually trivial we decided to just
9521 include it in systemd's source tree. It can be turned off
9522 with a configure switch.
9523
9524 * The read-ahead logic is now capable of properly detecting
9525 whether a btrfs file system is on SSD or rotating media, in
9526 order to optimize the read-ahead scheme. Previously, it was
9527 only capable of detecting this on traditional file systems
9528 such as ext4.
9529
9530 * In udev, additional device properties are now read from the
9531 IAB in addition to the OUI database. Also, Bluetooth company
9532 identities are attached to the devices as well.
9533
9534 * In service files %U may be used as specifier that is
9535 replaced by the configured user name of the service.
9536
9537 * nspawn may now be invoked without a controlling TTY. This
9538 makes it suitable for invocation as its own service. This
9539 may be used to set up a simple containerized server system
9540 using only core OS tools.
9541
9542 * systemd and nspawn can now accept socket file descriptors
9543 when they are started for socket activation. This enables
9544 implementation of socket activated nspawn
9545 containers. i.e. think about autospawning an entire OS image
9546 when the first SSH or HTTP connection is received. We expect
9547 that similar functionality will also be added to libvirt-lxc
9548 eventually.
9549
9550 * journalctl will now suppress ANSI color codes when
9551 presenting log data.
9552
9553 * systemctl will no longer show control group information for
9554 a unit if the control group is empty anyway.
9555
9556 * logind can now automatically suspend/hibernate/shutdown the
9557 system on idle.
9558
9559 * /etc/machine-info and hostnamed now also expose the chassis
9560 type of the system. This can be used to determine whether
9561 the local system is a laptop, desktop, handset or
9562 tablet. This information may either be configured by the
9563 user/vendor or is automatically determined from ACPI and DMI
9564 information if possible.
9565
9566 * A number of polkit actions are now bound together with "imply"
9567 rules. This should simplify creating UIs because many actions
9568 will now authenticate similar ones as well.
9569
9570 * Unit files learnt a new condition ConditionACPower= which
9571 may be used to conditionalize a unit depending on whether an
9572 AC power source is connected or not, of whether the system
9573 is running on battery power.
9574
9575 * systemctl gained a new "is-failed" verb that may be used in
9576 shell scripts and suchlike to check whether a specific unit
9577 is in the "failed" state.
9578
9579 * The EnvironmentFile= setting in unit files now supports file
9580 globbing, and can hence be used to easily read a number of
9581 environment files at once.
9582
9583 * systemd will no longer detect and recognize specific
9584 distributions. All distribution-specific #ifdeffery has been
9585 removed, systemd is now fully generic and
9586 distribution-agnostic. Effectively, not too much is lost as
9587 a lot of the code is still accessible via explicit configure
9588 switches. However, support for some distribution specific
9589 legacy configuration file formats has been dropped. We
9590 recommend distributions to simply adopt the configuration
9591 files everybody else uses now and convert the old
9592 configuration from packaging scripts. Most distributions
9593 already did that. If that's not possible or desirable,
9594 distributions are welcome to forward port the specific
9595 pieces of code locally from the git history.
9596
9597 * When logging a message about a unit systemd will now always
9598 log the unit name in the message meta data.
9599
9600 * localectl will now also discover system locale data that is
9601 not stored in locale archives, but directly unpacked.
9602
9603 * logind will no longer unconditionally use framebuffer
9604 devices as seat masters, i.e. as devices that are required
9605 to be existing before a seat is considered preset. Instead,
9606 it will now look for all devices that are tagged as
9607 "seat-master" in udev. By default, framebuffer devices will
9608 be marked as such, but depending on local systems, other
9609 devices might be marked as well. This may be used to
9610 integrate graphics cards using closed source drivers (such
9611 as NVidia ones) more nicely into logind. Note however, that
9612 we recommend using the open source NVidia drivers instead,
9613 and no udev rules for the closed-source drivers will be
9614 shipped from us upstream.
9615
9616 Contributions from: Adam Williamson, Alessandro Crismani, Auke
9617 Kok, Colin Walters, Daniel Wallace, Dave Reisner, David
9618 Herrmann, David Strauss, Dimitrios Apostolou, Eelco Dolstra,
9619 Eric Benoit, Giovanni Campagna, Hannes Reinecke, Henrik
9620 Grindal Bakken, Hermann Gausterer, Kay Sievers, Lennart
9621 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel Holtmann,
9622 Martin Pitt, Matthew Monaco, Michael Biebl, Michael Terry,
9623 Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Michał Bartoszkiewicz, Oleg
9624 Samarin, Pekka Lundstrom, Philip Nilsson, Ramkumar
9625 Ramachandra, Richard Yao, Robert Millan, Sami Kerola, Shawn
9626 Landden, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Thomas Jarosch,
9627 Tollef Fog Heen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar, Zbigniew
9628 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
9629
9630 CHANGES WITH 196:
9631
9632 * udev gained support for loading additional device properties
9633 from an indexed database that is keyed by vendor/product IDs
9634 and similar device identifiers. For the beginning this
9635 "hwdb" is populated with data from the well-known PCI and
9636 USB database, but also includes PNP, ACPI and OID data. In
9637 the longer run this indexed database shall grow into
9638 becoming the one central database for non-essential
9639 userspace device metadata. Previously, data from the PCI/USB
9640 database was only attached to select devices, since the
9641 lookup was a relatively expensive operation due to O(n) time
9642 complexity (with n being the number of entries in the
9643 database). Since this is now O(1), we decided to add in this
9644 data for all devices where this is available, by
9645 default. Note that the indexed database needs to be rebuilt
9646 when new data files are installed. To achieve this you need
9647 to update your packaging scripts to invoke "udevadm hwdb
9648 --update" after installation of hwdb data files. For
9649 RPM-based distributions we introduced the new
9650 %udev_hwdb_update macro for this purpose.
9651
9652 * The Journal gained support for the "Message Catalog", an
9653 indexed database to link up additional information with
9654 journal entries. For further details please check:
9655
9656 https://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Software/systemd/catalog
9657
9658 The indexed message catalog database also needs to be
9659 rebuilt after installation of message catalog files. Use
9660 "journalctl --update-catalog" for this. For RPM-based
9661 distributions we introduced the %journal_catalog_update
9662 macro for this purpose.
9663
9664 * The Python Journal bindings gained support for the standard
9665 Python logging framework.
9666
9667 * The Journal API gained new functions for checking whether
9668 the underlying file system of a journal file is capable of
9669 properly reporting file change notifications, or whether
9670 applications that want to reflect journal changes "live"
9671 need to recheck journal files continuously in appropriate
9672 time intervals.
9673
9674 * It is now possible to set the "age" field for tmpfiles
9675 entries to 0, indicating that files matching this entry
9676 shall always be removed when the directories are cleaned up.
9677
9678 * coredumpctl gained a new "gdb" verb which invokes gdb
9679 right-away on the selected coredump.
9680
9681 * There's now support for "hybrid sleep" on kernels that
9682 support this, in addition to "suspend" and "hibernate". Use
9683 "systemctl hybrid-sleep" to make use of this.
9684
9685 * logind's HandleSuspendKey= setting (and related settings)
9686 now gained support for a new "lock" setting to simply
9687 request the screen lock on all local sessions, instead of
9688 actually executing a suspend or hibernation.
9689
9690 * systemd will now mount the EFI variables file system by
9691 default.
9692
9693 * Socket units now gained support for configuration of the
9694 SMACK security label.
9695
9696 * timedatectl will now output the time of the last and next
9697 daylight saving change.
9698
9699 * We dropped support for various legacy and distro-specific
9700 concepts, such as insserv, early-boot SysV services
9701 (i.e. those for non-standard runlevels such as 'b' or 'S')
9702 or ArchLinux /etc/rc.conf support. We recommend the
9703 distributions who still need support this to either continue
9704 to maintain the necessary patches downstream, or find a
9705 different solution. (Talk to us if you have questions!)
9706
9707 * Various systemd components will now bypass polkit checks for
9708 root and otherwise handle properly if polkit is not found to
9709 be around. This should fix most issues for polkit-less
9710 systems. Quite frankly this should have been this way since
9711 day one. It is absolutely our intention to make systemd work
9712 fine on polkit-less systems, and we consider it a bug if
9713 something does not work as it should if polkit is not around.
9714
9715 * For embedded systems it is now possible to build udev and
9716 systemd without blkid and/or kmod support.
9717
9718 * "systemctl switch-root" is now capable of switching root
9719 more than once. I.e. in addition to transitions from the
9720 initrd to the host OS it is now possible to transition to
9721 further OS images from the host. This is useful to implement
9722 offline updating tools.
9723
9724 * Various other additions have been made to the RPM macros
9725 shipped with systemd. Use %udev_rules_update() after
9726 installing new udev rules files. %_udevhwdbdir,
9727 %_udevrulesdir, %_journalcatalogdir, %_tmpfilesdir,
9728 %_sysctldir are now available which resolve to the right
9729 directories for packages to place various data files in.
9730
9731 * journalctl gained the new --full switch (in addition to
9732 --all, to disable ellipsation for long messages.
9733
9734 Contributions from: Anders Olofsson, Auke Kok, Ben Boeckel,
9735 Colin Walters, Cosimo Cecchi, Daniel Wallace, Dave Reisner,
9736 Eelco Dolstra, Holger Hans Peter Freyther, Kay Sievers,
9737 Chun-Yi Lee, Lekensteyn, Lennart Poettering, Mantas Mikulėnas,
9738 Marti Raudsepp, Martin Pitt, Mauro Dreissig, Michael Biebl,
9739 Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Miklos Vajna, Nis Martensen,
9740 Oleksii Shevchuk, Olivier Brunel, Ramkumar Ramachandra, Thomas
9741 Bächler, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Tony
9742 Camuso, Umut Tezduyar, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
9743
9744 CHANGES WITH 195:
9745
9746 * journalctl gained new --since= and --until= switches to
9747 filter by time. It also now supports nice filtering for
9748 units via --unit=/-u.
9749
9750 * Type=oneshot services may use ExecReload= and do the
9751 right thing.
9752
9753 * The journal daemon now supports time-based rotation and
9754 vacuuming, in addition to the usual disk-space based
9755 rotation.
9756
9757 * The journal will now index the available field values for
9758 each field name. This enables clients to show pretty drop
9759 downs of available match values when filtering. The bash
9760 completion of journalctl has been updated
9761 accordingly. journalctl gained a new switch -F to list all
9762 values a certain field takes in the journal database.
9763
9764 * More service events are now written as structured messages
9765 to the journal, and made recognizable via message IDs.
9766
9767 * The timedated, localed and hostnamed mini-services which
9768 previously only provided support for changing time, locale
9769 and hostname settings from graphical DEs such as GNOME now
9770 also have a minimal (but very useful) text-based client
9771 utility each. This is probably the nicest way to changing
9772 these settings from the command line now, especially since
9773 it lists available options and is fully integrated with bash
9774 completion.
9775
9776 * There's now a new tool "systemd-coredumpctl" to list and
9777 extract coredumps from the journal.
9778
9779 * We now install a README each in /var/log/ and
9780 /etc/rc.d/init.d explaining where the system logs and init
9781 scripts went. This hopefully should help folks who go to
9782 that dirs and look into the otherwise now empty void and
9783 scratch their heads.
9784
9785 * When user-services are invoked (by systemd --user) the
9786 $MANAGERPID env var is set to the PID of systemd.
9787
9788 * SIGRTMIN+24 when sent to a --user instance will now result
9789 in immediate termination of systemd.
9790
9791 * gatewayd received numerous feature additions such as a
9792 "follow" mode, for live syncing and filtering.
9793
9794 * browse.html now allows filtering and showing detailed
9795 information on specific entries. Keyboard navigation and
9796 mouse screen support has been added.
9797
9798 * gatewayd/journalctl now supports HTML5/JSON
9799 Server-Sent-Events as output.
9800
9801 * The SysV init script compatibility logic will now
9802 heuristically determine whether a script supports the
9803 "reload" verb, and only then make this available as
9804 "systemctl reload".
9805
9806 * "systemctl status --follow" has been removed, use "journalctl
9807 -u" instead.
9808
9809 * journald.conf's RuntimeMinSize=, PersistentMinSize= settings
9810 have been removed since they are hardly useful to be
9811 configured.
9812
9813 * And I'd like to take the opportunity to specifically mention
9814 Zbigniew for his great contributions. Zbigniew, you rock!
9815
9816 Contributions from: Andrew Eikum, Christian Hesse, Colin
9817 Guthrie, Daniel J Walsh, Dave Reisner, Eelco Dolstra, Ferenc
9818 Wágner, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas
9819 Mikulėnas, Martin Mikkelsen, Martin Pitt, Michael Olbrich,
9820 Michael Stapelberg, Michal Schmidt, Sebastian Ott, Thomas
9821 Bächler, Umut Tezduyar, Will Woods, Wulf C. Krueger, Zbigniew
9822 Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Сковорода Никита Андреевич
9823
9824 CHANGES WITH 194:
9825
9826 * If /etc/vconsole.conf is non-existent or empty we will no
9827 longer load any console font or key map at boot by
9828 default. Instead the kernel defaults will be left
9829 intact. This is definitely the right thing to do, as no
9830 configuration should mean no configuration, and hard-coding
9831 font names that are different on all archs is probably a bad
9832 idea. Also, the kernel default key map and font should be
9833 good enough for most cases anyway, and mostly identical to
9834 the userspace fonts/key maps we previously overloaded them
9835 with. If distributions want to continue to default to a
9836 non-kernel font or key map they should ship a default
9837 /etc/vconsole.conf with the appropriate contents.
9838
9839 Contributions from: Colin Walters, Daniel J Walsh, Dave
9840 Reisner, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Tollef
9841 Fog Heen, Tom Gundersen, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
9842
9843 CHANGES WITH 193:
9844
9845 * journalctl gained a new --cursor= switch to show entries
9846 starting from the specified location in the journal.
9847
9848 * We now enforce a size limit on journal entry fields exported
9849 with "-o json" in journalctl. Fields larger than 4K will be
9850 assigned null. This can be turned off with --all.
9851
9852 * An (optional) journal gateway daemon is now available as
9853 "systemd-journal-gatewayd.service". This service provides
9854 access to the journal via HTTP and JSON. This functionality
9855 will be used to implement live log synchronization in both
9856 pull and push modes, but has various other users too, such
9857 as easy log access for debugging of embedded devices. Right
9858 now it is already useful to retrieve the journal via HTTP:
9859
9860 # systemctl start systemd-journal-gatewayd.service
9861 # wget http://localhost:19531/entries
9862
9863 This will download the journal contents in a
9864 /var/log/messages compatible format. The same as JSON:
9865
9866 # curl -H"Accept: application/json" http://localhost:19531/entries
9867
9868 This service is also accessible via a web browser where a
9869 single static HTML5 app is served that uses the JSON logic
9870 to enable the user to do some basic browsing of the
9871 journal. This will be extended later on. Here's an example
9872 screenshot of this app in its current state:
9873
9874 http://0pointer.de/public/journal-gatewayd
9875
9876 Contributions from: Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Robert
9877 Milasan, Tom Gundersen
9878
9879 CHANGES WITH 192:
9880
9881 * The bash completion logic is now available for journalctl
9882 too.
9883
9884 * We do not mount the "cpuset" controller anymore together with
9885 "cpu" and "cpuacct", as "cpuset" groups generally cannot be
9886 started if no parameters are assigned to it. "cpuset" hence
9887 broke code that assumed it could create "cpu" groups and
9888 just start them.
9889
9890 * journalctl -f will now subscribe to terminal size changes,
9891 and line break accordingly.
9892
9893 Contributions from: Dave Reisner, Kay Sievers, Lennart
9894 Poettering, Lukas Nykrynm, Mirco Tischler, Václav Pavlín
9895
9896 CHANGES WITH 191:
9897
9898 * nspawn will now create a symlink /etc/localtime in the
9899 container environment, copying the host's timezone
9900 setting. Previously this has been done via a bind mount, but
9901 since symlinks cannot be bind mounted this has now been
9902 changed to create/update the appropriate symlink.
9903
9904 * journalctl -n's line number argument is now optional, and
9905 will default to 10 if omitted.
9906
9907 * journald will now log the maximum size the journal files may
9908 take up on disk. This is particularly useful if the default
9909 built-in logic of determining this parameter from the file
9910 system size is used. Use "systemctl status
9911 systemd-journald.service" to see this information.
9912
9913 * The multi-seat X wrapper tool has been stripped down. As X
9914 is now capable of enumerating graphics devices via udev in a
9915 seat-aware way the wrapper is not strictly necessary
9916 anymore. A stripped down temporary stop-gap is still shipped
9917 until the upstream display managers have been updated to
9918 fully support the new X logic. Expect this wrapper to be
9919 removed entirely in one of the next releases.
9920
9921 * HandleSleepKey= in logind.conf has been split up into
9922 HandleSuspendKey= and HandleHibernateKey=. The old setting
9923 is not available anymore. X11 and the kernel are
9924 distinguishing between these keys and we should too. This
9925 also means the inhibition lock for these keys has been split
9926 into two.
9927
9928 Contributions from: Dave Airlie, Eelco Dolstra, Lennart
9929 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Václav Pavlín
9930
9931 CHANGES WITH 190:
9932
9933 * Whenever a unit changes state we will now log this to the
9934 journal and show along the unit's own log output in
9935 "systemctl status".
9936
9937 * ConditionPathIsMountPoint= can now properly detect bind
9938 mount points too. (Previously, a bind mount of one file
9939 system to another place in the same file system could not be
9940 detected as mount, since they shared struct stat's st_dev
9941 field.)
9942
9943 * We will now mount the cgroup controllers cpu, cpuacct,
9944 cpuset and the controllers net_cls, net_prio together by
9945 default.
9946
9947 * nspawn containers will now have a virtualized boot
9948 ID. (i.e. /proc/sys/kernel/random/boot_id is now mounted
9949 over with a randomized ID at container initialization). This
9950 has the effect of making "journalctl -b" do the right thing
9951 in a container.
9952
9953 * The JSON output journal serialization has been updated not
9954 to generate "endless" list objects anymore, but rather one
9955 JSON object per line. This is more in line how most JSON
9956 parsers expect JSON objects. The new output mode
9957 "json-pretty" has been added to provide similar output, but
9958 neatly aligned for readability by humans.
9959
9960 * We dropped all explicit sync() invocations in the shutdown
9961 code. The kernel does this implicitly anyway in the kernel
9962 reboot() syscall. halt(8)'s -n option is now a compatibility
9963 no-op.
9964
9965 * We now support virtualized reboot() in containers, as
9966 supported by newer kernels. We will fall back to exit() if
9967 CAP_SYS_REBOOT is not available to the container. Also,
9968 nspawn makes use of this now and will actually reboot the
9969 container if the containerized OS asks for that.
9970
9971 * journalctl will only show local log output by default
9972 now. Use --merge (-m) to show remote log output, too.
9973
9974 * libsystemd-journal gained the new sd_journal_get_usage()
9975 call to determine the current disk usage of all journal
9976 files. This is exposed in the new "journalctl --disk-usage"
9977 command.
9978
9979 * journald gained a new configuration setting SplitMode= in
9980 journald.conf which may be used to control how user journals
9981 are split off. See journald.conf(5) for details.
9982
9983 * A new condition type ConditionFileNotEmpty= has been added.
9984
9985 * tmpfiles' "w" lines now support file globbing, to write
9986 multiple files at once.
9987
9988 * We added Python bindings for the journal submission
9989 APIs. More Python APIs for a number of selected APIs will
9990 likely follow. Note that we intend to add native bindings
9991 only for the Python language, as we consider it common
9992 enough to deserve bindings shipped within systemd. There are
9993 various projects outside of systemd that provide bindings
9994 for languages such as PHP or Lua.
9995
9996 * Many conditions will now resolve specifiers such as %i. In
9997 addition, PathChanged= and related directives of .path units
9998 now support specifiers as well.
9999
10000 * There's now a new RPM macro definition for the system preset
10001 dir: %_presetdir.
10002
10003 * journald will now warn if it ca not forward a message to the
10004 syslog daemon because its socket is full.
10005
10006 * timedated will no longer write or process /etc/timezone,
10007 except on Debian. As we do not support late mounted /usr
10008 anymore /etc/localtime always being a symlink is now safe,
10009 and hence the information in /etc/timezone is not necessary
10010 anymore.
10011
10012 * logind will now always reserve one VT for a text getty (VT6
10013 by default). Previously if more than 6 X sessions where
10014 started they took up all the VTs with auto-spawned gettys,
10015 so that no text gettys were available anymore.
10016
10017 * udev will now automatically inform the btrfs kernel logic
10018 about btrfs RAID components showing up. This should make
10019 simple hotplug based btrfs RAID assembly work.
10020
10021 * PID 1 will now increase its RLIMIT_NOFILE to 64K by default
10022 (but not for its children which will stay at the kernel
10023 default). This should allow setups with a lot more listening
10024 sockets.
10025
10026 * systemd will now always pass the configured timezone to the
10027 kernel at boot. timedated will do the same when the timezone
10028 is changed.
10029
10030 * logind's inhibition logic has been updated. By default,
10031 logind will now handle the lid switch, the power and sleep
10032 keys all the time, even in graphical sessions. If DEs want
10033 to handle these events on their own they should take the new
10034 handle-power-key, handle-sleep-key and handle-lid-switch
10035 inhibitors during their runtime. A simple way to achieve
10036 that is to invoke the DE wrapped in an invocation of:
10037
10038 systemd-inhibit --what=handle-power-key:handle-sleep-key:handle-lid-switch ...
10039
10040 * Access to unit operations is now checked via SELinux taking
10041 the unit file label and client process label into account.
10042
10043 * systemd will now notify the administrator in the journal
10044 when he over-mounts a non-empty directory.
10045
10046 * There are new specifiers that are resolved in unit files,
10047 for the hostname (%H), the machine ID (%m) and the boot ID
10048 (%b).
10049
10050 Contributions from: Allin Cottrell, Auke Kok, Brandon Philips,
10051 Colin Guthrie, Colin Walters, Daniel J Walsh, Dave Reisner,
10052 Eelco Dolstra, Jan Engelhardt, Kay Sievers, Lennart
10053 Poettering, Lucas De Marchi, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas,
10054 Martin Pitt, Matthias Clasen, Michael Olbrich, Pierre Schmitz,
10055 Shawn Landden, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen,
10056 Václav Pavlín, Yin Kangkai, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
10057
10058 CHANGES WITH 189:
10059
10060 * Support for reading structured kernel messages from
10061 /dev/kmsg has now been added and is enabled by default.
10062
10063 * Support for reading kernel messages from /proc/kmsg has now
10064 been removed. If you want kernel messages in the journal
10065 make sure to run a recent kernel (>= 3.5) that supports
10066 reading structured messages from /dev/kmsg (see
10067 above). /proc/kmsg is now exclusive property of classic
10068 syslog daemons again.
10069
10070 * The libudev API gained the new
10071 udev_device_new_from_device_id() call.
10072
10073 * The logic for file system namespace (ReadOnlyDirectory=,
10074 ReadWriteDirectoy=, PrivateTmp=) has been reworked not to
10075 require pivot_root() anymore. This means fewer temporary
10076 directories are created below /tmp for this feature.
10077
10078 * nspawn containers will now see and receive all submounts
10079 made on the host OS below the root file system of the
10080 container.
10081
10082 * Forward Secure Sealing is now supported for Journal files,
10083 which provide cryptographical sealing of journal files so
10084 that attackers cannot alter log history anymore without this
10085 being detectable. Lennart will soon post a blog story about
10086 this explaining it in more detail.
10087
10088 * There are two new service settings RestartPreventExitStatus=
10089 and SuccessExitStatus= which allow configuration of exit
10090 status (exit code or signal) which will be excepted from the
10091 restart logic, resp. consider successful.
10092
10093 * journalctl gained the new --verify switch that can be used
10094 to check the integrity of the structure of journal files and
10095 (if Forward Secure Sealing is enabled) the contents of
10096 journal files.
10097
10098 * nspawn containers will now be run with /dev/stdin, /dev/fd/
10099 and similar symlinks pre-created. This makes running shells
10100 as container init process a lot more fun.
10101
10102 * The fstab support can now handle PARTUUID= and PARTLABEL=
10103 entries.
10104
10105 * A new ConditionHost= condition has been added to match
10106 against the hostname (with globs) and machine ID. This is
10107 useful for clusters where a single OS image is used to
10108 provision a large number of hosts which shall run slightly
10109 different sets of services.
10110
10111 * Services which hit the restart limit will now be placed in a
10112 failure state.
10113
10114 Contributions from: Bertram Poettering, Dave Reisner, Huang
10115 Hang, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Martin
10116 Pitt, Simon Peeters, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
10117
10118 CHANGES WITH 188:
10119
10120 * When running in --user mode systemd will now become a
10121 subreaper (PR_SET_CHILD_SUBREAPER). This should make the ps
10122 tree a lot more organized.
10123
10124 * A new PartOf= unit dependency type has been introduced that
10125 may be used to group services in a natural way.
10126
10127 * "systemctl enable" may now be used to enable instances of
10128 services.
10129
10130 * journalctl now prints error log levels in red, and
10131 warning/notice log levels in bright white. It also supports
10132 filtering by log level now.
10133
10134 * cgtop gained a new -n switch (similar to top), to configure
10135 the maximum number of iterations to run for. It also gained
10136 -b, to run in batch mode (accepting no input).
10137
10138 * The suffix ".service" may now be omitted on most systemctl
10139 command lines involving service unit names.
10140
10141 * There's a new bus call in logind to lock all sessions, as
10142 well as a loginctl verb for it "lock-sessions".
10143
10144 * libsystemd-logind.so gained a new call sd_journal_perror()
10145 that works similar to libc perror() but logs to the journal
10146 and encodes structured information about the error number.
10147
10148 * /etc/crypttab entries now understand the new keyfile-size=
10149 option.
10150
10151 * shutdown(8) now can send a (configurable) wall message when
10152 a shutdown is cancelled.
10153
10154 * The mount propagation mode for the root file system will now
10155 default to "shared", which is useful to make containers work
10156 nicely out-of-the-box so that they receive new mounts from
10157 the host. This can be undone locally by running "mount
10158 --make-rprivate /" if needed.
10159
10160 * The prefdm.service file has been removed. Distributions
10161 should maintain this unit downstream if they intend to keep
10162 it around. However, we recommend writing normal unit files
10163 for display managers instead.
10164
10165 * Since systemd is a crucial part of the OS we will now
10166 default to a number of compiler switches that improve
10167 security (hardening) such as read-only relocations, stack
10168 protection, and suchlike.
10169
10170 * The TimeoutSec= setting for services is now split into
10171 TimeoutStartSec= and TimeoutStopSec= to allow configuration
10172 of individual time outs for the start and the stop phase of
10173 the service.
10174
10175 Contributions from: Artur Zaprzala, Arvydas Sidorenko, Auke
10176 Kok, Bryan Kadzban, Dave Reisner, David Strauss, Harald Hoyer,
10177 Jim Meyering, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Mantas
10178 Mikulėnas, Martin Pitt, Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Peter
10179 Alfredsen, Shawn Landden, Simon Peeters, Terence Honles, Tom
10180 Gundersen, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
10181
10182 CHANGES WITH 187:
10183
10184 * The journal and id128 C APIs are now fully documented as man
10185 pages.
10186
10187 * Extra safety checks have been added when transitioning from
10188 the initial RAM disk to the main system to avoid accidental
10189 data loss.
10190
10191 * /etc/crypttab entries now understand the new keyfile-offset=
10192 option.
10193
10194 * systemctl -t can now be used to filter by unit load state.
10195
10196 * The journal C API gained the new sd_journal_wait() call to
10197 make writing synchronous journal clients easier.
10198
10199 * journalctl gained the new -D switch to show journals from a
10200 specific directory.
10201
10202 * journalctl now displays a special marker between log
10203 messages of two different boots.
10204
10205 * The journal is now explicitly flushed to /var via a service
10206 systemd-journal-flush.service, rather than implicitly simply
10207 by seeing /var/log/journal to be writable.
10208
10209 * journalctl (and the journal C APIs) can now match for much
10210 more complex expressions, with alternatives and
10211 disjunctions.
10212
10213 * When transitioning from the initial RAM disk to the main
10214 system we will now kill all processes in a killing spree to
10215 ensure no processes stay around by accident.
10216
10217 * Three new specifiers may be used in unit files: %u, %h, %s
10218 resolve to the user name, user home directory resp. user
10219 shell. This is useful for running systemd user instances.
10220
10221 * We now automatically rotate journal files if their data
10222 object hash table gets a fill level > 75%. We also size the
10223 hash table based on the configured maximum file size. This
10224 together should lower hash collisions drastically and thus
10225 speed things up a bit.
10226
10227 * journalctl gained the new "--header" switch to introspect
10228 header data of journal files.
10229
10230 * A new setting SystemCallFilters= has been added to services
10231 which may be used to apply blacklists or whitelists to
10232 system calls. This is based on SECCOMP Mode 2 of Linux 3.5.
10233
10234 * nspawn gained a new --link-journal= switch (and quicker: -j)
10235 to link the container journal with the host. This makes it
10236 very easy to centralize log viewing on the host for all
10237 guests while still keeping the journal files separated.
10238
10239 * Many bugfixes and optimizations
10240
10241 Contributions from: Auke Kok, Eelco Dolstra, Harald Hoyer, Kay
10242 Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Malte Starostik, Paul Menzel, Rex
10243 Tsai, Shawn Landden, Tom Gundersen, Ville Skyttä, Zbigniew
10244 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
10245
10246 CHANGES WITH 186:
10247
10248 * Several tools now understand kernel command line arguments,
10249 which are only read when run in an initial RAM disk. They
10250 usually follow closely their normal counterparts, but are
10251 prefixed with rd.
10252
10253 * There's a new tool to analyze the readahead files that are
10254 automatically generated at boot. Use:
10255
10256 /usr/lib/systemd/systemd-readahead analyze /.readahead
10257
10258 * We now provide an early debug shell on tty9 if this enabled. Use:
10259
10260 systemctl enable debug-shell.service
10261
10262 * All plymouth related units have been moved into the Plymouth
10263 package. Please make sure to upgrade your Plymouth version
10264 as well.
10265
10266 * systemd-tmpfiles now supports getting passed the basename of
10267 a configuration file only, in which case it will look for it
10268 in all appropriate directories automatically.
10269
10270 * udevadm info now takes a /dev or /sys path as argument, and
10271 does the right thing. Example:
10272
10273 udevadm info /dev/sda
10274 udevadm info /sys/class/block/sda
10275
10276 * systemctl now prints a warning if a unit is stopped but a
10277 unit that might trigger it continues to run. Example: a
10278 service is stopped but the socket that activates it is left
10279 running.
10280
10281 * "systemctl status" will now mention if the log output was
10282 shortened due to rotation since a service has been started.
10283
10284 * The journal API now exposes functions to determine the
10285 "cutoff" times due to rotation.
10286
10287 * journald now understands SIGUSR1 and SIGUSR2 for triggering
10288 immediately flushing of runtime logs to /var if possible,
10289 resp. for triggering immediate rotation of the journal
10290 files.
10291
10292 * It is now considered an error if a service is attempted to
10293 be stopped that is not loaded.
10294
10295 * XDG_RUNTIME_DIR now uses numeric UIDs instead of usernames.
10296
10297 * systemd-analyze now supports Python 3
10298
10299 * tmpfiles now supports cleaning up directories via aging
10300 where the first level dirs are always kept around but
10301 directories beneath it automatically aged. This is enabled
10302 by prefixing the age field with '~'.
10303
10304 * Seat objects now expose CanGraphical, CanTTY properties
10305 which is required to deal with very fast bootups where the
10306 display manager might be running before the graphics drivers
10307 completed initialization.
10308
10309 * Seat objects now expose a State property.
10310
10311 * We now include RPM macros for service enabling/disabling
10312 based on the preset logic. We recommend RPM based
10313 distributions to make use of these macros if possible. This
10314 makes it simpler to reuse RPM spec files across
10315 distributions.
10316
10317 * We now make sure that the collected systemd unit name is
10318 always valid when services log to the journal via
10319 STDOUT/STDERR.
10320
10321 * There's a new man page kernel-command-line(7) detailing all
10322 command line options we understand.
10323
10324 * The fstab generator may now be disabled at boot by passing
10325 fstab=0 on the kernel command line.
10326
10327 * A new kernel command line option modules-load= is now understood
10328 to load a specific kernel module statically, early at boot.
10329
10330 * Unit names specified on the systemctl command line are now
10331 automatically escaped as needed. Also, if file system or
10332 device paths are specified they are automatically turned
10333 into the appropriate mount or device unit names. Example:
10334
10335 systemctl status /home
10336 systemctl status /dev/sda
10337
10338 * The SysVConsole= configuration option has been removed from
10339 system.conf parsing.
10340
10341 * The SysV search path is no longer exported on the D-Bus
10342 Manager object.
10343
10344 * The Names= option has been removed from unit file parsing.
10345
10346 * There's a new man page bootup(7) detailing the boot process.
10347
10348 * Every unit and every generator we ship with systemd now
10349 comes with full documentation. The self-explanatory boot is
10350 complete.
10351
10352 * A couple of services gained "systemd-" prefixes in their
10353 name if they wrap systemd code, rather than only external
10354 code. Among them fsck@.service which is now
10355 systemd-fsck@.service.
10356
10357 * The HaveWatchdog property has been removed from the D-Bus
10358 Manager object.
10359
10360 * systemd.confirm_spawn= on the kernel command line should now
10361 work sensibly.
10362
10363 * There's a new man page crypttab(5) which details all options
10364 we actually understand.
10365
10366 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --capability= switch to pass
10367 additional capabilities to the container.
10368
10369 * timedated will now read known NTP implementation unit names
10370 from /usr/lib/systemd/ntp-units.d/*.list,
10371 systemd-timedated-ntp.target has been removed.
10372
10373 * journalctl gained a new switch "-b" that lists log data of
10374 the current boot only.
10375
10376 * The notify socket is in the abstract namespace again, in
10377 order to support daemons which chroot() at start-up.
10378
10379 * There is a new Storage= configuration option for journald
10380 which allows configuration of where log data should go. This
10381 also provides a way to disable journal logging entirely, so
10382 that data collected is only forwarded to the console, the
10383 kernel log buffer or another syslog implementation.
10384
10385 * Many bugfixes and optimizations
10386
10387 Contributions from: Auke Kok, Colin Guthrie, Dave Reisner,
10388 David Strauss, Eelco Dolstra, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering,
10389 Lukas Nykryn, Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Paul Menzel,
10390 Shawn Landden, Tom Gundersen
10391
10392 CHANGES WITH 185:
10393
10394 * "systemctl help <unit>" now shows the man page if one is
10395 available.
10396
10397 * Several new man pages have been added.
10398
10399 * MaxLevelStore=, MaxLevelSyslog=, MaxLevelKMsg=,
10400 MaxLevelConsole= can now be specified in
10401 journald.conf. These options allow reducing the amount of
10402 data stored on disk or forwarded by the log level.
10403
10404 * TimerSlackNSec= can now be specified in system.conf for
10405 PID1. This allows system-wide power savings.
10406
10407 Contributions from: Dave Reisner, Kay Sievers, Lauri Kasanen,
10408 Lennart Poettering, Malte Starostik, Marc-Antoine Perennou,
10409 Matthias Clasen
10410
10411 CHANGES WITH 184:
10412
10413 * logind is now capable of (optionally) handling power and
10414 sleep keys as well as the lid switch.
10415
10416 * journalctl now understands the syntax "journalctl
10417 /usr/bin/avahi-daemon" to get all log output of a specific
10418 daemon.
10419
10420 * CapabilityBoundingSet= in system.conf now also influences
10421 the capability bound set of usermode helpers of the kernel.
10422
10423 Contributions from: Daniel Drake, Daniel J. Walsh, Gert
10424 Michael Kulyk, Harald Hoyer, Jean Delvare, Kay Sievers,
10425 Lennart Poettering, Matthew Garrett, Matthias Clasen, Paul
10426 Menzel, Shawn Landden, Tero Roponen, Tom Gundersen
10427
10428 CHANGES WITH 183:
10429
10430 * Note that we skipped 139 releases here in order to set the
10431 new version to something that is greater than both udev's
10432 and systemd's most recent version number.
10433
10434 * udev: all udev sources are merged into the systemd source tree now.
10435 All future udev development will happen in the systemd tree. It
10436 is still fully supported to use the udev daemon and tools without
10437 systemd running, like in initramfs or other init systems. Building
10438 udev though, will require the *build* of the systemd tree, but
10439 udev can be properly *run* without systemd.
10440
10441 * udev: /lib/udev/devices/ are not read anymore; systemd-tmpfiles
10442 should be used to create dead device nodes as workarounds for broken
10443 subsystems.
10444
10445 * udev: RUN+="socket:..." and udev_monitor_new_from_socket() is
10446 no longer supported. udev_monitor_new_from_netlink() needs to be
10447 used to subscribe to events.
10448
10449 * udev: when udevd is started by systemd, processes which are left
10450 behind by forking them off of udev rules, are unconditionally cleaned
10451 up and killed now after the event handling has finished. Services or
10452 daemons must be started as systemd services. Services can be
10453 pulled-in by udev to get started, but they can no longer be directly
10454 forked by udev rules.
10455
10456 * udev: the daemon binary is called systemd-udevd now and installed
10457 in /usr/lib/systemd/. Standalone builds or non-systemd systems need
10458 to adapt to that, create symlink, or rename the binary after building
10459 it.
10460
10461 * libudev no longer provides these symbols:
10462 udev_monitor_from_socket()
10463 udev_queue_get_failed_list_entry()
10464 udev_get_{dev,sys,run}_path()
10465 The versions number was bumped and symbol versioning introduced.
10466
10467 * systemd-loginctl and systemd-journalctl have been renamed
10468 to loginctl and journalctl to match systemctl.
10469
10470 * The config files: /etc/systemd/systemd-logind.conf and
10471 /etc/systemd/systemd-journald.conf have been renamed to
10472 logind.conf and journald.conf. Package updates should rename
10473 the files to the new names on upgrade.
10474
10475 * For almost all files the license is now LGPL2.1+, changed
10476 from the previous GPL2.0+. Exceptions are some minor stuff
10477 of udev (which will be changed to LGPL2.1 eventually, too),
10478 and the MIT licensed sd-daemon.[ch] library that is suitable
10479 to be used as drop-in files.
10480
10481 * systemd and logind now handle system sleep states, in
10482 particular suspending and hibernating.
10483
10484 * logind now implements a sleep/shutdown/idle inhibiting logic
10485 suitable for a variety of uses. Soonishly Lennart will blog
10486 about this in more detail.
10487
10488 * var-run.mount and var-lock.mount are no longer provided
10489 (which previously bind mounted these directories to their new
10490 places). Distributions which have not converted these
10491 directories to symlinks should consider stealing these files
10492 from git history and add them downstream.
10493
10494 * We introduced the Documentation= field for units and added
10495 this to all our shipped units. This is useful to make it
10496 easier to explore the boot and the purpose of the various
10497 units.
10498
10499 * All smaller setup units (such as
10500 systemd-vconsole-setup.service) now detect properly if they
10501 are run in a container and are skipped when
10502 appropriate. This guarantees an entirely noise-free boot in
10503 Linux container environments such as systemd-nspawn.
10504
10505 * A framework for implementing offline system updates is now
10506 integrated, for details see:
10507 https://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Software/systemd/SystemUpdates
10508
10509 * A new service type Type=idle is available now which helps us
10510 avoiding ugly interleaving of getty output and boot status
10511 messages.
10512
10513 * There's now a system-wide CapabilityBoundingSet= option to
10514 globally reduce the set of capabilities for the
10515 system. This is useful to drop CAP_SYS_MKNOD, CAP_SYS_RAWIO,
10516 CAP_NET_RAW, CAP_SYS_MODULE, CAP_SYS_TIME, CAP_SYS_PTRACE or
10517 even CAP_NET_ADMIN system-wide for secure systems.
10518
10519 * There are now system-wide DefaultLimitXXX= options to
10520 globally change the defaults of the various resource limits
10521 for all units started by PID 1.
10522
10523 * Harald Hoyer's systemd test suite has been integrated into
10524 systemd which allows easy testing of systemd builds in qemu
10525 and nspawn. (This is really awesome! Ask us for details!)
10526
10527 * The fstab parser is now implemented as generator, not inside
10528 of PID 1 anymore.
10529
10530 * systemctl will now warn you if .mount units generated from
10531 /etc/fstab are out of date due to changes in fstab that
10532 have not been read by systemd yet.
10533
10534 * systemd is now suitable for usage in initrds. Dracut has
10535 already been updated to make use of this. With this in place
10536 initrds get a slight bit faster but primarily are much
10537 easier to introspect and debug since "systemctl status" in
10538 the host system can be used to introspect initrd services,
10539 and the journal from the initrd is kept around too.
10540
10541 * systemd-delta has been added, a tool to explore differences
10542 between user/admin configuration and vendor defaults.
10543
10544 * PrivateTmp= now affects both /tmp and /var/tmp.
10545
10546 * Boot time status messages are now much prettier and feature
10547 proper english language. Booting up systemd has never been
10548 so sexy.
10549
10550 * Read-ahead pack files now include the inode number of all
10551 files to pre-cache. When the inode changes the pre-caching
10552 is not attempted. This should be nicer to deal with updated
10553 packages which might result in changes of read-ahead
10554 patterns.
10555
10556 * We now temporaritly lower the kernel's read_ahead_kb variable
10557 when collecting read-ahead data to ensure the kernel's
10558 built-in read-ahead does not add noise to our measurements
10559 of necessary blocks to pre-cache.
10560
10561 * There's now RequiresMountsFor= to add automatic dependencies
10562 for all mounts necessary for a specific file system path.
10563
10564 * MountAuto= and SwapAuto= have been removed from
10565 system.conf. Mounting file systems at boot has to take place
10566 in systemd now.
10567
10568 * nspawn now learned a new switch --uuid= to set the machine
10569 ID on the command line.
10570
10571 * nspawn now learned the -b switch to automatically search
10572 for an init system.
10573
10574 * vt102 is now the default TERM for serial TTYs, upgraded from
10575 vt100.
10576
10577 * systemd-logind now works on VT-less systems.
10578
10579 * The build tree has been reorganized. The individual
10580 components now have directories of their own.
10581
10582 * A new condition type ConditionPathIsReadWrite= is now available.
10583
10584 * nspawn learned the new -C switch to create cgroups for the
10585 container in other hierarchies.
10586
10587 * We now have support for hardware watchdogs, configurable in
10588 system.conf.
10589
10590 * The scheduled shutdown logic now has a public API.
10591
10592 * We now mount /tmp as tmpfs by default, but this can be
10593 masked and /etc/fstab can override it.
10594
10595 * Since udisks does not make use of /media anymore we are not
10596 mounting a tmpfs on it anymore.
10597
10598 * journalctl gained a new --local switch to only interleave
10599 locally generated journal files.
10600
10601 * We can now load the IMA policy at boot automatically.
10602
10603 * The GTK tools have been split off into a systemd-ui.
10604
10605 Contributions from: Andreas Schwab, Auke Kok, Ayan George,
10606 Colin Guthrie, Daniel Mack, Dave Reisner, David Ward, Elan
10607 Ruusamäe, Frederic Crozat, Gergely Nagy, Guillermo Vidal,
10608 Hannes Reinecke, Harald Hoyer, Javier Jardón, Kay Sievers,
10609 Lennart Poettering, Lucas De Marchi, Léo Gillot-Lamure,
10610 Marc-Antoine Perennou, Martin Pitt, Matthew Monaco, Maxim
10611 A. Mikityanskiy, Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich, Michal
10612 Schmidt, Nis Martensen, Patrick McCarty, Roberto Sassu, Shawn
10613 Landden, Sjoerd Simons, Sven Anders, Tollef Fog Heen, Tom
10614 Gundersen
10615
10616 CHANGES WITH 44:
10617
10618 * This is mostly a bugfix release
10619
10620 * Support optional initialization of the machine ID from the
10621 KVM or container configured UUID.
10622
10623 * Support immediate reboots with "systemctl reboot -ff"
10624
10625 * Show /etc/os-release data in systemd-analyze output
10626
10627 * Many bugfixes for the journal, including endianness fixes and
10628 ensuring that disk space enforcement works
10629
10630 * sd-login.h is C++ compatible again
10631
10632 * Extend the /etc/os-release format on request of the Debian
10633 folks
10634
10635 * We now refuse non-UTF8 strings used in various configuration
10636 and unit files. This is done to ensure we do not pass invalid
10637 data over D-Bus or expose it elsewhere.
10638
10639 * Register Mimo USB Screens as suitable for automatic seat
10640 configuration
10641
10642 * Read SELinux client context from journal clients in a race
10643 free fashion
10644
10645 * Reorder configuration file lookup order. /etc now always
10646 overrides /run in order to allow the administrator to always
10647 and unconditionally override vendor-supplied or
10648 automatically generated data.
10649
10650 * The various user visible bits of the journal now have man
10651 pages. We still lack man pages for the journal API calls
10652 however.
10653
10654 * We now ship all man pages in HTML format again in the
10655 tarball.
10656
10657 Contributions from: Dave Reisner, Dirk Eibach, Frederic
10658 Crozat, Harald Hoyer, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Marti
10659 Raudsepp, Michal Schmidt, Shawn Landden, Tero Roponen, Thierry
10660 Reding
10661
10662 CHANGES WITH 43:
10663
10664 * This is mostly a bugfix release
10665
10666 * systems lacking /etc/os-release are no longer supported.
10667
10668 * Various functionality updates to libsystemd-login.so
10669
10670 * Track class of PAM logins to distinguish greeters from
10671 normal user logins.
10672
10673 Contributions from: Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Michael
10674 Biebl
10675
10676 CHANGES WITH 42:
10677
10678 * This is an important bugfix release for v41.
10679
10680 * Building man pages is now optional which should be useful
10681 for those building systemd from git but unwilling to install
10682 xsltproc.
10683
10684 * Watchdog support for supervising services is now usable. In
10685 a future release support for hardware watchdogs
10686 (i.e. /dev/watchdog) will be added building on this.
10687
10688 * Service start rate limiting is now configurable and can be
10689 turned off per service. When a start rate limit is hit a
10690 reboot can automatically be triggered.
10691
10692 * New CanReboot(), CanPowerOff() bus calls in systemd-logind.
10693
10694 Contributions from: Benjamin Franzke, Bill Nottingham,
10695 Frederic Crozat, Lennart Poettering, Michael Olbrich, Michal
10696 Schmidt, Michał Górny, Piotr Drąg
10697
10698 CHANGES WITH 41:
10699
10700 * The systemd binary is installed /usr/lib/systemd/systemd now;
10701 An existing /sbin/init symlink needs to be adapted with the
10702 package update.
10703
10704 * The code that loads kernel modules has been ported to invoke
10705 libkmod directly, instead of modprobe. This means we do not
10706 support systems with module-init-tools anymore.
10707
10708 * Watchdog support is now already useful, but still not
10709 complete.
10710
10711 * A new kernel command line option systemd.setenv= is
10712 understood to set system wide environment variables
10713 dynamically at boot.
10714
10715 * We now limit the set of capabilities of systemd-journald.
10716
10717 * We now set SIGPIPE to ignore by default, since it only is
10718 useful in shell pipelines, and has little use in general
10719 code. This can be disabled with IgnoreSIPIPE=no in unit
10720 files.
10721
10722 Contributions from: Benjamin Franzke, Kay Sievers, Lennart
10723 Poettering, Michael Olbrich, Michal Schmidt, Tom Gundersen,
10724 William Douglas
10725
10726 CHANGES WITH 40:
10727
10728 * This is mostly a bugfix release
10729
10730 * We now expose the reason why a service failed in the
10731 "Result" D-Bus property.
10732
10733 * Rudimentary service watchdog support (will be completed over
10734 the next few releases.)
10735
10736 * When systemd forks off in order execute some service we will
10737 now immediately changes its argv[0] to reflect which process
10738 it will execute. This is useful to minimize the time window
10739 with a generic argv[0], which makes bootcharts more useful
10740
10741 Contributions from: Alvaro Soliverez, Chris Paulson-Ellis, Kay
10742 Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Michael Olbrich, Michal Schmidt,
10743 Mike Kazantsev, Ray Strode
10744
10745 CHANGES WITH 39:
10746
10747 * This is mostly a test release, but incorporates many
10748 bugfixes.
10749
10750 * New systemd-cgtop tool to show control groups by their
10751 resource usage.
10752
10753 * Linking against libacl for ACLs is optional again. If
10754 disabled, support tracking device access for active logins
10755 goes becomes unavailable, and so does access to the user
10756 journals by the respective users.
10757
10758 * If a group "adm" exists, journal files are automatically
10759 owned by them, thus allow members of this group full access
10760 to the system journal as well as all user journals.
10761
10762 * The journal now stores the SELinux context of the logging
10763 client for all entries.
10764
10765 * Add C++ inclusion guards to all public headers
10766
10767 * New output mode "cat" in the journal to print only text
10768 messages, without any meta data like date or time.
10769
10770 * Include tiny X server wrapper as a temporary stop-gap to
10771 teach XOrg udev display enumeration. This is used by display
10772 managers such as gdm, and will go away as soon as XOrg
10773 learned native udev hotplugging for display devices.
10774
10775 * Add new systemd-cat tool for executing arbitrary programs
10776 with STDERR/STDOUT connected to the journal. Can also act as
10777 BSD logger replacement, and does so by default.
10778
10779 * Optionally store all locally generated coredumps in the
10780 journal along with meta data.
10781
10782 * systemd-tmpfiles learnt four new commands: n, L, c, b, for
10783 writing short strings to files (for usage for /sys), and for
10784 creating symlinks, character and block device nodes.
10785
10786 * New unit file option ControlGroupPersistent= to make cgroups
10787 persistent, following the mechanisms outlined in
10788 https://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Software/systemd/PaxControlGroups
10789
10790 * Support multiple local RTCs in a sane way
10791
10792 * No longer monopolize IO when replaying readahead data on
10793 rotating disks, since we might starve non-file-system IO to
10794 death, since fanotify() will not see accesses done by blkid,
10795 or fsck.
10796
10797 * Do not show kernel threads in systemd-cgls anymore, unless
10798 requested with new -k switch.
10799
10800 Contributions from: Dan Horák, Kay Sievers, Lennart
10801 Poettering, Michal Schmidt
10802
10803 CHANGES WITH 38:
10804
10805 * This is mostly a test release, but incorporates many
10806 bugfixes.
10807
10808 * The git repository moved to:
10809 git://anongit.freedesktop.org/systemd/systemd
10810 ssh://git.freedesktop.org/git/systemd/systemd
10811
10812 * First release with the journal
10813 http://0pointer.de/blog/projects/the-journal.html
10814
10815 * The journal replaces both systemd-kmsg-syslogd and
10816 systemd-stdout-bridge.
10817
10818 * New sd_pid_get_unit() API call in libsystemd-logind
10819
10820 * Many systemadm clean-ups
10821
10822 * Introduce remote-fs-pre.target which is ordered before all
10823 remote mounts and may be used to start services before all
10824 remote mounts.
10825
10826 * Added Mageia support
10827
10828 * Add bash completion for systemd-loginctl
10829
10830 * Actively monitor PID file creation for daemons which exit in
10831 the parent process before having finished writing the PID
10832 file in the daemon process. Daemons which do this need to be
10833 fixed (i.e. PID file creation must have finished before the
10834 parent exits), but we now react a bit more gracefully to them.
10835
10836 * Add colourful boot output, mimicking the well-known output
10837 of existing distributions.
10838
10839 * New option PassCredentials= for socket units, for
10840 compatibility with a recent kernel ABI breakage.
10841
10842 * /etc/rc.local is now hooked in via a generator binary, and
10843 thus will no longer act as synchronization point during
10844 boot.
10845
10846 * systemctl list-unit-files now supports --root=.
10847
10848 * systemd-tmpfiles now understands two new commands: z, Z for
10849 relabelling files according to the SELinux database. This is
10850 useful to apply SELinux labels to specific files in /sys,
10851 among other things.
10852
10853 * Output of SysV services is now forwarded to both the console
10854 and the journal by default, not only just the console.
10855
10856 * New man pages for all APIs from libsystemd-login.
10857
10858 * The build tree got reorganized and the build system is a
10859 lot more modular allowing embedded setups to specifically
10860 select the components of systemd they are interested in.
10861
10862 * Support for Linux systems lacking the kernel VT subsystem is
10863 restored.
10864
10865 * configure's --with-rootdir= got renamed to
10866 --with-rootprefix= to follow the naming used by udev and
10867 kmod
10868
10869 * Unless specified otherwise we will now install to /usr instead
10870 of /usr/local by default.
10871
10872 * Processes with '@' in argv[0][0] are now excluded from the
10873 final shut-down killing spree, following the logic explained
10874 in:
10875 https://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Software/systemd/RootStorageDaemons
10876
10877 * All processes remaining in a service cgroup when we enter
10878 the START or START_PRE states are now killed with
10879 SIGKILL. That means it is no longer possible to spawn
10880 background processes from ExecStart= lines (which was never
10881 supported anyway, and bad style).
10882
10883 * New PropagateReloadTo=/PropagateReloadFrom= options to bind
10884 reloading of units together.
10885
10886 Contributions from: Bill Nottingham, Daniel J. Walsh, Dave
10887 Reisner, Dexter Morgan, Gregs Gregs, Jonathan Nieder, Kay
10888 Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Michael Biebl, Michal Schmidt,
10889 Michał Górny, Ran Benita, Thomas Jarosch, Tim Waugh, Tollef
10890 Fog Heen, Tom Gundersen, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek